Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C-7261-1 - Newport Beach Police Department Remodel
February 12, 2020 TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Attn: Theodore Lee 18345 Sierra Highway, Unit 7 Santa Clarita, CA 91351 CITY OF NEWPORT BLACH 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 949-644-3005 1 949-644-3039 Fnx newportbeachca.gov Subject: Newport Beach Police Department Remodel — C-7261-1 Dear Mr. Lee: On February 12, 2019, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work for the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 65 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on February 15, 2019 Reference No. 2019000048417. The Surety for the contract is United States Fire Insurance Company and the bond number is 602-115207-3. Enclosed is the Faithful Performance Bond. Sincerely, �I - Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk Enclosure EXECUTED IN 1 ORIGINAL COUNTERPARTS wNiff-Ilyffw CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 602-1152072 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 12,420.00 , being at the rate of $ 25 PER thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to TL Veterans Construction, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining City building permits; removing and disposing of the existing improvements; constructing improvements; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with furniture installations; and completing other incidental items in place as required by the Contract Documents." in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the ,Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY , duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Four Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and 001100 ($496,800.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the Work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by City, only in the TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page B-1 event City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 23RD day of FEBRUARY 2018 TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION, INC. Name of Contractor (Principal) UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety 305 MADISON AVE. MORRISTOWN, NJ 07962 Address of Surety 973-490-6600 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTO E OFFICE Date: By: -- 4�r Aaron C. Harp a.,,.+ 1.1',Is City Attorney Authorized Sipnature/Title Authorized Agent Signature KEVIN VEGA, ATTORNEY -in -FACT Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page B-2 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE hACKNOWLEDGMEdltp CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the Identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of L0 S) �0► ) On % before me, G y d / Date I Here Insert Name and Title jotOfficerr personally appeared � U G�,bV�Q (��Q Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person/ whose na(s) War subsc'b d to the within instrume and acknowledg9d to me that he/s/e/they executed the same In his/t / {eir authorized capacity(' and that by his/her/Teir signature() n thg instrument the person(si or the entity upon behalf of which' the person(s)� Cted e(ecuted the ir(strument. J I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and corm FP.ANCHIESKA CARINO T Notary Public - California I.os Angeles County z Commission # 2163321 n va+' My Comm. Expires Aug 21, 2020 Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS rpykgr(d And official seal. of Notary Public OPTIONAL, Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached ®o u�j,ent I l Title or Type of Document: N7 j1 ���f�.��e-h 1�tl Document Date: 11 Oq �5 Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ii Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): _ ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Nota Association > www.NationalNotary.org 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5 07 Notary ry, g . POWER OFA7"I'ORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE - MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 04594432918 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That United States Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the stale of Delaware, has made, constituted and appointed, and does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Philip E. Vega, Kevin Vega, Britton Christiansen, Myrna Sarith each, its true mid lawful Attorney(s)dn-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings orsurety, and other documents that the ordinary course of surety business may require, and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as it'such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected uflicers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office, in amounts or penalties not exceeding: Seven Million, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000). ]'his Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalf of the Attorneys -In -Fact named above and expires on January 31, 2019. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By -Laws of United Slates Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof, which Articles provide, in pertinent part: Article IV, Execution of Instruments - Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution, the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behall'of the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, Instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint, in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the seal of the Corporation. Article 111, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed, facsimile, lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition, if and as authorized by the Board of Directors, dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form, may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures, lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or effects of the Corporation as from time to time may be authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officer and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 10a' day of March, 2016. UNITED STATES FIRF, INSI RANCE COMPANY State of New Jersey) Anthony R. Slinwwiez, Senior Vice President County ol'Marris ) On this 10'x' day of March 2016, before me, a Notary public of the State of New Jersey, came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed One seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. SONIA SCALA .�I Xbt_. a. Idem-la— NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY dem la— NO'1'ARYPUBLICOFNEWJERSEY Sonia Scala (Notary Public) MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 3/25/2019 1, the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, a Delaware corporation, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney ot'which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in force and elect and has not been revoked. IN WI'T'NESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on Ihe23rdday of Feb. 2018 UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY i AI Wright, Senior Vice President CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of LOS ANGELES On 02/23/2018 Date before me, PHILIP VEGA, NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared Kevin E. Vega Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Names) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names) Is/ark subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/ske/they executed the same in his/ te;ttheir authorized capacity(tee)„ and that by his/hec/thek signatures on the instrument the person(S), or the entity upon behalf of which the personN acted, executed the instrument. NOTARY C '°'-" PHILIP VEGA �� ,. 1 CoMM. IOD ANOEWANOFLEY # 2152121 '�pp (� p COUNTY 41 PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA RIP }t........., r V Mr COMM. EXP.M�,�� MAY 31, 2020 Place Notary Seal Above certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph Is true and correct. WITNESS my hand :;e I. Signature r ture of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney In Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association - www.NationalNotary.org • 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 June 19, 2019 TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Attn: Theodore Lee 18345 Sierra Highway, Unit 7 Santa Clarita, CA 91351 Subject: Newport Beach Police Department Remodel C-7261-1 Dear Mr. Lee: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 949-644-3005 1 949-644-3039 FAX newportbeachca.gov On February 12, 2019 the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work for the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 65 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on February 15, 2019, Reference No. 2019000048417. The Surety for the bond is United States Fire Insurance Company and the bond number is 602-115207-3. Enclosed is the Labor & Materials Payment Bond. Sincerellyy,, (A Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk Enclosure EXECUTED IN 1 ORIGINAL COUNTERPART CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 602-115207-3 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to TL Veterans Construction, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining City building permits; removing and disposing of the existing improvements; constructing improvements; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with furniture installations; and completing other incidental items in place as required by the Contract Documents." in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, (referred to herein as "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Four Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and 00100 ($496,800.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys' fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 9554 of the Civil Code of the State of California. The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 9100 of the California Civil Code so as TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page A-1 to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9500 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations. or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 23RD day of FEBRUARY 2018 TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION, INC. Name of Contractor (Principal) UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety 305 MADISON AVE. MORRISTOWN, NJ 07962 Address of Surety 973-490-6600 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITYATTOJR OFFICE Date: By: Aaron C. Harp uw 1.6 -is City Attorney Auorized Si In ureTitl Authorized Agent Signa ure KEVIN VEGA, ATTORNEY -in -FACT Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page A-2 CALIFORNIAALL-PURPOSIE ACKNOWLEDGMEM7 CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verities only the identity of the Individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that docuinegt. State of California /� �����`A4 ) County of WT S ryrl � ) On b%efore me��Y �(,hl2jk(A ('ay AI 101 (� �i ( G ate �i Here Insert Name and Title of We &icer personally appeared O Atyt w Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the ppeJonK whose name is/a subs rivt�eed to the within instrument and acknowledg9d to me that he/the/tt14y executed the same his/rAheir authorized capacity(i6s), and that by his/44r/�Yieir signaturefsrj on t�t((e instrument the person( . or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS Signature FRANCME8KA CARING Notar s, �: y Public -California igna re of Notary Public '{j Moe Los Angeles County = Commission # 2163321 3.,,,�„y;"- My Comm. Expires AuA 21, 2020 Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: m�%ai 1��yvph ment Date: Number of Pages: __ Signer(s) Other Thant! ed Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: _ ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual Cl Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other:_ Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): _ ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Nota ryAssociation • www.NationalNotary.org .1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item#907 POWER OFAT"1'ORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE -MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 04594432918 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 'that United States Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware, has made, constituted and appointed, and does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Philip E. Vegn, Kevin Vega, Britton Christiansen, Mprtm Snritl, each, its true and lawful Altorney(s)-In-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings of surety and other documents that the ordinary course of surety business may require, and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected otlicers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office, in amounts or penalties not exceeding: Seven Million, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000). This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalfof the Attorneys -In -Fact named above and expires on January 31, 2019. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By -Laws of United Stales Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof which Articles provide, in pertinent part: Article IV, Execution of Instruments - Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution, the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behalfof the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint, in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the seal of the Corporation. Article 111, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed, facsimile, lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition, if and as authorized by the Board of Directors, dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form, may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures, lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or officers of the Corporation as from time to time may be authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature ofany person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers orthe Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate orticer and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 10a' day of March, 2016. UNITED ST'AT'ES F1ac. INSt RANCE COMPANY Anthony R. Slimowicz, Senior Vice President Stale of Now Jersey) County ol'Morris ) On this 10" day of March 2016, before me, a Notary public of the State of New Jersey, came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed the seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. /dJ SONIASCALA NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY Sonia Scala (Notary Public) MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 3/25/2019 I, the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, a Delaware corporation, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WI'T'NESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on the23nyay of Feb. 2018 UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY At Wright, Senior CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of LOS ANGELES On 02/23/2018 Date personally appeared Kevin E. before me, PHILIP VEGA, NOTARY PUBLIC Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persorK whose names) Is/are subscribed to the within Instrument and acknowledged to me that he/stae/they executed the same in his/trsr/their authorized capacity(les), and that by his/h®K/lheir.signature(* on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. •E^ PHILIP VEG� I COMM. H 2152121 1�p NOTARY PUG:iC-CAOfORNIA Ul v , LOS ANGELES COUNTY EXP. MAY 31-2020 I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. /J WITNESS my hand and Signature of Notary Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney In Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association • www.NationalNotary.org • 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 UNCONDITIO) Lp��WAIVER AND RELEASE UPO)�IY1"A>! 9P,*94 ffiT CALIFORNIA CIVIL.CS12E SECTION 8138 NOTICE TO CLAIMANT: THIS DOCUMU'i! ~ RELEASES LIEN, STOP PAYMENT NOTICE, AND PAYMENT BOND RIGHTS UNCONDITIONALLY AND STATES THAT YOU HAVE BEEN PAID FOR GIVING UP THOSE RIGHTS. THIS DOCUMENT IS ENFORCEABLE AGAINST YOU IF YOU SIGN IT, EVEN IF YOU HAVE' NOT BEEN PAID. IF YOU HAVE NOT BEEN PAID, USE A CONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE FORM. Name of Claimant: Monaco Mechanical, Inc. Name of Customer: TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Job Location: 870 Santa Barbara Dr., Newport Beach, CA 92660 Owner: City of Newport Beach This document waives and releases lien, stop payment notice, and payment bond rights the claimant has for all labor and service provided, and equipment and material delivered, to the customer on this job. Rights based upon labor or service provided, or equipment or material delivered, pursuant to a written change order that has been fully executed by the parties prior to the date that this document is signed by the claimant, are waived and released by this document, unless listed as an Exception below. The claimant has been paid in full. Exceptions: This document does not affect the following: Disputed Claims for extras in the amount of $ - 0 - Claimant's Signature: %� &� IA—l/ Claimant's Title: Accounting Manager Date of Signature: April 17, 2019 C&B forms effective date 7-1-2012 Copies Sent To: City Council City Manager City Attorney File Monaco Mechanical, Inc. dba: All Area Services Plumbing & Mechanical Piping Contractors June 11, 2019 Peter Tauscher Public Works Department City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive, Bay D, 2nd Floor Newport Beach, CA 92660 Re: Unconditional Final Release for the Newport Beach Police Station Project Dear Mr, Tauscher: Upon request of our customer, TL Veterans Construction, Inc., enclosed is the original Unconditional Waiver and Release upon Final Payment. Monaco Mechanical, Inc. was subcontracted by TL Veterans Construction to do the plumbing work at the said project. Sincerely, �,QGb►- C Dennis Silvestre Accounting Manager Encl: Unconditional Final Release 5742 Venice Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90019 Phone (323) 939-9990 • Fax (323) 939-9262 CSLB#904020 Service Disabled Veteran Owned Small Business • Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise • Small Business Enterprise 6 Stop Payment Notice CALIFORNIA C IL CODE SECTION 8044 7019 MAR 21 AN q; 49 NOTICE T0: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, ATTN: CITY CLERK, 100 CIVIC CENTERD V6ORT BEACH, CA 92660 lE Glp V �IIc�yy 1 '+fitCLEW (If Private Job – file with responsible officer or person at office or branch of construd9t Q:n in R4ry1g the construction funds or with the owner – CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 8500 – 9510) (If Public Job – file with office of controller, auditor, or other public disbursing officer whose duty it is to make payments under provisions of the contract – CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 9350-9510) Prime Contractor: Sub Contractor: (If Any): Owner or Public Body: QITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 100 CIVIC CENTER DR NEWPORT BEACH A 92660 Improvement know as NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL, 870 SANTA BARBARA DR in the City of NEWPORT BEACH, County of ORANGE State of California. MONACO MECHANICAL INC Claimant, a CORPORATION furnished certain labor, services, equipment or materials used in the above described work of improvement. The name of the person or company by whom claimant was employed or to whom claimant furnished labor, service, equipment, or materials is: TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION INC 520 S LA FAYETTE PARK PL #101 LOS ANGELES, CA 90057 The kind of labor, services, equipment, or materials furnished or agreed to be furnished by claimant was: PLUMBING WORK Total value of labor, service, equipment, or materials agreed to be furnished $19,278.36 Total value of labor, service, equipment, or materials actually furnished is $19,278.36 Credit for materials returned, if any $0.00 Amount paid on account, if any $7,000.00 Amount due after deducting all just credits and offsets $12,278.36 YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED to withhold sufficient monies held by you on the above described proj- ect to satisfy claimant's demand in the amount of $12,278.36 and in addition thereto sums sufficient to cover interest, court costs and reasonable costs of litigation, as provided by law. A bond (CIVIL CODE SECTION 8532) IS NOT attached. (Bond required with Stop Payment Notice Served on construction lender on private jobs – bond not required on public jobs or on Stop Payment Notice served on owner on private Jobs). Date: MARCH 18, 2019 Name of Claimant: MONACO MECHANICAL INC 5742 VENICE BLVD LQSANGELES, CA—010 By oµA td BENI F. MONACO, PRESIDENT VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, state: I am the PRESIDENT of the claimant named in the foregoing Stop Payment Notice; I have read said claim of Stop Payment Notice and know the contents thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my own knowledge. I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on MARCH 18, 2019 at LOS ANGELES, e o Califo nia. Date 3 7_xj& 4,4x' Copies Sent To: BEF41 F. MONACO, PRESIDENT City Council City Manager City Attorney File Batch 4255713 Confirmation RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Page 1 of I Recorded in Official Records, Orange County Hugh Nguyen, Clerk -Recorder 111111111111111 11I1I 11I11 1111111] 11111 jjIj jjjI I [I III I III I III jjI NO FEE jS R 0 0 1 0 6 4 2 4 2 4 5 019000048417 9:11 am 02115119 90 SC5 N12 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.000.000.00 0.00 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, California, 92660, as Owner, and TL Veterans Construction, Santa Clarita, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on February 13, 2018, Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Beach Police Department Remodel - C-7261-1 Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on February 12, 2019, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner and the Surety for said Contract is United States Fire Insurance Company. BY PuVic Works Director City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Executed on /� � at Newport Beach, BY "JA, C91 City Clerk California. httpS://gS.Secure-rccording.com/Batch/Confirulatioii/4255713 02/15/2019 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, California, 92660, as Owner, and TL Veterans Construction, Santa Clarita, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on February 13, 2018. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Beach Police Department Remodel - C-7261-1 Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on February 12, 2019, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner and the Surety for said Contract is United States Fire Insurance Company. BY / Pu` lic Works Director City of Newport Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Executed on F16Va!!� 13, 7'U� at Newport Beach, California. BY /IMl 9, City Clerk ��"!� CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NOTICE INVITING BIDS Sealed bids shall be submitted electronically via PlanetBids to office of the City Clerk, 100 Civic Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660 By 2:00 PM on the 24th day of January, 2018, at which time such bids shall be opened and read for NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 $ 520,000.00 Engineer's Estimate Approved by Mark Vul ojevic City Engineer Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents, Project Specifications and Plans via PlanetBids: hftp://www.planetbids.com/portal/portal.cfm?CompanylD=22078 OPTIONAL PRE-BID SITE WALK: A non -mandatory site walk will be conducted for this project on January 17, 2018 from 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. at the Project Location located at 870 Santa Barbara Drive Hard copy plans are available via Santa Ana Blue Print at (949)756-1001 Located at 2372 Morse Avenue, Irvine, CA 92614 Contractor License Classification(s) required for this project: `B" For further information, call Peter Tauscher, Project Manager at (949) 644-3316 BID INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE ON THE CITY WEBSITE: http: //newportbeachca. gov/g overnment/open-tra nsparent/onl ine-services/bids-rfps- vendor-registration City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE INVITING BIDS......................................................................................... Cover INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.......................................................................................3 BIDDER'S BOND.............................................................................................................6 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S)....................................................................9 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES............................................9 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT..................................................................... 13 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES...................................................................... 14 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD.....................................................15 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA........................................................................18 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER.....................................................................19 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER............................................................................21 CONTRACT...................................................................................................................22 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND ............................................ Exhibit A FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND........................................................... Exhibit B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS................................................................. Exhibit C PROPOSAL............................................................................................................... PR -1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS............................................................................................SP-1 K City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. The following documents shall be completed, executed, uploaded and received by the City Clerk via PlanetBids in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND (Original copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office) DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS (Contractor shall also submit info via PlanetBids) CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO BID OPENING DATE (if any; Contractor shall confirm via PlanetBids) TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL ((LINE ITEMS to be completed via PlanetBids, Acknowledgement form must be signed) The City Clerk's Office will open and read the bid results from PlanetBids immediately following the Bid Opening Date (Bid Due Date.) The Bid Results are immediately available to the public via PlanetBids following the Bid Opening Date (Bid Due Date). Members of the public who would like to attend this reading may go to Bay E, 2nd Floor of the Civic Center (Located at 100 Civic Center Dr.) 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing,the documents. Original copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. 4. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. Original copies must be submitted to the City Clerk's Office by the Bid Opening Date. 5. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of total bid prices. 6. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated 3 quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. 7. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. 8. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703-4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code — including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770-7981 inclusive). A copy of the prevailing wage rates shall be posted by the Contractor at the job site. 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code Apprenticeship requirements and Section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act". 10. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 (with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)). 11. No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project (awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5. 12. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. 13. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. 14. Pursuant to Public Contract Code section 9204, for any demand by contractor, whether on behalf of itself or a subcontractor that lacks privity of contract with the City but has requested that contractor proceed on its behalf, sent by registered mail or certified mail return receipt requested for a time extension, payment by the City for money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled, or for payment of an amount that is disputed by the City, the following is a summary of the claims resolution process to be applied: A. The City shall review the claim and, within 45 days, shall provide a written statement identifying the portions of the claim that are disputed and undisputed. This time period may be extended by mutual agreement. The claimant shall furnish all reasonable documentation to support the claim. If the City needs approval from its City Council to 4 provide the written statement and the City Council does not meet within the prescribed time period, the City shall have up to 3 days following the next regular meeting of the City Council to provide the written statement. Payment of the undisputed portion of the claim shall be made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. B. If the claimant disputes the City's written statement or if the City does not issue a written statement in the prescribed time period, the claimant may demand in writing an informal meet and confer conference, which shall be scheduled within 30 days of receipt of claimant's demand. C. Within 10 business days of the meet and confer conference, if a dispute remains, the City shall provide a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the undisputed portion. The City shall pay any remaining amount of the undisputed portion within 60 days. Any disputed portion of the claim shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation or similar nonbinding process, with the City and claimant sharing the costs equally and agreeing to a mediator within 10 business days. If the parties cannot timely agree on a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate the remaining disputed portion. If mediation is unsuccessful, any remaining disputed portion shall be addressed using procedures outside of Public Contract Code section 9204. D. Failure by the City to meet the time requirements herein shall result in the claim being rejected in its entirety and shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. The signature below represents that the above has been reviewed. 1000483 / B & C-33 Contractor's License No. & Classification 1000026569/06-30-2018 DIR Reference Number & Expiration Date TL Veterans Construction Inc. Bidder / President Authorized Signature/Title 69 - 2 20 A? Date City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 BIDDER'S BOND We, the undersigned Principal and Surety, our successors and assigns, executors, heirs and administrators, agree to be jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Newport Beach, a charter city, In the principal SUM Of TEN PERCENT OF AMOUNT BID Dollars ($ 10% 1, to be paid and forfeited to the City of Newport Beach if the bid proposal of the undersigned Principal for the construction of NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL, Contract No. 7261-1 in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach and the proposed contract is awarded to the Principal, and the Principal fails to execute the Contract Documents in the form(s) prescribed, including the required bonds, and original insurance certificates and endorsements for the construction of the project within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of "Notification of Award", otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. If the undersigned Principal executing this Bond is executing this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. Witness our hands this 19TH day of JANUARY 2018. TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION, INC. Name of Contractor (Principal) UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety 534 E. BADILLO ST. COVINA, 91723 Address of Surety 626-859-1000 Telephone AUtnonzed Agent Signature KEVIN VEGA, ATTORNEY -in -FACT Print Name and Title (Notary acknowledgment of Principal & Surety must be attached) c�a2a�®� Ia Also-PNtRM'd SI rte.-..._.._._. _ CIVIL CODE § 11®9 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the Identity of the Individual who �slgnathe documentto which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that documegt. State of California ) County of L O l Onl9 61('6 beforern&anChl�3JeA CL1NDVUI Date G( y pp I r l O k Y? I H� Ilnsert Name and Title of#e fflcerU Personally a eared Narne(s) of Signer(s) ' who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(f Whose nam subsc ib�d to the within instrume t and acknowledge�I t me that I e/tl `1) Is/ar his/ r eir authorized capacity, and that by his/herrA t signature o�tl a Instrument he person ort e entity upon behalf of which the person(syacfsd, eIelaj ed the irfstrumeni. // I certify Under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. .� FRANCHIESKA CARINO Notary Public • California LOS Angeles County z a Commission # 2163321 MY Comm. Expires Aug 21, 202p Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS my nd d official seal. of Notary public AL Though this section is option/, cion/, c®th�Tn o�mat on can deter alteration ofthe document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document, Description of Attached Doeum n Title or Type of Document: %l 0� 2YIband S Number of pages; Slgner(s) Other Than Named Abovve•cument Date: ( } CagacftyQes) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — TltlIs); ❑ Partner ❑ L mited O General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ corporate Officer — Tlfle(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: ©2014 National Notary Assoclation • www,N to alNotary,org ' 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827 Q A y.. POWER OFATf012NEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE -MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 04594432918 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That United States Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware, has made, constituted and appointed, and does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Philip E. Vega, Kepis Vega, Britton Christiansen, Myrna Smith each, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings of surety and other documents that the ordinary course of surety business may require, and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected offeers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office, in amounts or penalties not exceeding: Seven Million, Five hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000). This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalfof the Attorneys -In -Fact named above and expires on January 31, 2019. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By -Laws of United States Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof, which Articles provide, in pertinent part: Article IV, Execution of Instruments - Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution, the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, reeognizmices, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint, in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the seal of the Corporation. Article JII, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed, facsimile, lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition, if and as authorized by the Board of Directors, dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form, may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures, lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or officers of the Corporation as from time to time may be authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such al the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officer and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 10"' day of March, 2016. UNITED STATES FIRR, I NRI TRANCE COMPANY ,, 2`- Anthony R. Slimowicz, Senior Vice President Stade of New Jersey) County of Morris ) On this 10" day of March 2016, before me, a Notary public of the State of New Jersey, came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed Ute seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. r( SONIASCALA "�1_d'u_.t_.0. NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY Sonia Scala (Notary Public) MY COMMISSION EXPIRES3/25/2019 I, the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, a Delaware corporation, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on the 19thday of Jan. 2018 UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY M9 Al Wright, Senior Vice President CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ) County of LOS ANGELES ) On 01/19/2018 before me, PHILIP VEGA. NOTARY PUBLIC Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared KEVIN VEGA Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persoft whose nameN is/ark subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/eke/grey executed the same in his/he4/their authorized capacity(lesL and that by his/hec/ihek signature(!} on the instrument the person(SL or the entity upon behalf of which the personN acted, executed the instrument. PHILIP P VEGA (� a COMM. # 2152121 / NOTARY PUBLIC -CALIFORNIA N .,�a LOS ANGELES COUNTY Mr COMM. ESP. Mqr 31, 2020" I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Signature dfU&4Y Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General O Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association • www.NationalNotary.org'• 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed.) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid me: Eagle Contracting Incorporated [Address:6720 Hoover Ave., Whittier. cA 90601 - Asbestos abatement (for areas ne: (5s2) 4s4-55ss impacted per Demolition Plans) 1 15.3 Demolition per Demolition Plan e License Number: 970089 A-6.0, A-6.1, A-6.2, A.6-3, MD2.1, DIR Reference: 1000001143 MD2.2 Email AdlreSS:tonyv@eaglecontrac(inginc.net Name: Digital Technologies, Inc. Address: 760 S. Rochester Ave., Ste. E, Electrical demolition, circuit trace Ontario, CA 91761 area removal, furnish and install 39.1 Phone: (909) 563-8703 1 various electrical items State License Number: 894551 DIR Reference: 1000011268 Email Address: rfierro@cligialtechms.com Name: Address: Phone: State License Number: DIR Reference: Email Address TL Veterans Construction Inc.LZL��( Gt_/ President Bidder Authorized Signature/Title City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES Contractor must use this formal Please print or type. Bidders Name TL Veterans Construction Inc FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION IN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE MANNER MAY BE CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE. For all public agency projects you have worked on (or are currently working on) in the past 2 years in excess of $15,000, provide the following information: No. 1 Project Name/Number Police Facility Exterior Stairs Replacement / C-7212-1 Project Description Exterior stairs demolition and replacement at the Newport Beach Police Dept. Approximate Construction Dates: From 12-4-2017 To: 12-16-2017 Agency Name _ City of Newport Beach Contact Person Fong Tse Telephone (949) 644-3321 Original Contract Amount $ 53,200.00Final Contract Amount $ 53.200.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. 10 No. 2 Project Name/Number Alaquinas - Phase 2: Cabinet hinges replacement / FY18-06 Project Description Cabinet hinges replacement at multiple residential complexex Approximate Construction Dates: From 10-24-2017 To: 11-7-2017 Agency Name San Diego Housing Commission Contact Person Steve Dean Telephone (619) 578-7515 Original Contract Amount $49,850.00 Final Contract Amount $ 49.850.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. No. 3 Project Name/Number San Marcos Campus Painting / 102-17 Project Description Preparing and painting Palomar College's San Marcos Campus Buildings Approximate Construction Dates: From 05-30-2017 To: 08-21-2017 Agency Name Palomar College Contact Person Jeff Bennett Telephone (760) 744-1150 Original Contract Amount $162.800.O Final Contract Amount $173.300.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders requested by the client Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. 11 No. 4 Project Name/Number Rehabilitation at Alaguinas Apartments / GPNA-17-07 Project Description Install retrofit windows complete, clean/re-varnish cabinetry Approximate Construction Dates: From o4-21-2017 To' 07-21-2017 Agency Name San Diego Housing Commission Contact Person Steve Dean Telephone (619) 578-7515 Original Contract Amount $292,800.00 Final Contract Amount $ 299,080.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders requested by the client Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. N/A No. 6 Project Name/Number Painting Services at Pulitzer Place Apartments/ GPNA-17-01 Project Description Painting improvements at Pulitzet Place Apartments Approximate Construction Dates: From 01-09-2017 To: ns -go -2017 Agency Name San Diego Housing Commission Contact Person George Hunt Telephone (619) 578-7434 Original Contract Amount $123,50o.0oFinal Contract Amount $ 148,200.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Change orders requested by the client Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. 12 No. 6 Project Name/Number Mission Bay High School Exterior Paint/ CP -16-1095 Project Description Exterior paint of multiple school buildings Approximate Construction Dates: From 06-22-2016 To: 09-09-2016 Agency Name San Diego Unified School District Contact Person Erik Reuter Telephone (619) 889-3745 Original Contract Amount $230,120.00 Final Contract Amount $ 200,705.00 If final amount is different from original, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.) Project scope adjustment - less available allowances than initially anticipated Did you file any claims against the Agency? Did the Agency file any claims against you/Contractor? If yes, briefly explain and indicate outcome of claims. KI),, Attach additional sheets if necessary. Attach to this Bid the experience resume of the person who will be designated as General Construction Superintendent or on-site Construction Manager for the Contractor. Upon request, the Contractor shall attach a financial statement and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of the Contractor's current financial conditions. TL Veterans Construction Inc. Bidder 13 �President Authorized Signature/Title HARRISON GREGORY LEE (213) 210-6343 I harrison.lee(ti�th eterans cont 211o6 Oakleaf Canyon Drive Santa Clarita, CA 91321 EMPLOYMENT TL Veterans Construction Inc. Senior Vice President Santa Clarita, CA December 2014 -Present • Responsible for overseeing the field operations — serve as the firm's liaison to clients and their representatives at work sites, instruct and supervise field staff, and conduct quality check and safety training as required • Plan for bidding opportunities and attend meetings as required for solicited projects • Study the market trend for cost/benefit analysis and prepare reports to adNise the staff on where to increase operational efficiency • Recruit and train prospective field staff • Advise the president with technical expertise and experience in the construction industry KBD Construction Inc. Vice President Santa Clarita, CA December 2013 -November 2014 • Planned and supervised all field operations, including personnel recruitment/retention, training, logistics, and quality assurance • Attended client meetings with the project manager and provided assistance during job walks • Assisted the president and the finance department in budget planning, cost analysis, and profit projection • Managed vendor accounts and procured materials and other logistics for various construction projects EDUCATION Union Contractors License School Los Angeles, CA Certificate of Completion July 2015 • Successfully completed the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency accredited Renovation, Repair, and Painting (PRP) Renovator Training Course SKILLS AND INTERESTS Computer o Proficient with Microsoft Word, PowerPoint, Excel & Outlook Language o Limited English o Native -level Korean Skills: o Very proficient in interior and exterior painting for all materials and surface o Proficient in drywall installation and repair o Proficient in windows installation and repair o Very proficient in cabinetry installation, repair, and restoration City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT State of California ) ) ss. County of Los Angeles ) Theodore Lee being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is President of TL Veterans Construction Inc , the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of California that th oregoing is true and correct. TL Veterans Construction Inc. ] / President Bidder Authorized Signature/Title Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of 2018 by . proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the p:PEOR rsn(s) who eared before me. I certify under PENALTY OF URY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true correct. See](y,m�v� Notary Public (SEAL] My Commission Expires: 14 CALLPFaRMQILL-UrRPOSr _4a>�aar>�a M�oc� �� ----- - CIVIL CODE§ 19S9 A notary public or otherrtilofficer completing this certificate verifies only the Identity of the Individual who signed the documentto which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that dccumegt. State of California County of i0`S1 On�I� IX before me, ) Y1�� Iwf Date —� Y p Ubl I Personally appeared _ �� 1 I) (hl 11V P I p ire Insert Name and Title th O er Names) of S/gner(s) subs proved b d to the within ins rumentfandiacknowledg d to me that he evidence to be the %sare/t W A ) hose na he s) e I his erentit upon behalf s), and that by his/gr eirsignaturel�) �th�nstumenexecute�heperson(sj� or the entity upon behah` of which the person( acted, ecuted the r?e ) ument. F,4ANCHIESKA CARINO a: Notary Public - California Los Angeles County' i Commission # 2163321 r My Comm. Expires Aug 21, 2020 Place Notary Seal Above I certify udder PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Though this section is optional, co� rn®th�Tn®�mation can deter alteration of the document or Yaudulent reattachment of this Description of Attached Document form to an unintended document, Title or Type of Document:' Number of pages: Signer(s) Other Than N� q eocument Date; Capacl[Wles) Claimed by Signers) Trf -- Signers Name: 0 Corporate Officer — Title(�s ; 0 Partner — ❑ Limited ❑General 0Individual 0 Attorney in Fact 0 Trustee 0 Guardian or Conservator 0 Other; Signer is Represenfing; Signer's Name: 0 Corporate Officer 0 Partner — 0 Limited 0 General--- 0 Individual 0 Attorney In Fact 0 Trustee El Other: 0 Guardian or Conservator Signer Is Representing: _ 02014 National Notary4ssoclation • wvvw.Nationa[NDfary.org 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 1 City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidder's name TL Veterans Construction Inc. Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance/bond type): Bid/PaymenIJPerformance Bond. United States Fire Insurance Company /534 E. Badillo SL, Covina, CA 91723 / 620-859-1000 Certificate of In Golden Ocean Insurance Center Inc. / 300 Wilshire Blvd. #1080. Los Angeles, CA 90010 / 213-383-6100 15 City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL Bidder's Name TL Veterans Construction Inc Record Last Five (5) Full Years Current Year of Record 116 niivii iciL10 i layuuea for mese items Is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary --Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 16 Current Record Record Record Record Record Year of for for for for for Record 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 Total 2018 No, of contracts 5 8 5 N/A N N/A 18 Total dollar Amount of Contracts (in $1,600,417.50 $756,341.32 $347,635.00 N/A N/A N/A $2,704,393.82 Thousands of $ No, of fatalities 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A 0 No. of lost Workday Cases 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A 0 No. of lost workday cases involving permanent 0 0 0 transfer to N/A N/A N/A p another job or termination of employment 116 niivii iciL10 i layuuea for mese items Is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary --Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 16 Legal Business Name of Bidder TL Veterans Construction Inc. Business Address: 18345 Sierra Highway Unit 7 Santa Clarita CA 91351 Business Tel, No.: 661-299-6782 State Contractor's License No. and Classification: 1000483 / B & C-33 Title _president The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title — V < Signature Requirements: If bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, if doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set fort along with the County. If bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership/joint venture must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners/joint ventures or if fewer than all of the partners/joint ventures submit with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership/joint venture. If bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by signatures of the corporation President or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal, or submit with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the corporation. All must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such individuals, partners/joint ventures, or officers were proven on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose name are subscribed to and acknowledged that they executed the same in their authorized capacities. [NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT and CORPORATE SEAL MUST BE ATTACHEDI 17 CAlI tfi Baa=PM G AC�1 8Pl�a�D(�Gk7�A94 CIVIL CODE § I9&9 d notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the Identity of the Individual who signed the documentfo which this certificate Is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that documerlt, State of California n County of Aq ) On ') /I - --_--before me,_LY1� ( ( p ) I Date -�^ ll y pp R6, o (I AYE I � O' -u Insert Name land Title th Officer personal) appeared Name(s) of S/gner(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person subs ribed to the within instrume t and acknowled p f4 Whose name hlseir authorized capaclry(}'�s), and that by his tie r signature s/s �y executed the (mseai'n or th entity upon behalf of whic7t the person(gJ acted, executed fhe in( n t e Instrument the perso . rUment. 1 certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws Of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph Is true and correct. FRANCHIESKA CARINO Notary Public - CaNfornia Q . :,F�h ti� z �P ,_,� Los Angeles County zZ Commission # 2163321 D lAY„�_� s,•:;� a Comm. Expires Aug 21, 2020: Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS my hard and official seal. Of Notary Public AL 'Though this section is optional, completing ®� nIn fo�matlon can defer alteration of the docum fiaudulent reattachment of this form to an unintenent or ded document. ®®$cription Of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: (6 ayls (y)All(-i jq �/A�ri r-e� 6. wonpi 2� p) Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than NamedFAb�vve Document Date: j Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer($) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — 7itle(s�; ❑Partner —. ❑ Limited General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other, Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): 11Partner — 13Limited ElGeneraj ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee El Other: ❑ Guardian or Conservator Signer Is Representing. @2014 F c .cvs--•«.:cs-�c-u�c ti.csv:v<csv.�c-a,,.;. ill OFR800-876-6827) 1 J City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidder's name TL Veterans Construction Inc. The bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any, and attach executed copy of addenda to bid documents: Wel iM City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the following information is true and correct: Name of individual Contractor. Company or Corporation: TL Veterans Construction Inc Business Address: -.18345 Sierra Highway Unit 7 Santa Clarita CA 91351 Telephone and Fax Number: T: 661-299-6782 / F: 661-299-6784 California State Contractor's License No, and Class: 1000483/ B & C-33 (REQUIRED AT TIME OF AWARD) Original Date Issued: 01-23-2015 Expiration Date: 01-31-2019 List the name and title/position of the person(s) who inspected for your firm the site of the work proposed in these contract documents: _JJarrison Lee Vice President The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint ventures, and company or corporate officers having a principal interest in this proposal: Name Title Address Telephone Theodore Lee President 18345 Sierra Highway Unit 7 Santa Clarita, CA 91351 661-299-6782 Corporation organized under the laws of the State of California 19 The dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: All company, corporate, or fictitious business names used by any principal having interest in this proposal are as follows: TL Veterans Construction Inc. For all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements or the like (in or out of court) you have been involved in with public agencies in the past five years (Attach additional Sheets if necessary) provide: Provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the parties; Briefly summarize the parties' claims and defenses; NIA Have you ever had a contract terminated by the owner/agency? If so, explain. N/A Have you ever failed to complete a project? If so, explain. For any projects you have been involved with in the last 5 years, did you have any claims or actions by any outside agency or individual for labor compliance (i.e. failure to pay prevailing wage, falsifying certified payrolls, etc.)?Yes/ No Are any claims or actions unresolved or outstanding? Yes / No If yes to any of the above, explain. (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Failure of the bidder to provide ALL requested information in a complete and accurate manner may be considered non-responsive. TL Veterans Construction Inc. Bidder On appeared basis of satisfactory instrument and ackn capacity(ies), and that behalf of which th Theodore Lee (Print name of Owner or President of Corporation/Company) �"o e /� I / President Authorized Signature/Title President Title 0/ 23 2 -LO& Date before me, I-(; Notary Public, personally who proved to me on the evidence to be the whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within Wedged to a he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized b er/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon rson(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. �Q qf�C" InYryt (SEAL) Notary Public in and for said State My Commission Expires: 21 6��IIg©1�N7H/�1 Ppb=PL4�Pm�P Ls1Gc�`W'�'�6GDDUU3'>7�1�4 CIVIL CODE § 1lag A sofa p g i"'➢`��`- notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the Identity signed the validity of that al who sig sig who of the Individual documentto which this certificate Is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or State of California ) Count1y of os ) before Date Here Insert Nam and josDr t e Officer personally appeared _ I Y LQ hf/ IIVA I .v o Name(s) of SIgner(s) who evidence to erson subs proved i toira the zBdctthin instbrume� tfand lacknowledg d to mebhat he/ay(e 9) executed the same in his / eir authorzed capac ry( s), and that b his/ (gye the p GY Whose name fs/ie or the nYity upon behalf of whish the person(�acted, rexecuted thte ierlstruon mene.instrumenttle person(s),/ / I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws Of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correot. WI -t NESS my hn and official seal. FRANCHIESKA CARINO �( � Nolary'u] 1' c - Callfornla� Slgnatur z t`,n x i Los Angeles County i Commission # 2163321 ' S/ nafure of Notary Public My Ccmin. Expires Aug 21, 2020 R Place Notary Seal Above Though this section Is optional, completing thP1nfoNrmaton can deter fraudulent reattachment of th/s form alteration of the document or to ah unintended document, Description Of Attached Document t Title or Type of Document; D 4 L I Q V V Eij b f of ddel- Number of Pages; Signers) Other then Named AbovDe:cumsnt Date: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signers) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s); LI Partner —. ❑ Limited 0 General ❑ Individual oAttomey in pact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate officer — Tlfla(77 s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney In Fact O Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing 02014 National Notary Associatlon • www,Nati nafNotary,org • 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-500-876-6827) 1tem #5907 ,,i ,.r. , City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays) after the date shown on the "Notification of Award" to the successful bidder: • CONTRACT WITH REQUIRED INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENTS • LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND • FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for these Contract Documents. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid. Original Certificate(s) of Insurance, General Liability Insurance Endorsement, and Automobile Liability Insurance Endorsement shall be provided as required by the Contract documents and delivered to the Public Works Department within ten (10) working days after the date shown on the Notification of Award to the successful bidder. The Labor and Materials Payment Bond and Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. Insurance companies affording coverage shall be (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) assigned Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property -Casualty. Coverages shall be provided as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as modified by the Special Provisions. Certificates of Insurance and additional insured endorsements shall be on the insurance company's forms, fully executed and delivered with the Contract. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all contract documents have been received and approved by the City. 22 CITY CLEU NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 7261-1 THIS CONTRACT FOR PUBLIC WORKS ("Contract") is entered into this 13th day of February, 2018 ("Effective Date"), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ("City"), and TL Veterans Construction, Inc., a California corporation ("Contractor"), whose address is 18345 Sierra Highway, Unit 7, Santa Clarita, California 91351, and is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City has advertised for bids for the following described public work: obtaining City building permits; removing and disposing of the existing improvements; constructing improvements; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with furniture installations; and completing other incidental items in place as required by the Contract Documents (the "Project" or "Work"). C. Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this Contract, is based upon Contractor's careful examination of all Contract Documents, plans and specifications. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract for the Project includes all of the following documents: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non -Collusion Affidavit, Notice to Successful Bidder, Labor and Materials Payment Bond (Exhibit A), Faithful Performance Bond (Exhibit B), Permits, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings, Plans and Special Provisions for Contract No. 7261-1, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current adopted edition and all supplements), and this Contract, and all modifications and amendments thereto (collectively the "Contract Documents"), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The Contract Documents comprise the sole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter therein. Any representations or agreements not specifically contained in the Contract Documents are null and void. Any amendments must be made in writing, and signed by both parties in the manner specified in the Contract Documents. 2. SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, and shall provide and furnish all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment and all utility and transportation services required for the Project. All of the Work to be performed and materials to be furnished shall be in strict accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to perform all activities, at no extra cost to City, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. COMPENSATION 3.1 As full compensation for the performance and completion of the Project as required by the Contract Documents, City shall pay to Contractor and Contractor accepts as full payment the sum of Four Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and 00/100 ($496,800.00). 3.2 This compensation includes: 3.2.1 Any loss or damage arising from the nature of the Work; 3.2.2 Any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the performance of the Work; and 3.2.3 Any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the Work, but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, including tsunamis, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the Work by City. 4. PROJECT MANAGER Contractor shall designate a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of the Project. This Project Manager shall be available to City at all reasonable times during the term of the Contract. Contractor has designated Theodore Lee to be its Project Manager. Contractor shall not remove or reassign the Project Manager without the prior written consent of City. City's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 5. ADMINISTRATION This Contract shall be administered by the Public Works Department. City's Public Works Director, or designee, shall be the Project Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Contract. The Project Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the Work to be rendered pursuant to this Contract. 6. NOTICE OF CLAIMS 6.1 Unless a shorter time is specified elsewhere in this Contract, before making its final request for payment under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit to TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 2 City, in writing, all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract. Contractor's acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at the time of its final request for payment. The Contractor and City expressly agree that in addition to all claims filing requirements set forth in the Contract and Contract Documents, Contractor shall be required to file any claim Contractor may have against City in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code 900 et seq.). 6.2 To the extent that Contractor's claim is a "Claim" as defined in Public Contract Code section 9204 or any successor statute thereto, the Parties agree to follow the dispute resolution process set forth therein. Any part of such "Claim" remaining in dispute after completion of the dispute resolution process provided for in Public Contract Code section 9204 or any successor statute thereto shall be subject to the Government Claims Act requirements requiring Contractor to file a claim in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act. To the extent that Contractor's claim is not a "Claim" as defined in Public Contract Code section 9204 or any successor statute thereto, Contractor shall be required to file such claim with the City in strict conformance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code sections 900 et seq.). 7. WRITTEN NOTICE 7.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals, including any change in mailing address, to be given under the terms of this Contract shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first-class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 7.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Contractor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attention: Public Works Director City of Newport Beach Public Works Department 100 Civic Center Drive P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 7.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Contractor shall be addressed to Contractor at: Attention: Theodore Lee TL Veterans Construction, Inc. 18345 Sierra Highway, Unit 7 Santa Clarita, CA 91351 TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 3 8. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR City has retained Contractor as an independent contractor and neither Contractor nor its employees are to be considered employees of City. The manner and means of conducting the Work are under the control of Contractor, except to the extent they are limited by statute, rule or regulation and the express terms of this Contract. No civil service status or other right of employment shall accrue to Contractor or its employees. Contractor shall have the responsibility for and control over the means of performing the Work, provided that Contractor is in compliance with the terms of this Contract. Anything in this Contract that may appear to give City the right to direct Contractor as to the details of the performance or to exercise a measure of control over Contractor shall mean only that Contractor shall follow the desires of City with respect to the results of the Work. 9. BONDING 9.1 Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract both of the following: (1) a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Contract in the form attached as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference; and (2) a Labor and Materials Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Contract and in the form attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference. 9.2 The Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. 9.3 Contractor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Contract, the Faithful Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond, and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. 10. COOPERATION Contractor agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City's designated Project Administrator and any other agencies that may have jurisdiction or interest in the Work to be performed. City agrees to cooperate with the Contractor on the Project. 11. PROGRESS Contractor is responsible for keeping the Project Administrator informed on a regular basis regarding the status and progress of the Project, activities performed and planned, and any meetings that have been scheduled or are desired. TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 4 12. INSURANCE Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract or for other periods as specified in the Contract Documents, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated herein by reference. 13. PROHIBITION AGAINST ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS Except as specifically authorized under this Contract, the services to be provided under this Contract shall not be assigned, transferred contracted or subcontracted out without the prior written approval of City. Any of the following shall be construed as an assignment: The sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Contractor, or of the interest of any general partner or joint venturer or syndicate member or cotenant if Contractor is a partnership or joint -venture or syndicate or co -tenancy, which shall result in changing the control of Contractor. Control means fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power or twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the assets of the corporation, partnership or joint -venture. 14. PREVAILING WAGES In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703-4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code — including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770-7981 inclusive). A copy of the prevailing wage rates shall be posted by the Contractor at the job site. 15. SUBCONTRACTING The subcontractors authorized by City, if any, to perform the Work on this Project are identified in the Contractor's Proposal and are attached as part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of any subcontractors. Nothing in this Contract shall create any contractual relationship between City and subcontractor, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any monies due to any such subcontractor other than as otherwise required by law. City is an intended beneficiary of any Work performed by the subcontractor for purposes of establishing a duty of care between the subcontractor and City. Except as specifically authorized herein, the Work to be performed under this Contract shall not be otherwise assigned, transferred, contracted or subcontracted out without the prior written approval of City. TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 5 16. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY 16.1 City and its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers shall not be responsible in any manner for any loss or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Project or for injury to or death of any person as a result of Contractor's performance of the Work required hereunder, or for damage to property from any cause arising from the performance of the Project and/or Services by Contractor, or its subcontractors, or its workers, or anyone employed by either of them. 16.2 Contractor shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from defects, obstructions or from any cause arising from Contractor's Work on the Project and/or Services, or the Work of any subcontractor or supplier selected by Contractor. 16.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims"), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Contract, any Work performed or Services provided under this Contract including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials or Contractor's presence or activities conducted on the Project (including the negligent, reckless, and/or willful acts, errors and/or omissions of Contractor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, vendors, suppliers, subconsultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable for any or all of them). 16.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any Claim arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Contract. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor. 16.5 Contractor shall perform all Work in a manner to minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard, to restore other work areas to their original condition and former usefulness as soon as possible, and to protect public and private property. Contractor shall be liable for any private or public property damaged during the performance of the Project Work. 16.6 To the extent authorized by law, as much of the money due Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by City may be TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 6 retained by it until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages as aforesaid. 16.7 Nothing in this Section or any other portion of the Contract Documents shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action to enforce the terms of this Contract, except to the extent provided for above. 16.8 The rights and obligations set forth in this Section shall survive the termination of this Contract. 17. CHANGE ORDERS 17.1 This Contract may be amended or modified only by mutual written agreement of the parties. 17.2 The Contractor shall only commence work covered by a change order after the change order is executed and notification to proceed has been provided by the City. 17.3 There shall be no change in the Contractor's members of the project team, as listed in the approved proposal, which is a part of this contract without prior written approval by the City. 18. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST 18.1 Contractor or its employees may be subject to the provisions of the California Political Reform Act of 1974 (the "Act"), which (1) requires such persons to disclose any financial interest that may foreseeably be materially affected by the Work performed under this Contract, and (2) prohibits such persons from making, or participating in making, decisions that will foreseeably financially affect such interest. 18.2 If subject to the Act, Contractor shall conform to all requirements of the Act. Failure to do so constitutes a material breach and is grounds for immediate termination of this Contract by City. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City for any and all claims for damages resulting from Contractor's violation of this Section. 19. TERMINATION 19.1 In the event that either party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Contract at the time and in the manner required, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Contract. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, the non -defaulting party may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof. TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 7 19.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion and without cause, of terminating this Contract at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days' prior written notice to Contractor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Contractor for Services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Contractor has not been previously paid. On the effective date of termination, Contractor shall deliver to City all materials purchased in performance of this Contract. 20. STANDARD PROVISIONS 20.1 Recitals. City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. 20.2 Compliance with all Laws. Contractor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. In addition, all Work prepared by Contractor shall conform to applicable City, county, state and federal laws, rules, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator. 20.3 Integrated Contract. This Contract represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 20.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. inconsistencies between this Contract and terms of this Contract shall govern. In the event there are any conflicts or any other attachments attached hereto, the 20.5 Interpretation. The terms of this Contract shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship of the Contract or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 20.6 Amendments. This Contract may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Contractor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 20.7 Severability. If any term or portion of this Contract is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Contract shall continue in full force and effect. 20.8 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Contract and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Contract shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 8 20.9 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 20.10 No Attorney's Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this contract, the prevailing party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. 20.11 Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. 21. EFFECT OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTION Execution of this Contract and all other Contract Documents by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the Project site, has become familiar with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated all relevant observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 22. WAIVER A waiver by City or any term, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenantor condition. 23. RECITALS City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Contract. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE] TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTOIN da FFICE Date: By: Aaron C. Harp M40 2' -LI 'Fe City Attorney ATTEST: Date: By 6L(>Yt 6"A,,__ Leilani I. Bro City Cler EOR, Attachments CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation rshall "Duffy" Duffield Mayor CONTRACTOR: TL Veterans Construction, Inc., a California corporation Date: By: Theodore Lee Chief Executive Officer and Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Exhibit A -- Labor and Materials Payment Bond Exhibit B -- Faithful Performance Bond Exhibit C — Insurance Requirements TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, CITY ATT RN eY' OFFICE a California municipal corporation Date: �� Date: By: By: Aaron C. HarpMarshall "Duffy" Duffield City Attorney Mayor ATTEST: CONTRACTOR: TL Veterans Date: Construction, Inc., a California corporation Date: 2 - 21Z� By: By: tA— Leilani I. Brown Theodore Lee City Clerk Chief Executive Officer and Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Attachments: Exhibit A -- Labor and Materials Payment Bond Exhibit B -- Faithful Performance Bond Exhibit C - Insurance Requirements TL Veterans Construction. Inc. Page 10 EXECUTED IN 1 ORIGINAL COUNTERPART EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 602-115207-3 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to TL Veterans Construction, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining City building permits; removing and disposing of the existing improvements; constructing improvements; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with furniture installations; and completing other incidental items in place as required by the Contract Documents." in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, (referred to herein as "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Four Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and 00)100 ($496,800.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorneys' fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 9554 of the Civil Code of the State of California. The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 9100 of the California Civil Code so as TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page A-1 to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9500 et seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 23RD day of FEBRUARY 2018 TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION, INC. Name of Contractor (Principal) UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety 305 MADISON-AVS-MORRISTOWN, NJ 07962 KEVIN VEGA, ATTORNEY=in`-FAC Address of Surety Print Name and Title 973-490-6600 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITYATT-OFFICE Date: By: Aaron C. Harp wM+ 3.6.16 City Attorney NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page A-2 CALIFORMIA ALL PUa?OSE ACKMOWLEDGMENT CIVIL ,.PD= Pxl ,�>1..1<lCXfaffrGwa..wf.aG:�f(G�fta.:� .�Gc�Cot�L.a•,c���K'2t �Y.q. .affx<faf.af.a .»..M.-i.-wa q �<.a.. A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that docume0t. State of California ^' ) County of Ws -(+I� q �/ ) On1� 2/-+ IIS _�—_beforeme"�IfthjPjJ(U Ca lily, �6�ON )Y vel bate �_ - Here Insert Name and Title of t e (icer personally appeared 1Y� O(�yQ 1,U Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the pe sonK whose nam is/a subs rin�d to the within instrumeyya�t and acknowled99d to me that he/s'ne/tVy executed the same his/le e ed authorized capacity(Ks), and that by his/YyGr/)their signatureo on the instrument the person(, or the entity upon behalf of which the perso 0) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS Place Notary Seal Above of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: I VIIA I fytl (d1 } a h�j'o�Umen4 Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than ar ed Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other. Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: LG'✓GL.GC✓G'+iGla 'u1. v<'✓ - vG\-h.G�.Gvr.✓G'bG'•�/'ei ...i4'vSL.G<UG'✓G\: ✓G�L.GVG�z.7lz..-✓.'✓G\/.' A4G'✓rN -ei ✓ V Vim. 04U ��(1-800-876-6827)�' FRA NCHIESKA CARINO �"�"�fo-I•' �,_�,.�•;� Notary y P ublic - California Los Angeles County Z y " Commission # 2163321 D My Comm. Expires Aug 21, 2020 Place Notary Seal Above of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: I VIIA I fytl (d1 } a h�j'o�Umen4 Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than ar ed Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other. Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: LG'✓GL.GC✓G'+iGla 'u1. v<'✓ - vG\-h.G�.Gvr.✓G'bG'•�/'ei ...i4'vSL.G<UG'✓G\: ✓G�L.GVG�z.7lz..-✓.'✓G\/.' A4G'✓rN -ei ✓ V Vim. 04U ��(1-800-876-6827)�' POWER OFATI'ORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE- MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 04594432918 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That United States Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws ofthe stale ol'Delaware, has made, constituted and appointed, and does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Philip E. Vega, Kevin Vega, Britton Christiansen, Myrna Smith each, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings of surety and other documents that the ordinary course of surely business may require, and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office, in amounts or penalties not exceeding: Seven Million, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000). This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalf of the Attorneys -In -Fact named above and expires on January 31, 2019. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article IV of the By -Laws of United Stales Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof, which Articles provide, in pertinent part: Article IV, Execution of Instruments - Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution, the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, reeognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint, in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the sent of the Corporation. Article 111, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed, facsimile, lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition, if and as authorized by the Board of Directors, dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form, may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures, lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or officers of the Corporation as from time to time may be authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use Por the purposes herein slated the Iaesintile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers orthe Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WI'T'NESS WHEREOF, United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate oliicer and its corporate seal hereunto aflixed this to°i day of March, 2016. UNITED STATER rlar,. INRl uaANCE COMPANY N` Anthony R. Slimowicz, Senior Vice President State of New Jersey) County of Morris i On this 10`h day of March 2016, before me, a Notary public of the State of New Jersey, came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed the seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. SONIASCALA .�1_Ryl.l-t: iC/.!SGL: CICw NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY Sonia Scala (Notary Public) MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 3/25/2019 I, the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, a Delaware corporation, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on the23rdday of Feb. 2018 UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY l bl�J1 � AI Wright, Senior Vice President CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of LOS ANGELES On 02/23/2018 Date personally appeared Kevin E. before me, PHILIP VEGA, NOTARY PUBLIC Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personK whose name( is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/914e/they executed the same in his/tteatheir authorized capacity(l,-4 and that by his/hecM*4 signature(* on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the personN acted, executed the instrument. 0Q, PHILIP VEGA N +'.... ).. CommA 2152121 p NOTARY PUBLIANGEL S COLNTY VI ARYLos ANGELES -CALIFORNIA ' MY COMM..` ESP. MAY 31, 2020 i Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. // WITNESS my hand and Signature of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association + www.NationalNotary.org + 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 EXECUTED IN 1 ORIGINAL COUNTERPARTS EXHIBIT B CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 602-115207-3 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 12,420.00 , being at the rate of $ 25 PER thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to TL Veterans Construction, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining City building permits; removing and disposing of the existing improvements; constructing improvements; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with furniture installations; and completing other incidental items in place as required by the Contract Documents." in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the.Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY , duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Four Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars and 00/100 ($496,800.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the Work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by City, only in the TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page B-1 event City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 23RD day Of FEBRUARY 2018 . TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION, INC. Name of Contractor (Principal) UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Name of Surety 305 MADISON AVE. MORRISTOWN, NJ 07962 Address of Surety 973-490-6600 Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTO E OFFICE Date: ���• .v KEVIN VEGA, ATTORNEY -in -FACT Print Name and Title City Attorney Authorized Sic naturelTitle Authorized Agent Signature NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page B-2 CALIFORNIA ALL-PUIPO E ACKNOWLEDGMENT C s ,acr.ar•:.c+c�.<,a•.nelc�..�..<...a..:�G,a.3� .n ..�<.c�e.<�e.cirea•,oJ ..<��. �Y ..�<.ci.•rG� c> su.ci..cu.ti .r.. mM..G�• a s�rt.m.. Fary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the ment to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that documegt, State of California ) County of Lo S On v before me,G Y U / Date r' Here Insert Name and Title of e Yicdr personally appeared � U Gt.IV�Q (��Q Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person/ whose na (s) is/atr subsc 'b d to the within instrumeryt and acknowledg d lio me that he/spe/the executed the same In his/t /Meir authorized capacity(ieA, and that by his/hr/tyeir signature() bn th Instrument the persons or the entity upon behalf of whictithe person(s)�acted, eXecuted the ir>'strument. J I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and corm FRANCHIESKA CARING • Notary Public -California Los Angeles County i Commission At 2163321 D My Comm. Expires Aug 21, 2020 a•a- _ Place Notary Seal Above WITNESS rpylhgnd wdofficial seal. of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Do la ent Title or Type of Document: I �t� �r�fly}� 1cq �jd�V� Document Date: Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — T itle(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: G /� �✓G�✓4L✓' G�4C✓4`:-✓4'✓<L%G-ei4'G/GG✓4'G/-✓<�'✓<'�/4L -G/ L✓GLS-------- Gi<v ✓'a<`. 'uGV4'•✓G�Gv GG✓<'�' O 1 - rr • rr rr rr . G,• • • .11 •IAHT (1-800-876- 827)• 1 POWER OF ATTORNEY UNITED STATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY PRINCIPAL OFFICE - MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 04594432918 KNOW ALL MEN BYTHESE HESE PRESENT'S: That United States Fire Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws ofthe state of Delaware, has made, constituted and appointed, and does hereby make, constitute and appoint: PhiliP E. Vega, Kevin Vega, Britton Christiansen, Myrna Smith each, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-ht-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver: Any and all bonds and undertakings or surety and other documents that the ordinary course of surety business may require, and to bind United States Fire Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds or undertakings had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of United States Fire Insurance Company at its principal office, in amounts or penalties not exceeding: Seven Million, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000). This Power of Attorney limits the act of those named therein to the bonds and undertakings specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind United States Fire Insurance Company except in the manner and to the extent therein slated. This Power of Attorney revokes all previous Powers of Attorney issued on behalf of the Attorneys -In -Fact named above and expires on January 31, 2019. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to Article 1V of the By -Laws of United States Fire Insurance Company as now in full force and effect, and consistent with Article III thereof, which Articles provide, in pertinent part: Article IV, Execution of Instruments - Except as the Board of Directors may authorize by resolution, the Chairman of the Board, President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary shall have power on behalf of the Corporation: (a) to execute, affix the corporate seal manually or by facsimile to, acknowledge, verify and deliver any contracts, obligations, instruments and documents whatsoever in connection with its business including, without limiting the foregoing, any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney, stipulations, policies of insurance, deeds, leases, mortgages, releases, satisfactions and agency agreements; (b) to appoint, in writing, one or more persons for any or all of the purposes mentioned in the preceding paragraph (a), including affixing the seal of the Corporation. Article 111, Officers, Section 3.11, Facsimile Signatures. The signature of any officer authorized by the Corporation to sign any bonds, guarantees, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, powers of attorney or revocations of any powers of attorney and policies of insurance issued by the Corporation may be printed, facsimile, lithographed or otherwise produced. In addition, if and as authorized by the Board of Directors, dividend warrants or checks, or other numerous instruments similar to one another in form, may be signed by the facsimile signature or signatures, lithographed or otherwise produced, of such officer or officers of the Corporation as from time to time may be authorized to sign such instruments on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Corporation, notwithstanding the fact that he may have ceased to be such to the time when such instruments shall be issued. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, United States Fire Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officer and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 10°i day of March, 2016. UNITED STATES FIRE 1NRt MANCE COMPANY Anthony R. Slimowicz, Senior Vice President State of New Jersey) County ol'Morris ) On this 10ih day of March 2016, before me, a Notary public of the State of New Jersey, came the above named officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described herein, and acknowledged that he executed the foregoing instrument and affixed the seal of United States Fire Insurance Company thereto by the authority of his office. SONIASCALA/.,I ,{•tit�� i�!L!L-�,C.L• NOTARY PU RLIC OF N EW J ERSEY Sonia Scala (Notary Public) MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 3/25/2019 1, the undersigned officer of United States Fire Insurance Company, a Delaware corporation, do hereby certify that the original Power of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the corporate seal of United States Fire Insurance Company on the23rdday of Feb. 2018 UNITED SThhATES FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY AI Wright, Senior Vice President CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of LOS ANGELES On 02/23/2018 before me, PHILIP VEGA, NOTARY PUBLIC Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared Kevin E. Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personX whose name( is/m subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sl;e/ttrey executed the same in his/hec/their authorized capacity(lesL and that by his/hec/tht4signature(* on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the personN acted, executed the instrument. PHILIP VEGA 'p COMM,11 2152121 NOTARY PURUC 'CAUFORNIp Los ANGELES COUNTY ` MY COMM. EM MAY 31, 7010 -' I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and off i Signature T ture of Notary Public Place Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Number of Pages: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(les) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney In Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: 02014 National Notary Association - www.NationaiNotary.org - 1 -800 -US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item 115907 EXHIBIT C INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS — PUBLIC WORKS AND CONSTRUCTION 1. Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 2. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 3. Coverage Requirements A. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance providing statutory benefits and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. In addition, Contractor shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance in accordance with California law for all of the subcontractor's employees. The insurer issuing the Workers' Compensation insurance shall amend its policy by endorsement to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers. Contractor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers. B. General Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate and two million dollars ($2,000,000) completed operations aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products -completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page C-1 insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). C. Automobile Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of Contractor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Contract, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each accident. D. Builder's Risk Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Builders Risk insurance or an installation floater as directed by City, covering damages to the Work for "all risk" or special causes of loss form with limits equal to 100% of the completed value of the Contract, with coverage to continue until final acceptance of the Work by City. At the discretion of City, the requirement for such coverage may include additional protection for Earthquake and/or Flood. City shall be included as an insured on such policy, and Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the policy. 4. Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: A. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this Contract shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers or shall specifically allow Contractor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subcontractors. B. Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, products and completed operations, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, if required, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers shall be included as additional insureds under such policies. C. Primary and Non Contributory. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and/or the primary source of recovery with respect to City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City shall be excess of Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. D. Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) calendar days' notice of cancellation or nonrenewal of coverage (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) calendar days' notice is required) for each TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page C-2 required coverage except Builders Risk Insurance, which shall contain an endorsement with said required notices. Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The parties hereby agree to the following: A. Evidence of Insurance. Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. All of the executed documents referenced in this Contract must be returned to City within ten (10) regular City business days after the date on the "Notification of Award". Insurance certificates and endorsements must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this Contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. B. City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the Contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving Contractor ninety (90) calendar days' advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to Contractor, City and Contractor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. C. Right to Review Subcontracts. Contractor agrees that upon request, all agreements with subcontractors or others with whom Contractor enters into contracts with on behalf of City will be submitted to City for review. Failure of City to request copies of such agreements will not impose any liability on City, or its employees. Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all the requirements stated herein, and Contractor shall ensure that City is an additional insured on insurance required from subcontractors. For CGL coverage, subcontractors shall provide coverage with a format at least as broad as CG 20 38 04 13. D. Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of City to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. E. Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Exhibit A are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. If the Contractor maintains higher TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page C-3 limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to coverage for higher limits maintained by the Contractor. Any available proceeds in excess of specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City. F. Self -Insured Retentions. Contractor agrees not to self -insure or to use any self-insured retentions on any portion of the insurance required herein and further agrees that it will not allow any indemnifying party to self -insure its obligations to City. If Contractor's existing coverage includes a self-insured retention, the self-insured retention must be declared to City. City may review options with Contractor, which may include reduction or elimination of the self-insured retention, substitution of other coverage, or other solutions. Contractor agrees to be responsible for payment of any deductibles on their policies. G. City Remedies for Non Compliance. If Contractor or any subcontractor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this Contract, or to suspend Contractor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Contractor or reimbursed by Contractor upon demand. H. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor's performance under this Contract, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. City assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve City. I. Coverage not Limited. All insurance coverage and limits provided by Contractor and available or applicable to this Contract are intended to apply to the full extent of the policies. Nothing contained in this Contract or any other agreement relating to City or its operations limits the application of such insurance coverage. J. Coverage Renewal. Contractor will renew the coverage required here annually as long as Contractor continues to provide any Work under this or any other Contract or agreement with City. Contractor shall provide proof that policies of insurance required herein expiring during the term of this Contract have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Proof that such coverage has been ordered shall be submitted prior to expiration. A coverage binder or letter from Contractor's insurance agent to this effect is acceptable. A certificate of insurance and/or additional insured endorsement as required in these specifications applicable to the renewing or new coverage must be provided to City with five (5) calendar days of the expiration of the coverages. TL Veterans Construction, Inc. Page C-4 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CHECKLIST City of Newport Beach This checklist is comprised of requirements as outlined by the City of Newport Beach. * Date Received: 3/8/t8 Dept./Contact Received From: Raymund Date Completed: 3/9/18 Sent to: Raymund By: Jan Company/Person required to have certificate: T L Veterans Construction — Police Dept Remodel Type of contract: Other I. GENERAL LIABILITY EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE: 8/5/17 — 8/5/18 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: U.S. Specialty Insurance Company B. AM BEST RATING (A-: VII or greater): A++/XV INSURANCE COMPANY: United Financial Casualty C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): B. Is Company admitted in California? ® Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS (Must be $1M or greater): What is limit provided? $INV$2NV$2M E. ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT — please attach ® Yes ❑ No F. PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS (Must Is Company admitted in California? include): Is it included? (completed Operations status does ❑ No D. not apply to Waste Haulers or Recreation) ® Yes ❑ No G. ADDITIONAL INSURED FOR PRODUCTS AND UM, $2M min for Waste Haulers): What is limits provided? COMPLETED OPERATIONS ENDORSEMENT (completed E Operations status does not apply to Waste Haulers) ® Yes ❑ No H. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City (What is limits provided?) its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No I. PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (Must be ❑ No G. included): Is it included? ® Yes ❑ No J. CAUTION! (Confirm that loss or liability of the named insured H. HIRED AND NON -OWNED AUTO ONLY: is not limited solely by their negligence) Does endorsement ❑ Yes ❑ No include "solely by negligence' wording? ❑ Yes ®No K. ELECTED SCMAF COVERAGE (RECREATION ONLY): ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No L. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No II. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE: 3/6/18 — 3/6/19 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: United Financial Casualty B. AM BEST RATING (A-: VII or greater) A+/ XI C. ADMITTED COMPANY (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? ® Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS - If Employees (Must be $1M min. BI & PD and $500,000 UM, $2M min for Waste Haulers): What is limits provided? $1,500,000 E LIMITS Waiver of Auto Insurance / Proof of coverage (if individual) (What is limits provided?) N/A F. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING: ❑ N/A N Yes ❑ No G. PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY WORDING: ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No H. HIRED AND NON -OWNED AUTO ONLY: ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No I. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No III. WORKERS' COMPENSATION EFFECTIVE/EXPIRATION DATE: 4/4/17-4/4/18 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: State Compensation Insurance Fund B. AM BEST RATING (A-: VII or greater): Not Rated C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): ® Yes ❑ No D. WORKERS' COMPENSATION LIMIT: Statutory ® Yes ❑ No E. EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY LIMIT (Must be $1M or greater) $1,000,000 F. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (To include): Is it included? ®Yes ❑ No G. SIGNED WORKERS' COMPENSATION EXEMPTION FORM: ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No H. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No ADDITIONAL COVERAGE'S THAT MAYBE REQUIRED IV. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No V POLLUTION LIABILITY ® N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No V BUILDERS RISK 3/1/18-3/1/19 AMERICAN ZURICH INSURANCE COMPANY Rated: A+/XV, Admitted Limit - $496,800 ❑ N/A ® Yes ❑ No HAVE ALL ABOVE REQUIREMENTS BEEN MET? IF NO, WHICH ITEMS NEED TO BE COMPLETED? ® Yes ❑ No Agent of Alliant Insurance Services Date Broker of record for the City of Newport Beach RISK MANAGEMENT APPROVAL REQUIRED (Non -admitted carrier rated less than _ Self Insured Retention or Deductible greater than $ ) ❑ N/A ❑ Yes ❑ No Reason for Risk Management approval/exception/waiver: Approved: Risk Management Date " Subject to the terms of the contract. City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL Contract No. 7261-1 (Contractor shall submit proposals via the PROPOSAL (Bid Line Items) contained in PlanetBids. Contractor shall sign the below acknowledgement) To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except that material supplied by the City and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 7261-1 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: 0/ -23-2.olrP Date 661-299-6782/661-299-6784 Bidder's Telephone and Fax Numbers 1000483/ B & C-33 Bidder's License No(s). and Classification(s) TL Veterans Construction Inc. Bidder / President Bidder's Authorized Signature and Title 18345 Sierra Highway Unit 7 Santa Clarita CA 91351 Bidder's Address Bidder's email address: theodore.lee(cDtiveterans.com PR -1 City of Newport Beach Page 1 NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL (C-7261-1), bidding on January 26. 2018 2:00 PM (Pacific) Printed 01/2612018 Bid Results January 26, 2018 1:47:56 PM (Pacific) Bidder Details BID SUBMITTAL C-7261-1 Vendor Name TL VETERANS CONSTRUCTION INC Address 18345 Sierra Highway #7 Confirmation # Santa Clarita, CA 91351 Ranking United States Respondee Theodore Lee Respondee Title President Phone 661-299-6782 Ext. Email theodore.lee@tiveterans.com Vendor Type DGS,DVBE License # 1000483 CADIR Bid Detail Bid Format Electronic Submitted January 26, 2018 1:47:56 PM (Pacific) Delivery Method BID SUBMITTAL C-7261-1 Bid Responsive General Attachment Bid Status Submitted Confirmation # 128692 Ranking 0 Respondee Comment Buyer Comment Line Items Attachments File Title File Name File Type BID SUBMITTAL C-7261-1 TL Veterans Construction Inc BID SUBMITTAL C-7261-1 TL Veterans Construction General Attachment Inc.pdf Bid Bond Bid Bond - Newport Beach PD Remodel.pdf Bid Bond Line Items Type Item Code UDM Oty Unit Price Line Total Comment Section 1 1 Police Department Headquarters Remodel Lump Sum 1 $472,800.00 $472,800.00 2 Furniture and FF+E Allowance Allowance 1 $20.000.00 $20,000.00 3 Provide As -Built Plans and Closeout Documents (Fixed Cost) Lump Sum 1 $4.000.00 $4.000.00 Subtotal $496,800.00 Total $496,800.00 Subcontractors Name & Address Description License Num CADIR Amount Type Eagle Contracting Demolition and asbestos abatement 970089 1000001143 $75.900.00 Incorporated 6720 Hoover Ave Whittier. CA 90601 Planetaids. Inc United States City of Newport Beach NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL (C-7261-1), bidding on January 26, 2018 2:00 PM (Pacific) Bid Results Name & Address Description License Num DIGITAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC Electrical demolition, furnish and install 894551 760 S ROCHESTER AVE various electrical items SUITE E ONTARIO, CA 91761 United Slates Planet Bids Inc CADIR 1000011268 Page 2 Printed 01126/2018 Amount Type $194,267.00 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 Newport Beach Police Department Remodel CONTRACT NO. 7261-1 DATE: e +! o BY: V 4--, Ci Engineer TO: ALL PLANHOLDERS The following changes, additions, deletions, or clarifications shall be made to the Contract Documents — all other conditions shall remain the same. A. NOTICE INVITING BIDS Change bid opening to Friday, January 26, 2018 at 2:00 p.m. B. CONTRACT Insert: The attached contract document after "Sample City Contract'. These pages contain the sample contract language as well as Exhibit A — Labor and Materials Payment Bond, Exhibit — B Faithful Performance Bond and Exhibit - C Insurance Requirements. C. PROPOSAL Bid Item #2 "Furniture and FF&E Allowance" — Revise Unit of Measure (UOM) from Lump Sum to Allowance, Unit Price to $20,000.00 and Reference (Ref) to Fixed Cost. D. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Replace Section 6-7.1 General in its entirety with the following: The Contractor shall complete all work under the Contract within 70 consecutive working days after the date on the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall ensure the availability and delivery of all material prior to the start of work. Unavailability of material will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of work. Replace Section 6-7.4 Working Hours in its entirety with the following: Normal working hours are limited to weekdays from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., before or after the normal working hours prescribed above. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. on weekdays or 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays only. A request for working outside the normal working hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $146 per hour when such time periods are approved. SECTION 9 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item No. 1 Police Department Headquaters Remodel is revised to read: • 'Removals: This work shall include all of the costs needed to remove and dispose all of the existing improvements, furniture, casework, and interfering items that need to be removed for the new improvements in the Contract Documents." E. QUESTIONS/RFI AND ANSWERS FROM PLAN HOLDERS 1. Where can we place demo and storage bins? • A single storage bin can be placed at the Police Department at the northerly side of the building. Two demolition bins locations have been selected depending on the work zone. For work Zone 1 the bin shall be place in the along the northerly side of the building; for work Zones 2, 3, and 4 the bin shall be placed along the southerly side of the building, see location map. • The domlition bins shall be removed following the demolition in each zone. Bidders must sign this Addendum No. 1 and attach it to the bid proposal. No bid will be considered unless this signed Addendum is attached. I have carefully examined this Addendum and have included full payment in my Proposal. TL Veterans Construction Inc. Bidder's Name (Please Print) 01-22-2018 Date I.F President Authorized Signature & Title CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT O� SEW PO�,T m U T cq / FO P ADDENDUM NO. 2 Newport Beach Police Department Remodel /CONTRACT NO. 7261-1 DATE: --L22 ~ r BY: City E umeer TO: ALL PLANHOLDERS The following changes, additions, deletions, or clarifications shall be made to the Contract Documents — all other conditions shall remain the same. QUESTIONS/RFI AND ANSWERS FROM PLAN HOLDERS 1. "On Sheet A7.1 Detail #11 "Metal Stud Wall Extension @ Ceiling" is not shown where to occur on the floor plans, reflective ceiling or demo plans. In addition the existing ceilings heights are not shown on the demo drawings. a. Can we get room numbers for where this wall extension is to occur?" [Response] See Drawing A-6.7, by Room 132 2. Clarification / Direction — Plan Page # A-6.4 it calls out for Rooms # 10, 45 and 47 to get new rubber flooring. But specification section # 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring states both Vinyl Composite Tile Floor and Rubber Tile [Response] See Achitect s response dated January 22, 2018, 3. On the second floor the walls with existing glazing/ Windows what is the height of these windows? a. Will the walls be framed under the existing framing or will new framing to the deck be needed? That also goes for the windows that will be installed in the existing walls?" [Response] Window size is shown on Drawing A-5.1 See also Details 12/A-5.1, and 18. 1g/A-7.1 4. Clarification / Direction — Specification section # 28 00 00 — Electronic Safety and Security, states on the specification table of contents that this is being provided by the Consultant. a. Please advise as to who is responsible for this work and who the consultant is. If the prime bidder is going to be responsible for this work, please provide a specification for the work. [Response] See Achitect's response dated January 22, 2018. Ignore section 28 00 00. 5. Clarification — On plan page # T-1 it states that Fire Alarm is a deferred submittal. a. What current existing fire alarm system? [Response] The existing system is unknown. Contractor to verify with the building owner. 6. Description of Problem: sheet E-2.5 indicates existing bus duct in Room 140, but does not indicate cable quantity at each desk. Do these desk required new cabling or is there existing that is to be utilized? a. Proposed Resolution of Problem: Please advise cable quantity at desk locations in room 140. [Response] See Achitect's response dated January 22, 20'18 On page M2.1 under the construction key notes we want to know if we will needing new duct or it is existing, also if we will need new diffusers or if it is existing. Is it required to perform a new air balance test? Is the Exhaust Fan Duct new or existing? Are these all included in the scope of work? [Response] See Achitect s response dated January 22, 2018 8. On page M2.1 under the construction key notes we want to know if we will needing new duct or it is existing, also if we will need new diffusers or if it is existing. Is it required to perform a new air balance test? Is the Exhaust Fan Duct new or existing? Are these all included in the scope of work? [Response) • See General Note 5 on Drawings MD2.1, MD2.2, and General Note 7 on Drawings M2.1 and M2.2 for ductwork. See also Addendum 42 for duct extension requirement. • See General Note 5 on Drawings MD2. 1, MD2.2, and General Note 7 on Drawings M2. I and M2.2 for diffusers. Diffusers shown as dashed are to remain Diffusers with a schedule reference are to be new. See General Note 8 on Drawings M2.1 and M2 2 for air balance requirement. 9. WLC Architect letter dated January 22, 2018 is hereby included into the contract documents. Bidders must sign this Addendum No. 2 and attach it to the bid proposal. No bid will be considered unless this signed Addendum is attached. I have carefully examined this Addendum and have included full payment in my Proposal. TL Veterans Construction Inc. Bidder's Name (Please Print) 01-23-2018 Date President Authorized Signature & Title CLIENT FOCUSED. PASSION DRIVEN, January 22, 2018 TO All Bidders FROM Kelley Needham PROJECT Newport Beach Police Station Remodel Project 1614900.41 SUBJECT Addendum 2 The following changes, omissions, and/or additions to the Project Manual and/or Drawings shall apply to proposals made for and to the execution of the various parts of the work affected thereby, and all other conditions shall remain the same. Careful note of the Addendum shall be taken by all parties of interest so that the proper allowances may be made in strict accordance with the Addendum, and that all trades shall be fully advised in the performance of the work which will be required of them. Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification. In case of conflict between Drawings, Project Manual, and this Addendum, this Addendum shall govern. PROJECT MANUAL 2.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Delete Section 28 00 00 in its entirety. 2.2 SECTION 09 65 00 - RESILIENT FLOORING A. Article 2.7: Add Paragraph E to read as follows: "E. Moisture Control System: Ardex MC Moisture Control System, Koster VAP 2000 FS, or Bostik Durabond D-250 Moisture Vapor Barrier Coating. Formulated to reduce the moisture vapor emission rate of concrete slabs to below 3 lbs. per 1,000 sq. ft. per 24 hours, as quantified by the calcium chloride test, ASTM F1869." B. Add Article 3.3 to read as follows: "3.3 MOISTURE CONTROL SYSTEM A. Apply moisture control system on all lower level concrete slabs that are scheduled to receive a finished floor covering including resilient flooring and carpet. Addendum 2 Newport Beach Police Station Remodel Project 1614900.41 January 22, 2018 Page 2 B. All concrete substrates must be structurally sound and solid, and thoroughly clean and free of oil, wax, grease, adhesive, asphalt, paint, latex compounds, curing, sealing compounds, and any contaminant that could act as a bond breaker. C. Mechanical preparation of the surface is required to obtain a minimum ICRI concrete surface profile of 3 (CSP 3). This substrate preparation must be by mechanical means, such as shot blasting. Broom sweep and vacuum the prepared surface. Acid etching, solvents, sweeping compounds, adhesive removers, and sanding are not acceptable means of cleaning the substrate. D. Prior to beginning the installation , measure the relative humidity within the concrete (ASTM F 2170). The RH shall not exceed 98%. E. Cracks and joints must be prepared per manufacturers requirements. F. Apply moisture control system per manufacturers instruction." C. Add Article 3.8 to read as follows: "3.8 SCHEDULE A. Rubber Tile Flooring: Provide at Rooms 10, 45, and 47. B. Vinyl Composite Tile Flooring: Provide at Room 16:" 2.3 SECTION 09 68 13 -TILE CARPETING A. Article 2.3: Add Paragraph D to read as follows: "D. Moisture Control System: Under provision of Section 09 65 00". B. Add Article 3.3 to read as follows: "3.3 MOISTURE CONTROL SYSTEM A. Install moisture control system under provision of Section 09 65 00:" 2.4 SECTION 08 14 23- CLAD WOOD DOORS A. Article 2.3, Paragraph A: Add text to the end to read "or Wilsonart HP Laminate Series". B. Article 2.3, Paragraph B: Add text to the end to read "or Wilsonart HP Laminate Series". Addendum 2 Newport Beach Police Station Remodel Project 1614900.41 January 22, 2018 Page 3 2.5 SECTION 11 90 00 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Article 2.1: Add Paragraph C to read as follows: "C. Coffee Maker: Bunn -O -Matic Corp, www.bunn.com. Model CWTF 3 -Lower. Provide one (1 ) at Room 45". DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURE 2.6 DRAWING A-5.1 - DOOR, WINDOW, FINISH SCHEDULE ,AND DETAILS A. Finish Schedule and Notes: Add Notes 12 and 13 to read as follows: "12. FOR SCHEDULED RESILIENT FLOORING, PROVIDE RUBBER TILE FLOORING AT ROOMS 10, 45, AND 47. PROVIDE VCT FLOORING AT ROOM 16. 13. APPLY MOISTURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO ALL THE FIRST FLOOR CONCRETE SLAB WITHIN SCOPED AREA SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE ANY FLOOR COVERING." 2.7 SHEET A-6.0 -ENLARGED LOWER LEVEL DEMO FLOOR PLAN SHEET A-6.1 - ENLARGED UPPER LEVEL DEMO FLOOR PLAN A. Delete General Notes 5 and 6. B. General Note 13: Add text to the end to read "SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION." C. Add General Notes to read as follows" 15. SAW CUT AND REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB CONCRETE/LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND FLOOR BOXES. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND VERIFY IN FIELD FOR EXISTING CONNECTION AND LOCATION. RESTORE CONCRETE/LIGHT WEIGHT FLOOR SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE. DO NOT DAMAGE STEEL DECK AT THE UPPER LEVEL. "16. REMOVE ALL THE EXISTING WORKSTATION FURNITURE, SYSTEM FURNITURE, DESK, CHAIRS, CASEWORK WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMIT AREAS. DISCONNECT ALL THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO THE WORKSTATIONS" D. Delete Reference Note 0170 from the plan, and replace with Note 0084. As a point of clarification, all the existing carpet file flooring within the scoped area shall be removed, and the concrete slab shall be cleaned and prepared and shall receive new carpet tile flooring of matching color. No existing carpet tiles shall be preserved for reinstallation. E. Delete Reference Note 0190 in its entirety. Addendum 2 Newport Beach Police Station Remodel Project 1614900.41 January 22, 2018 Page 4 Delete Reference Note 0192 in its entirety. 2.8 DRAWING A-6.2- ENLARGED LOWER LEVEL DEMO CEILING PLAN A. Delete Reference Notes 0191, 0195, and 0196. B. Add General Note 1 to read as follows: "1. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL/CEILING FINISHES AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT AND INSTALL NEW PLUMING OVERHEAD LINES. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR OVERHEAD LINE ROUTING AND VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING LINE LOCATIONS. PATCH AND RESTORE WALL/CEILING FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING INCLUDING COLOR AND TEXTURE." 2.9 DRAWING A-6.4 - ENLARGED LOWER LEVEL REMODEL FLOOR PLAN A. Delete Reference Note 0170, and replace with Reference Note 0975. Note that the existing carpet tiles in Room 10 shall be removed and replaced with new carpet tiles. B. See Detail 8B/A-5.1 for transition between rubber flooring and carpet flooring. 2.10 DRAWING A-6.7 -ENLARGED UPPER LEVEL REMODEL CEILING PLAN A. Under Detail 3 - Legend: Revise the text for Gypsum Board Ceiling to read as follows: "PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, AND PROVIDE LEVEL 5 AND PAINT FINISH". MECHANICAL 2.11 DRAWING MD2.2- UPPER LEVEL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN A. Revise Mechanical Demolition Upper Level Floor Plan for the attached Drawings M1 and M2. 2.12 DRAWING MD2.1 - LOWER LEVEL MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN A. Add General Note 9 to read as follows: "CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO CONNECT ALL NEW OR EXISTING REGISTERS TO EXISTING DUCTWORK WHERE LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE NEW RIGID DUCTWORK, ELBOWS, TRANSITION, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH TO A MAXIMUM OF 5." 2.13 DRAWING M2.2 - UPPER LEVEL MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN A. Revise Upper Level Mechanical Floor Plan per the attached Drawing M3. Addendum 2 Newport Beach Police Station Remodel Project 1614900.41 January 22, 2018 Page 5 B. Add General Note 9 to read as follows: "CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO CONNECT ALL NEW OR EXISTING REGISTERS TO EXISTING DUCTWORK WHERE LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN ADJUSTED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE NEW RIGID DUCTWORK, ELBOWS, TRANSITIONS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH TO A MAXIMUM OF 5." ELECTRICAL 2.14 DRAWING E-2.0 - LOWER LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN A. Revise the Lower Level Lighting Plan per the attached Drawing El. 2.15 DRAWING E-2.5 - UPPER LEVEL SIGNAL PLAN A. Revise the Upper Level Signal Plan per the attached Drawing E2. B. Revise the Plan Notes per the attached Drawing E3. END OF ADDENDUM 2 Submitted by, KN:SJY:gs\P41614900x2-add Attachments: Drawings Ml, M2, M3, E1, E2, E3 U11 KELLEY NEEDHAM oAS F �f O\ " Architect, AIA Principal KN:SJY:gs\P41614900x2-add Attachments: Drawings Ml, M2, M3, E1, E2, E3 t ; �" " (E)12" O14 E�12 0 E 9"0 L 110 - - 0545 CFM - (E)16 E 9 0 —' (E)280 (E)16"0-�AC-20 0^/ RH yr CFM ()12" -- O(E)200 CDM — - —� - I. r, (E)24' r"- -1 _--- T _ SARA UP (E)16" (E)150 CFM__ — — —IR - - (E)8 I - (E)8n - Er}17 3D(E)190 CFM J - 3i_ E)111 05 I CFM, T I - _ 3 E)1751 - (E)18" (E)1 ��� - ICFM (E)430 (E)T-A - CFM � _s � E)T-AC-19 (E)14" �_ O(E)590 CFM 3 175 CFM ) E �I 3 E) 15 CF I I SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 8183R CALIFCERAVENUE.5111]F,W RANCHO CIICAMONGA CAIIFORVla 9P300]P9 ]E°�9a'�9o9 1, l= NEWPORT BEACH PD REMODEL NEWPORT BEACH, CA ADDENDUM 2 DRAWN AG REF. MD2.2 M 1 CHECKED DATE D1�18�2D1B SCALE AS NO 11 JOB NO, 1614900 (E)14"X16" SA/RA DN. W/AFD®SHAFT PENETRATION - _ /—(E)100 CFM -- - @3 (E)75 (E)6"0 r _ — _ JIM71 5 CFM CFM (E)5 _ -_SA./ s _ E)12"X18 (E)100 SA RA L CFM (E)�4 0 I Z (E)5"0 U� CFMO/ (E)T-EH-4 T (E)70�' r 3 (E)5� E3 ` € 12'"� O�jPO (E)5"0 E 460 �j C @(E)75 I (E 10" 3 E)350 3 Eg75CFM FCFM,' =-- (E)10 -OV - I - �E)f E)36 0 GFM j O10 0 i r 0 L E)10"0 (E)1d"0 rt� � SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Blfi]RCALIFORNIAOCHESTER AVENUESUIiE 10 RAN`"°`UCAMO"G" LIFOIINIA 91]300]09 CAWPORT TFL 900-90'-0909 vnYN.WcaI iiledf Wm NEWPORT BEACH PD REMODEL BEACH, CA ADDENDUM 2 DRAWN AG REF. MD2.2 M 2 CHECKED DATE 01/18/2018 SCALE AS NOTED JOB NO. 1614900 J .� (E)10" (E)12" j - - - (E)14"0 i L(E)12- - 125 �L 545 / 545 '�(E) CIA SD -2 (E)9"0 RG -1 RG -1 YY�( T S(E)T -A 20 E 24"X16" - -SA/KA -UP I�- (E)16"0-- -IAC-20 E)280 CFM - - - - m - - (E)24"X16" Imo, - (E)12=0-� SARA UP ------ (E)16" �/-- AC -19 - (E)150 CFM G- - - - � 4% (E)80 � 1105 190 RG -1 (E)18"0 (E)12"0 (E)T-AC-17(D T IICCS� -- (E)430 CFZ ... E)T-AC-19 (E)14 {�p590 1 (E)590 CFM (E)8 SD -1 175 �E)10"0 SD -1 2151 J 175 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 9161 ROCHESTER CALIFORNIAVCNUE9113M SURE 100 RAN`"°°°`AW° GSA CALIFONI91 )346+ze `-Li909987C� ..�,� e rom NEWPORT BEACH PD REMODEL NEWPORT BEACH, CA ADDENDUM 2 HAG REF M2.2 M 3 CHECKED C DATE 01/18/2018 SCALE AS NOTED JOB NO. 1614900 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPEMANUFACTURER CATALOG" LAMP QTY. FIXTURE VOLTS REMARKS 6 TYPE WATTAGE COMEOH LIGHTING 9LR12-32-2-" *W LED 16 211 UNDER CABINET LED LIGHT FIXTURE. E OR APPROVED EQUAL WO LMEN65S LPL d�9K FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 271 VOLTS, MID SELECTABLE COLOR TEMPERATURE. * • ARCHITECT TO SPECIFY FINISH CONTECH LIGHTING • M2 -24-2-k 12W LED 12 217 UNDER CABINET LED LIGHT FIXTURE. OR APPROVED EQUAL gym LMENS 5S LM <00 FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 277 VOLTS, AND SELECTABLE COLOR TEMPERATURE. Y ARCHITECT TO SPECIFY FNISH DRAWN LS REF. E-2.0 SOUTHERR CALJFORNIANEWPORT BEACH PD REMODEL CHECKED RES 6t®PUCHEgIFR RVENUE,gU11E,m E 1 �Ia � NEWPORT BEACH, CA DATE 01/18/2018 TSL�� ADDENDUM 2 SCALE 1/4� =r -o° .� JOB NO. 1614900 O9 CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE THE EXISTING DATA GABLES ONLY AND USE THE EXISTING CONDUIT PATH FROM THE IDIF TO THE NEW FURNITURE TO ROUTE NEW DATA GABLES. 10 CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE TEN (10) DATA CASLE5 FROM THE EXISTING IDF TO THE NEW FURNITURE. ROUTE AND TERMINATE TWO (2) NEW DATA GABLES AT EACH WORKSTATION. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE MODULAR FURNITURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. APPROXIMATELY 125-C". II CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE 51X (6) DATA GABLES FROM THE EXISTING IOF TO THE NEW FURNITURE. ROUTE AND TERMINATE TWO (2) NEW DATA GABLES AT EACH WORKSTATION. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE MODULAR FURNITURE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. APPROXIMATELY 110'-0". 12 CONTRACTOR TO ROUTE SIXTEEN (I6) DATA GABLES FROM THE EXISTING IOF TO THE NEW FURNITURE. ROUTE AND TERMINATE TWO (2) NEW DATA GABLES AT EACH WORKSTATION, CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE MODULAR FURNITURE DRANIN65 PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. APPROXIMATELY q5' -O" F SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA b®PQl165IERAVENIIE, $MIF 1p0 a � .� NEWPORT BEACH PD REMODEL NEWPORT BEACH, CA ADDENDUM 2 DRAWN LS REF. E-2.5 E 3 CHECKED RES DATE ovlsi2ola SCALE NONE JOB NO. 1614900 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INDEX FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT REMODEL CONTRACT NO. 7261-1 PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 00 - PRE-BID MEETING 00-1 JOBWALK SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE 2-9 SURVEYING 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.3 Markup Replace this section with the following: SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.4 Inspection and Testing SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION 5-2 PROTECTION 5-7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 4 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 4 6-1.0 Construction Supervision 4 6-1.1 Construction Schedule 4 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 4 6-7.1 General 4 6-7.2 Working Days 5 6-7.4 Working Hours 5 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 5 6-11 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION 6 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 6 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACI LI ITI ES 6 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services 6 7-2-5 Personnel Security Screening 6 7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 7 7-8.4.3 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets 7 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control 8 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) 8 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 9 7-10.1 Traffic and Access 9 7-10.4 Safety 9 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders 9 7-10.5 "No Parking' Signs 9 7-15 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSES 10 7-16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS/AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 10 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 10 9-3 PAYMENT 10 9-3.1 General 10 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. 12 PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 12 SECTION 201- CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 12 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 13 201-1.1 Requirements 13 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class 13 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 13 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement 13 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel 13 201-7 NON -MASONRY GROUT 13 201-7.2 Quick Setting Grout 13 PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS 13 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 13 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 13 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 13 300-1.3.1 General 13 300-1.3.2 Requirements 14 300-1.5 Solid Waste Diversion 14 SECTION 310 - PAINTING 14 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS Newport Beach Police Department Remodel CONTRACT NO. 7261-1 INTRODUCTION All work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accordance with (1) the ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Project Manual) attached hereto; (2) these Special Provisions; (3) the Plans (Drawing No. B -5267-S); (4) the Asbestos Operations & Maintenance Program; (5) Cal OSHA and SCAOMD Rules and Procedures; (6) the City's Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction (Current Edition); (7) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2009 Edition), including supplements (Green Book); (8) the applicable Codes shown on the Plans; (9) American Public Works Association Standard Drawings, Latest Edition; and (10) Building Permits. Copies of the Green Book may be purchased from Building News, Inc. (www.bnibooks.com). The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 00 — PRE-BID MEETING 00-1 JOBWALK The City will conduct a pre-bid site meeting on the date and at the time specified in the Invitation to Bid. Bidder attendance at this meeting is OPTIONAL. On January 17, 2018 at 10:00 a.m. bidders shall meet at the City of Newport Beach Police Department (870 Santa Barbara Drive, Newport Beach 92660). The purpose of the Pre-bid Site Meeting is to acquaint prospective bidders with the site, local physical features, site logistics, obstructions, water and power sources, and security conditions and issues. The conditions and requirements of these Specifications will govern over any information presented at the Pre-bid Site Meeting. Addenda will be prepared and issued, as necessary, to effect any changes to these specifications. Page 1 of o fir' SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents Add to this section, "If there is a conflict within any one specific Contract Document, the more stringent requirement as determined by the Engineer shall control." 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE Add to this section, "The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of obtaining City building permits; removing and disposing of the existing improvements; constructing improvements; containing all construction debris onsite; removing and disposing of errant debris; arranging and coordinating with furniture installations; and completing other incidental items in place as required by the Contract Documents." 2-9 SURVEYING 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers Delete this section and replace with the following: "The Contractor shall, prior to the beginning of work, inspect the project for existing survey monuments and then schedule a meeting with the City Surveyor to walk the project to review the survey monuments. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments during construction operations. In the event that existing survey monuments are removed or otherwise disturbed during the course of work, the Contractor shall restore the affected survey monuments at his sole expense. The Contractor's Licensed Surveyor shall file the required Record of Survey or Corner Records with the County of Orange upon monument restoration. Existing street centerline ties and property corner monuments are to be preserved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of restoring all survey ties and/or monuments damaged by the Work." SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-3 EXTRA WORK 3-3.2 Payment 3-3.2.3 Markup Replace this section with the following: "(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ............................................ 10 2) Materials ....................................... 10 Page 2 of 15 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 10 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 10 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, one (1) percent shall be added for compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost (prior to any markups) of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements 4-1.3.4 Inspection and Testing All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used in the work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48 - hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. Submittals are required for all construction material. The Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed the work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor." SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION Add the following after the Y1 paragraph: "Within seven (7) Calendar days after completion of the work or phase of work, the Contractor shall remove all USA utility markings. Removal by sand blasting is not allowed. Any surface damaged by the removal effort shall be repaired to its pre -construction condition or better at the Contractor's sole expense." Page 3 of 15 5-2 PROTECTION In the event that an existing pull or meter box or cover is damaged by the Work and is not re -useable, the Contractor shall provide and install a new pull or meter box or cover of identical type and size at no additional cost to the City. 5-7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE The Contractor shall adjust or replace to finish grade of City -owned water meter boxes, water valve covers, sewer manholes, sewer cleanouts and survey monuments. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK The time of completion as specified in Section 6-7, shall commence on the date of the 'Notice to Proceed'. 6-1.0 Construction Supervision The timely and quality completion of the work is of paramount importance to the City. As such, the contractor shall have full time superintendence for the entire contract. 6-1.1 Construction Schedule No work shall begin until a "Notice to Proceed" has been issued, a pre -construction meeting has been conducted, and a schedule of work has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule to the Engineer for approval a minimum of five working days prior to the pre -construction meeting. Schedule may be bar chart or CPM style. The Engineer will review the schedule and may require the Contractor to modify the schedule to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. If work falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor shall be prohibited from starting additional work until Contractor has exerted extra effort to meet the original schedule and has demonstrated that the ability to maintain the approved schedule in the future. Such stoppages of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor from the overall time of completion requirement, nor shall it be construed as the basis for payment of extra work because additional personnel and equipment were required on the job. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6-7.1 General The Contractor shall complete all work under the Contract within 50 consecutive working days after the date on the Notice to Proceed. Page 4 of 15 The Contractor shall ensure the availability and delivery of all material prior to the start of work. Unavailability of material will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of work. 6-7.2 Working Days Revise 3) to read: "any City holiday, defined as January 1St (New Year's Day), the third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day), the third Monday in February (President's Day), the last Monday in May (Memorial Day), July 4th, the first Monday in September (Labor Day), November 11th (Veterans Day), the fourth Thursday and Friday in November (Thanksgiving and Friday after), December 24th, (Christmas Eve), December 25th (Christmas), and December 31St (New Year's Eve). If the holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be considered the holiday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before will be considered the holiday." Add the following Section 6-7.4 Working Hours 6-7.4 Working Hours Normal working hours are limited to weekdays from 5:30 p.m. to 5:30 a.m. The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., before or after the normal working hours prescribed above. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 5:30 a.m. to 8:00 a.m. on weekdays or 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays only. A request for working outside the normal working hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $146 per hour when such time periods are approved. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6-7-1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of $1,000.00. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that the above liquidated damages per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the work in an orderly preplanned continuous sequence so as to minimize Page 5 of 15 inconvenience to Police Department personnel, residences, businesses, vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and the public as a result of construction operations. 6-11 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION The contractor shall schedule construction activities with the least amount of disturbance to police activities. Surrounding work areas shall remain open and operating during all construction activities. The contractor be limited permitted to work in a single zone at any one time and scheduled in the following order. The work zones shall be divided: • Zone 1 — Downstairs Area/rooms will consist of Squad Room (10), CSU Room (12), Storage (13), Janitor Closet (14) and Corridor (16). • Zone 2 — Upstairs Area/rooms will consist of Corridor (107), Receptionist (135), interview (137), Interview (138), Copier (139), and Lieutenant(140) • Zone 3 —Upstairs Area/rooms will consist of CAP (133) Detective Division (141) • Zone 4 — Upstairs Area/rooms will consist of SIU (132), CSI (149) and Corridor (157) The Engineer shall provide written notification prior to beginning work in the next zone. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 THE CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILIITIES 7-1.2 Temporary Utility Services If the Contractor elects to use City water, he shall arrange for a meter and tender a $1,073.21 meter deposit with the City. Upon return of the meter to the City, the deposit will be returned to the Contractor, less a $90 monthly charge for meter use, a charge for water usage and any repair charges for damage to the meter. City shall designate to the Contractor the location of the fire hydrant or other connection acceptable for drawing of construction and temporary water. City reserves the right to limit the location, times and rates of drawing of such water. 7-2 LABOR 7-2-5 Personnel Security Screening Prior to commencing services, Contractor and all personnel assigned to work at the Newport Beach Police Department Headquarters (870 Santa Barbara Drive) are required to successfully pass a California Department of Justice Live Scan Fingerprinting background check (Live Scan), wants/warrants check and regional records clearance performed by the City of Newport Beach Police Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the Live Scan for all workers prior to performing work and shall bear the cost thereof. The Contractor shall schedule the Live Scan with the Newport Beach Police Department. On the day of the Live Scan, the Page 6 of 15 worker must obtain an application form from the Newport Beach Police Department (located at 870 Santa Barbara Drive). Upon completion of the application form, the Live Scan will be performed. The worker must possess a photo ID (e.g. Driver's License) at the time of the Live Scan. The Police Department will advise the Contractor and City's Project Manager whether the worker has passed Live Scan and want/warrant and records clearance. Following Council award the Contractor shall schedule all employees planning to work within the facility for the Police Department screening process. Obtaining the screening results may take up to three weeks to process. 7-5 PERMITS Replace this section with "The project is deemed 'permit ready' by the City's Building Division (Plan Check No. 2503-2017). The Contractor shall obtain building permits from the Building Department prior to starting work. City of Newport Beach Building Department permit and normal inspection fees shall be waived." 7-8 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE Add to this Section: "The Contractor shall: 1. Make every effort to conduct the work in a manner that will not interfere with the ingress/egress of the Police Station or adjoining Fire Station #3. 2. Apply dust controls whenever airborne errant dust is observed. 3. Remove all construction debris from the work site at the end of each work day. 4. Provide restrooms and trash service for the construction personnel. 5. Provide parking lot sweeper service to mechanically and/or manually remove errant construction debris and dust as directly by the Engineer. 6. Provide reasonable cleaning service as directed by the Engineer to remove dust and other errant debris that were not controlled during the construction and have deposited upon the adjoining work areas, building windows, hall ways, meeting areas. etc. 7. NO park vehicles within the Police Department parking lot immediately southwest of the Police Department jobsite. 7-8.4.3 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets Construction materials and equipment may be store onsite if approved by the Engineer in advance. Construction equipment and materials stored onsite shall be kept safe and closed from the public. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain an area for the storage of equipment and materials. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's Page 7 of 15 approval of a site for storage of equipment and materials prior to arranging for or delivering equipment and materials to the site. Prior to move -in, the Contractor shall take photos of the laydown area. The Contractor shall restore the laydown area to its pre -construction condition. The Engineer may require new base and pavement if the pavement condition has been compromised during construction. Add to this Section: "The Contractor shall: 1. Make every effort to conduct the work in a manner that will not interfere with the ingress/egress of the adjoining police activities. 2. Remove all construction debris from the work site at the end of each work day. 3. Provide restrooms and trash service for the construction personnel. 4. Provide sweeper service to mechanically and/or manually remove errant construction debris and dust as directly by the engineer. 5. Provide reasonable cleaning service as directed by the Engineer to remove dust and other errant debris that were not controlled during the construction and have deposited upon the parked vehicles, building windows, adjoining work stations, etc. 6. Coordinate delivers, staging, work so as not to interrupt daily police activities. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control Surface runoff water, including all water used during sawcutting operations, containing mud, silt or other deleterious material due to the construction of this project shall be treated by filtration or retention in settling basin(s) sufficient to prevent such material from migrating into any catch basin, Newport Harbor, the beach, or the ocean. The Contractor shall also comply with the Construction Runoff Guidance Manual which is available for review at the Public Works Department or can be found on the City's website at www.newportbeachca.gov/publicworks and clicking on permits, then selecting the link Construction Runoff Guidance Manual. Additional information can be found at www.cleanwaternewport.com." 7-8.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs) Add to this section: The Contractor shall submit a Best Management Practice (BMP) plan for containing any wastewater or storm water runoff from the project site including, but not limited to the following: a. No placement of construction materials where they could enter storm drain system which includes gutters that lead to catch basins. b. Checking construction vehicles for leaking fluids. c. Providing a controlled area for cleaning or rinse -down activities. d. Monitoring construction activities. Page 8 of 15 e. Minimizing usage of water when saw -cutting and vacuum the residue. f. Providing measures to capture or vacuum -up water contaminated with construction debris. g. Removing any construction related debris on a daily basis. h. Protecting work areas from erosion. The BMP will be approved by the Engineer prior to any work. The City of Newport Beach will monitor the adjacent storm drains and streets for compliance. Failure of the Contractor to follow BMP will result in immediate cleanup by City and back -charging the Contractor for all costs plus 15 percent. The Contractor may also receive a separate Administrative Citation per Section 14.36.030A23 of the City's Municipal Code. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7-10.1 Traffic and Access Add to this Section: "The project is located in a Newport Beach Police Department bordered by Jamboree Road and Santa Barbara Drive and used by police and fire department vehicles throughout each day. The police department property shall be passable by vehicles as there are limited detour routes available to redirect traffic. Additionally, the Contractor shall comply with the applicable traffic control and access requirements in accordance with Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (W.A.T.C.H.), also published by Building News, Inc." 7-10.4 Safety 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job -site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work, and the Contractor shall fully comply with all State, Federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. The right of the Engineer or the City's Representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site. 7-10.5 "No Parking" Signs The Contractor shall install, and maintain in place "NO PARKING -TOW AWAY" signs (even if streets have posted "NO PARKING" signs) which he shall post at least forty- eight hours in advance of the need for enforcement. The signs will be provided by the City at no cost to the Contractor. However, the City reserves the right to charge $2.00 per sign following any excessive abuse or wastage of the signs by the Contractor. In addition, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the City's Police Department Page 9 of 15 at (949) 644-3717 for verification of posting at least forty-eight hours in advance of the need for enforcement. The City of Newport Beach "Temporary Tow -Away, No Parking" signs are available at the Public Works Department public counter. The Contractor shall print the hours and dates of parking restriction on the "NO PARKING -TOW AWAY" sign in 2 -inch high non -erase letters and numbers. A sample of the completed sign shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to posting. 7-15 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSES From the time of bid opening until work completion, the contractors working on this Project shall comply with the following licensing requirements. • The contractor awarded the Project: General Building "B". • The contractor(s) performing non -building work shall be appropriately licensed by the State of California for their work. From the start of work until project completion, the Contractor and all Sub -contractors shall possess a valid Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. 7-16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS/AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A stamped set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain "As -Built" drawings of all work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up-to-date and reviewed by the Engineer at the time each progress bill is submitted. Any changes to the approved plans that have been made with approval from the Engineer shall be documented on the "As -Built" drawings. The "As -Built" shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to final payment or release of any bonds. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material." SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General The unit and lump sum prices bid for each item of work shown on the proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work, including restoring all existing improvements, to complete the item of Page 10 of 15 work in place and no other compensation will be allowed thereafter. Payment for incidental items of work not separately listed shall be included in the prices shown for the other related items of work. The following items of work pertain to the bid items included within the Proposal: Item No. 1 Police Department Headquarters Remodel: Work under this Item shall include all of the costs necessary to complete all of the work shown on the plans and in the contract documents, complete and in place. The following is only a suggested listing of work items that need further itemization on the Schedule of Values to be submitted to the Engineer immediately upon project award to the low responsible bidder by the Newport Beach City Council. The cost of all other items of work that are not specifically listed as required but are customary to be completed as a prerequisite for a fully functional facility shall have been included in the bid and no additional compensation shall be made. • Mobilization and Demobilization: Work under this item shall include, but not limited to, providing bonds insurance and financing; delivering all required notification to residents, posting signs; establishing a field office and construction storage location; scheduling Building Division inspections; obtaining all applicable permits; finalizing the permits and all the conditions pertaining to the permits; preparing the BMP Plan and construction schedule; providing traffic control and temporary construction fencing surrounding areas that are subject to construction debris while the Police Department Headquarters is open; and all other related work as required by the Contract Documents. This bid item shall also include work to demobilize from the project site including but not limited to site cleanup, removal of USA markings and providing any required documentation as noted in these Special Provisions. • Security Background Screening: All personnel working under this contract shall be screened by the Newport Beach Police Department per Section 7- 2.5. • Photographic Records of Building and Site Pre -construction Condition: Work under this item shall include providing the City labeled unaltered photographs of the building exterior and interior, parking lot, and fixtures attached to the building. Photographs shall be provided to the City via 4"x6" minimum size colored prints and in electronic *.jpg format. Construction activities shall not start until the photographs have been received and the Engineer has authorized work to commence. • Asbestos Management and Removal: Work under this item shall include managing, removing and disposing of ACM by a State Certified Asbestos Abatement Contractor following SCAQMD removal Procedure 1 — HEPA Filtration. All SCAQMD manifests documenting removal shall be provided to the Engineer under this payment item. Page 11 of 15 • Removals: This work shall include all of the costs needed to remove and dispose of all of the existing improvements that need to be removed such as interfering items in order to space for the new improvements in the Contract Document. • Project Site Maintenance: This work shall include all of the costs needed to complete the work listed under Section 7-8 of these Special Provisions. • Construct New Improvements: This work shall include all of the costs needed to provide, install, furnish, and construct, all of the new improvements and items in the Contract Document complete and in place. The cost of all required building tests for water tightness and as required by the Building Permits shall be made as a part of the price bid. • Third Party Installation Coordination: This work shall include all of the costs needed for the contractor to coordinate and cooperate with the third party contractors for installing FF+E, City IT crews, other services providers, etc. inside the building. The cost of temporary stopping of work as needed to accommodate these installations shall have been made a part of the bid. Item No. 2 Furniture and FF+E Allowance: The Contractor shall have included in its bid a $20,000.00 allowance for the procurement, delivery, and installation of the furniture pieces of wall mounted clocks, televisions, monitors, framed graphic pieces, decorations, etc. items to be selected by the Engineer during the work. Item No. 3 Provide As -Built Plans and Closeout Documents: Work under this item shall include, but not be limited to, all labor, tools, equipment and material costs for all actions necessary to provide as -built drawings and closeout document. These drawings must be kept up to date and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to request for monthly payments. An amount of $4,000.00 is determined for this bid item. The intent of this pre-set amount is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of as -build drawings. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the third paragraph and replace with the following: From each progress estimate, five (5) percent will be retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. Add to this section: Partial payments for mobilization and traffic control shall be made in accordance with Section 10264 of the California Public Contract Code. PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 201 - CONCRETE. MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS Page 12 of 15 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 201-1.1 Requirements 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class Portland Cement concrete for construction shall be Class 560-C-3250. 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 201-2.2 Steel Reinforcement 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 steel conforming to ASTM A 615 with 2 -inch minimum cover unless shown otherwise on the plans. 201-7 NON -MASONRY GROUT 201-7.2 Quick Setting Grout The Contractor shall grout the area between an existing reinforced concrete structure and the new storm drain pipe with a quick setting grout. PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials Add to this Section: Removal and disposal of material shall be done by City approved Licensed and Franchised Commercial Solid Waste Haulers. A current list of approved haulers can be provided upon request or be found on the City's website at: http://newportbeachca.gov/index.aspx?page=157 and then selecting the link Franchised Haulers List. 300-1.3.1 General Add to this section: The work shall be done in accordance with Section 300-1.3.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction except as modified and supplemented herein. Joins to existing pavement lines shall be full depth sawcuts. Final removal between the sawcut lines may be accomplished by the use of Page 13 of 15 jackhammers or sledgehammers. Pavement breakers or stompers will not be permitted on the job. The Engineer must approve final removal accomplished by other means. The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each workday or as directed by the Engineer. All areas of roadway removal and replacement shall have a minimum trench width of 3 -feet to facilitate maximum compaction. Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to mark out the areas of roadway removal and replacement. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess or waste material and shall include all fees for such disposal in the appropriate bid items. 300-1.3.2 Requirements (c) Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Driveways, and Alley Intersections. Replace the first sentence of this Section with: "Saw cuts shall be neatly made to a minimum of two (2) inches." Replace the words "1-'h inch" of the last sentence with the words "two (2) inches". 300-1.5 Solid Waste Diversion Non -reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. All material disposal manifests shall be provided to the Engineer prior to release of final retention. SECTION 310 - PAINTING SECTION 310 --- PAINTING 310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES 310-5.7 A minimum of two coats of paint shall be applied to all exposed surfaces to match existing. SECTION 314 --- AESBESTOS REMOVAL 313-1 General. Asbestos survey prepared by Healthy Buildings, Inc. dated April 24, 2017 indicates the presence of Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) in excess of Page 14 of 15 one percent (1%). Any ACM shall be removed by a State Certified Asbestos Abatement Contractor. The licensed contractor shall follow SCAQMD removal Procedure 1 — HEPA Filtration. All SCAQMD manifests documenting removal shall be provided to the City. 700-1 ASBESTOS SURVEY REPORT The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Project Manual) which augments, but are not referenced to, sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. Page 15 of 15 PROJECT MANUAL f" NEWPORT BEACH POLICE STATION REMODEL OWNER CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 100 CIVIC CENTER DRIVE NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92658 ARCHITECT WLC ARCHITECTS, INC. 8163 ROCHESTER AVENUE, SUITE 100 RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730 (909)987-0909 PROJECT 1614900 NOVEMBER 2017 TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS GROUP NEWPORT BEACH POLICE STATION REMODEL SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAGES 01 1100 Summary of Work 3 01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures 10 01 25 13 Product Substitution Procedures 4 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 6 01 32 16 Construction Schedule - Network Analysis 9 01 3300 Submittal Procedures 5 01 35 16 Alteration Project Procedures 3 01 42 19 Reference Standards 3 01 43 00 Quality Assurance 3 01 4529 Testing Laboratory Services 5 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 6 01 6100 Product Requirements 3 01 7300 Execution Requirements 4 01 7329 Cutting and Patching 3 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 14 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 5 SPECIFICATION GROUP FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 0241 19 Selective Demolition 02 80 00 Hazardous Material Remediation DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete DIVISION 04 MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 05 METALS NOT USED DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 0641 16 Plastic -Laminate -Clad Architectural Cabinets DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 0721 16 Blanket Insulation 3 07 84 00 Firestopping 4 07 92 00 Joint Sealers 6 WLC/1614900 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS (1) REV. 09/17 DIVISION 08 OPENINGS 0811 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 08 14 23 Clad Wood Doors 0871 00 Door Hardware 08 80 00 Glazing DIVISION 09 FINISHES 0921 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 7 09 22 16 Metal Stud Framing 4 0951 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 4 0951 33 Direct Applied Acoustical Ceilings 2 09 65 00 Resilient Flooring 5 09 68 13 Carpeting Tile 5 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 3 09 90 00 Painting 10 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES NOT USED DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11 9000 Miscellaneous Equipment DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 15 TO 19 RESERVED NOT USED SPECIFICATIONS GROUP FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP DIVISION 20 RESERVED NOT USED DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION NOT USED WLC/1614900 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS (2) REV. 09117 DIVISION 22 PLUMBING 22 05 17 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping 3 22 05 18 Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping 2 22 05 23 General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 7 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 8 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 5 22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation 12 22 11 16 Domestic Water Piping 8 22 1316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 9 22 13 19 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 5 2242 16 Commercial Sinks 5 DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 00 00 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 13 DIVISION 24 RESERVED NOT USED DIVISION 25 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION NOT USED DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 00 00 General Electrical Requirements 14 DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS 27 13 43 Network Wire and Cabling System DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 00 00 Electronic Safety and Security (Provided by Consultant) DIVISION 29 RESERVED NOT USED SPECIFICATIONS GROUP SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP DIVISION 30 RESERVED NOT USED DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK NOT USED WLC/1614900 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS (3) REV. 09117 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS NOT USED DIVISION 33 UTILITIES NOT USED DIVISION 34 TRANSPORTATION NOT USED DIVISION 35 WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 36 TO 39 RESERVED NOT USED SPECIFICATIONS GROUP PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP DIVISION 40 PROCESS INTEGRATION NOT USED DIVISION 41 MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 42 PROCESS HEATING, COOLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 43 PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE NOT USED DIVISION 44 POLLUTION CONTROL AND WASTE EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 45 INDUSTRY -SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 46 INDUSTRY -SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 47 INDUSTRY -SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT NOT USED WLC/1614900 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS (4) REV. 09117 DIVISION 48 ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION NOT USED DIVISION 49 RESERVED NOT USED City of Newport Beach Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program 870 Santa Barbara Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660, Issued April 24, 2017 114 WLC/1614900 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP TABLE OF CONTENTS (5) REV. 09/17 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work Included. B. Work under separate contracts. C. Work by Owner. D. Owner furnished products. E. Contractor use of site and premises. F. Owner occupancy. G. Work restrictions. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Work of this Contract comprises general construction remodeling of Police Department located at 870 Santa Barbara Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660 for the City of Newport Beach. B. Construct the work under a single lump sum contract. 1.3 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work underthis Contract. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. 1.4 WORK BY OWNER A. Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract) will be furnished and installed by Owner. 1.5 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Items noted "O FCI" (Owner -Furnished Contractor Installed) will be furnished by Owner and installed by Contractor. B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for Product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect Products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturer's warranties, inspections, and service. WLC/1614900 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 (1) REV. 06/10 C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload Products at site, inspect for completeness or damage, jointly with Owner. 1 Handle, store, install and finish Products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. D. Items furnished by Owner for installation by Contractor (OFCI): 1. Wall covering. 1.6 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Limit use of site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Work by others. 1.7 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Partial Owner Occupancy:Ownerwilloccupytheentiresiteandpremisesduringentireconstruction period, with the exception of the areas under construction. B. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy. C. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Ownerwill operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building. D. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. E. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. F. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. G. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated. H. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. 1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. On -Site Work Hours: In accordance with the General Conditions. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted to do so and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. 1. Notify Architect not less than 5 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's permission. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used WLC/1614900 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 (2) REV. 06/10 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 (3) REV. 06110 SECTION 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Schedule of Values. B. Application for Payment. C. Defect assessment. D. Non-payment for rejected work. E. Change procedures. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit Schedule of Values for approval in duplicate within fourteen days after receipt of Notice to Proceed. B. Format: Submit typed schedule based upon the attached Schedule of Values augmented by the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major specification Section. C. Include within each line item, a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. D. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, on continuation sheet, with each Application For Payment. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit six copies of each application on AIA Form G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA Form G703 Continuation Sheet. B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the General Conditions of the Contract. D. Payment Application Periods: The period of construction covered by each application for payment is the period indicated in the General Conditions of the Contract. E. Application Preparation: Complete everyentryon form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. F. Waiver of Stop Notices: With each application for payment, submit waivers of stop notices from subcontractors for construction period covered by previous application. G. Final Payment: As specified in the General Conditions of the Contract and in Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. H. Refer to the General Conditions of the Contract for additional payment provisions. 1.4 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements. WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (1) REV. 09112 B. If, in the opinion of the Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Architect will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The defective Work may remain, but the listed schedule of value will be adjusted to a new value at the discretion of the Architect. 2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions and satisfaction of the Architect and the listed schedule of value will be adjusted to reflect a new value at the discretion of the Architect. 1.5 NON-PAYMENT FOR REJECTED WORK A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined to be unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the work. 6. Loading, hauling and disposing of rejected products. 1.6 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions on AIA Form G710 Architect's Supplemental Instructions. B. The Architect may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications. Proposal Requests are for information only and are not to be considered instructions to stop the work or to execute the proposed change. Contractor will prepare and submit a detailed estimate within 14 days. C. Any change in the Work which involves the adjustment to contract sum/price or contract time shall be properly certified by the Contractor as indicated in the General Conditions of the contract. D. The Contractor may propose a change by submitting a Change Order Request to the Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. E. Stipulated Sum Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's Change Order Request as approved by Architect. F. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a directive, signed by the Owner and Architect, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change. G. Change Order Forms: Owner's standard forms. H. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract. I. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. J. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any changes in Contract Time, revise sub -schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change and resubmit. WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (2) REV. 09/12 K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (3) REV. 09112 This page intentionally left blank WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (4) REV. 09112 SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORMAT* Project. Contractor: Date: Newport Beach Police Station Remodel Item Description Amount 1. Mobilization and initial expenses 2. General Conditions Temporary Utilities Engineering Layout Temporary Construction/Dust Control General Clean Up/Trash Removal Project Manager/Supervision/Truck Rental Equipment 3. Bonds and Insurance 4. SITE WORK Demolition/Removal Site Building(s) Site Preparation General Brush and Tree Clearing Earthwork Site Improvements Termite/Weed Treatment AC Paving/Base/Striping Concrete Curb/Gutters Concrete Retaining Walls Concrete Paving Concrete Site Stairs Masonry Garden Walls Chain Link Fences/Gates Wrought Iron Fences/Gates Irrigation Planting Site Equipment (misc) Site Utilities Fire Hydrants Fire Lines Storm Drainage Site Water Site Gas Site Sewer Electrical Site Service/Lighting WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (5) Item Description Amount Off-site Work AC Paving/Base Concrete Curb/Gutters Irrigation Planting Fire Hydrants Fire Lines Storm Drainage Site Water Site Gas Site Sewer Street Lights Other 5. FOUNDATIONS Wall Foundations Column Foundations Special Foundations Other 6. SUBSTRUCTURE Slab on Grade Trenches/pits/bases Basement Excavation/Walls Subgrade Moisture Protection Other 7. SUPERSTRUCTURE Columns and Beams Concrete Columns/Beams Masonry Columns Steel Columns/Beams Wood Columns/Beams Glue Laminated Beams Structural Walls Concrete Walls Masonry Walls Wood Framed Walls Floor Construction Concrete Cast in Place Steel Deck/Framing Trusses Wood Framed Floors Roof Construction Concrete Cast in Place Steel Deck/Framing Trusses Wood Framed Roofs Stairs Other WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (6) REV. 09112 Item Description Amount 8. EXTERIOR CLOSURE Exterior Walls/Soffits Sandblast Concrete Seal/Paint Sandblast Masonry Seal/Paint Glass Block Metal Studs Wood Studs Exterior Plaster Exterior Insulation Windows/Frames/Glazing Steel Windows/Glazing Aluminum Windows/Glazing Store Front/Glazing Doors Metal Doors/Frames Wood Doors/Frames Aluminum Doors/Frames/Glazing Sectional Doors/Frames Roll Up Doors/Frames Store Front Frames Hardware Insulation Thermal Wall Sound Wall Sealants/Caulking Other 9. ROOFING Roof Coverings and Flashing Built Up Roofing Single Ply Preformed Metal Asphalt Shingle Clay/Concrete Tile Roof Walkway System Roof Insulation and Fill Lightweight Concrete Insulating Concrete Fill Rigid Insulation Flashing and Trim Roof Openings Roof Hatches Smoke Hatches Skylights Skyroofs/Walls Ladders to Roof Other WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (7) REV. 09112 Item Description Amount 10. INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION Fixed Partitions Metal Studs Wood Studs Gypsum Board Interior Plaster Movable Partitions Compartments & Cubicles Toilet Partitions Interior Doors Wood Doors Metal Doors Aluminum Doors Roll Up Doors Special Doors Frames Interior Finishes Painting Walls Ceiling Vinyl Wall Coverings Ceramic Tile Fiberglass Reinforced Panels Concrete Sealer Vinyl Sheet/Tile Rubber Flooring Carpet Wood Flooring Suspended Acoustical Ceiling System Suspended Gypsum Ceiling System Specialties Chalkboard/Markerboard/Tackboards Cabinets Toilet Room Accessories Graphics and Signage Other 11. CONVEYING SYSTEMS Elevators Moving Stairs and Walks Pneumatic Tube Systems Lifts, Hoists, and Cranes Wheel Chair Lift Dock Leveler/Bumpers Automotive Hoists (single) Two Post Hoist (twin) Other WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (8) REV. 09/12 Item Description 12. EQUIPMENT Library Book Theft System Fixed Book Shelves Rolling Book Shelves Multipurpose/Stage Fireproof Curtain Projection Screen(s) Folding Tables/Benches Athletic Steel Athletic Lockers Basketball Backstops Bleachers Pool Classroom Window Coverings Book Lockers Food Service Kitchen Equipment Walk in Freezer/Refrigerator Other 13. MECHANICAL Plumbing Supply Service Disposal Service Rainwater Service Gas Service Finish Fixtures Fire Protection Sprinklers Fire Extinguishers HVAC System Equipment Ductwork/Distribution System Controls Testing and Balancing Other 14. ELECTRICAL Distribution Lighting and Power Special Systems Alarm System Communications Emergency System Other Amount WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES O1 20 00 (9) REV. 09/12 Item Description Amount 15. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Miscellaneous Special Construction TOTAL COST `The above categories may be subdivided and items added if the overall order remains the same and the subtotal cost for each category complies with the format as shown. Items not applicable to a particular job may be deleted from this list. Overhead and profit shall be a combined mark up and added proportionally to each line item. WLC/1614900 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 (10) REV. 09112 SECTION 01 25 13 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1. PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Product options. B. Substitution procedures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Requests for changes in products, materials, or equipment required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor prior to and after award of the Contract are considered requests for substitutions. The following are not considered substitutions: Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 2. Specified options of products, materials, and equipment included in Contract Documents. 1.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitution: Products of manufacturers named and meeting specifications with substitution of products or manufacturer only when submitted under provisions of this section. C. Products Specified by Naming One orMore Manufacturers without Provision for Substitution: No substitution allowed. 1.4 LIMITATIONS ON SUBSTITUTIONS SUBMITTED AFTER THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT A. The Contract is based upon the standards of quality established by those items of equipment and/or materials which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents. Substitution requirements are as outlined in the General Conditions. B. Consideration by Architect of substitution requests received after the established date of the receipt of bids or contract award will only be made when one or more of the following conditions are met and documented: 1. Specified item fails to comply with regulatory requirements. 2. Specified item has been discontinued. 3. Specified item, through no fault of the Contractor, is unavailable in the time frame required to meet project schedule. 4. Specified item, through subsequent information disclosure, will notperform properlyorfit indesignated space. 5. Manufacturer declares specified product to be unsuitable for use intended or refuses to warrant installation of product. 6. Substitution would be, in the sole judgement of the Architect, a substantial benefit to the Owner in terms of cost, time, energy conservation, or other consideration of merit. C. Consideration by Architect of a substitution request will be made only if request is made in strict conformance with provisions of this section. WLC/1614900 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 25 13 (1) REV. W110 D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate written request as required by provisions of this section. E. Review of shop drawings does not constitute acceptance of substitutions indicated or implied on shop drawings. F. Substitutions will not be considered when requested or submitted directly by subcontractor or supplier. G. Substitutions will not be considered as a result of the failure to pursue the work promptly or coordinate activities properly. H. Burden of proof of merit of requested substitution is the responsibility of the Contractor. I. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to establish proper content of submittal for requests for substitutions. Incomplete submittals will be rejected. J. Owner shall receive full benefit of any cost reduction as a result of any request for substitution. K. Architect's decision on substitution requests is final and does not require documentation or justification. L. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. M. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. It shall be the responsibility of the entity requesting the substitution to obtain all regulatory approvals required for proposed substitutions. B. All regulatory approvals shall be obtained for proposed substitutions priorto submittal ofsubstitution request to Architect. C. All costs incurred by the Owner in obtaining regulatory approvals for proposed substitutions to include the costs of the Architect and any authority having jurisdiction over the project shall be reimbursed to the Owner. Costs of these services shall be reimbursed regardless of final acceptance or rejection of substitution. 1.6 SUBSTITUTION REPRESENTATION A. In submitting a request for substitution, the entity requesting the substitution makes the representation that he or she: 1. Has investigated the proposed substitution and has determined that it meets or exceeds the quality _ level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty or guarantee for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to otherwork which may be required forthe work to be completed with no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional cost or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner for the cost of Architect's review or redesign services associated with substitution request. 1.7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A. Submit six copies of each request. B. Submit request with Architect's Substitution Request Form. Form may be obtained at the office of the Architect. Substitution requests received without request form will be returned unreviewed. C. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. WLC/1614900 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 25 13 (2) REV. W110 D. Request to include sufficient data so that direct comparison of proposed substitution can be made. E. Provide complete documentation for each request. Documentation shall include the following information, as appropriate, as a minimum: 1. Statement of cause for substitution request. 2. Identify product by specification section and article number. 3. Provide manufacturer's name, address, and phone number. List fabricators, suppliers, and installers as appropriate. 4. List similar projects where proposed substitution has been used, dates of installation and names of Architect and Owner. 5. List availability of maintenance services and replacement materials. 6. Documented or confirmation of regulatory approval. 7. Product data, including drawings and descriptions of products. 8. Fabrication and installation procedures. 9. Samples of proposed substitutions. 10. Itemized comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the product specified. Significant qualities may include size, weight, durability, performance requirements and visual effects. 11. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other items of work that will become necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. 12. Statement on the substitutions effect on the construction schedule. 13. Cost information including a proposal of the net change, if any, in the Contract sum ifthe substitution is submitted after the receipt of bids or contract award. 14. Certification that the substitution is equal to or better in every respect to that required by the Contract Documents and that substitution will perform adequately in the application intended. 15. Waiver of right to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of substitution to perform adequately. F. Inadequate warranty, vagueness of submittal, failure to meet specified requirements, or submittal of insufficient data will be cause for rejection of substitution request. 1.8 ARCHITECTS REVIEW A. Within 14 days of receipt of request for substitution, the Architect will accept or reject proposed substitution. B. If a decision on a substitution cannot be made within the time allocated, the product specified shall be used. C. There shall be no claim for additional time for review of proposed substitutions. D. Final acceptance of a substitution submitted prior to the date established for the receipt of bids will be in the form of an addendum. E. Final acceptance of a substitution submitted after the award of the contract will be in the form of a Change Order, WLC/1614900 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 25 13 (3) REV. WI10 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 25 13 (4) REV.W10 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination. B. Preconstruction conference. C. Progress meetings. D. Request for Information (RFIs). E. Preinstallation conferences. F. Post construction dedication. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. RFI - Request from Contractor seeking additional information, interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Coordinate construction operations of the different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. C. Prior to commencement of a particular type or kind of work examine relevant information, contract documents and subsequent data issued to the project. D. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. G. In locations where several elements of mechanical and electrical work must be sequenced and positioned with precision in order to fit into available space, prepare coordination drawings showing the actual conditions required for the installation. Prepare coordination drawings prior to purchasing, fabricating or installing any of the elements required to be coordinated. H. Closing up of walls, partitions or furred spaces, backfilling and other covering up operations shall not proceed until all enclosed or covered work and inspections have been completed. Verify before proceeding. I. Coordinate completion and clean up ofWorkof separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. J. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. WLC/1614900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 (1) REV. 09114 K. Coordinate all utility company work in accordance with the General Conditions. L. Coordinate field engineering with the provisions of Section 01 73 00. 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule a conference immediately after receipt of fully executed contract documents prior to project mobilization. B. Mandatory Attendance: Owner, Owners Resident Inspector, Owner's Testing Laboratory Representative, Architect, Contractor, Contractors Project Manager and Contractors Job Superintendent. C. Optional Attendance: Architect's consultants, subcontractors and utility company representatives. D. Architect will preside at conference, record minutes and distribute copies. E. Agenda: 1. Verity execution of Owner -Contractor Agreement. 2. Verify Notice to Proceed has been issued. 3. Verify submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 4. Federal and State labor law requirements applicable to Contract. 5. Submission of list of Subcontractors, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 6. Designation of responsible personnel representing the parties. 7. Procedures and processing of RFIs, field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal requests, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. 8. Procedures for testing and inspection. 9. Scheduling, 10. Critical work sequence and long lead items. 11. Work restrictions and working hours. 12. Progress meetings. 13. Use of site and premises. 14. Storage. 15. Authorities having jurisdiction over project. 16. Owner occupancy requirements. 17. Owner -Furnished equipment. 18. Separate contracts. 19. Construction waste management. 20. Preparation of Record Drawings. 21. Security. 22. Parking availability. WLC/1614900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 (2) REV. 09114 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Architect will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at two week intervals. B. Architectwill make arrangements for meetings, prepareagenda, preside atmeetings, record minutes (Field Reports), and distribute copies. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Owner, Owner's Inspector, and Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. (Field Reports) 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Requests For Information (RFIs). 7. Status of Proposal Requests (PRs). B. Status of Change Order Requests (CORs). 9. Status of Change Orders (COs). 10. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 11. Maintenance of construction schedule. 12. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 13. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 14. Coordination of projected progress. 15. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 16. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 17. Other business relating to Work. 1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI'S) A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Progress Meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractorwill be returned with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. 3. Each RFI shall address only one subject matter. WLC/1614900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 (3) REV. 09114 B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1. Date. 2. Project name. 3. Owner's name. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 8. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 9. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 10. Contractor's suggested solution(s). IfContractor's solution(s) impactthe ContractTime orthe Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 11. Contractor's signature. 12. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments. C. Hard -Copy RFIs: Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number. D. Software -Generated RFIs: Software -generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above. Attachments shall be electronic files in a format that will allow electronic editing by the Architect. E. Architect's Action: Architectwill revieweach RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allowfifteen days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. If the RFI is required to be forwarded to a consultant, subconsultant, or Owner for a response, the response time will be twenty five days. 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: (a) Requests for approval of submittals. (b) Requests for approval of substitutions. (c) Requests for information already indicated in the Contract Documents. (d) Requests for coordination information which is the responsibility of the Contractor. (e) Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. (f) Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals and substitutions. (g) Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. 2. Architect's action may include a request foradditional information, in which case Architect's allowable time for response will start again. 3. Architect's review of or response to RFIs shall not constitute an approval, direction, or procedure related to construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of Contractor. WLC/1614900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 (4) REV. 09114 4. Architect's review of or response to RFIs shall not constitute an approval, direction, or procedure related to the construction site safety precautions, procedures or methodology of Contractor. 5. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Order Request according to Division 01 Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures. (a) If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within five days of receipt of the RFI response. (b) Under no circumstances is the Architect's review of or response to RFIs to be considered an authorization to depart from the Contract Documents or an authorization to perform extra work. F. On receipt of Architect's action immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. G. Review response and notify Architect within three days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.7 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual specification Section, convene a preinstallation conference priorto commencing work of the Section. Refer to individual specification section for timing requirements of conference. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific Section. C. Notify Architect a minimum of seven days in advance of meeting date. D. Preinstallation conference to coincide with regularly scheduled progress meeting. E. Prepare agenda, preside at conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days after conference to participants. F. Agenda: 1. Review of Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Status of submittals. 4. Schedule of work activities. 5. Deliveries of materials and equipment. 6. Sequence of operation. 7. Interface requirements. 8. Access. 9. Site utilization. 10. Tests and inspections. 11. Temporary facilities and controls. 12. Quality and work standards. 1.8 POST CONSTRUCTION DEDICATION A. Attendance Required: Project superintendent, project manager, major subcontractors, Owner and Architect. WLC/1614900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 (5) REV. 09/14 B. Preparation prior to Dedication: 1. Assist Owner in operation of mechanical systems. 2. Verify operation and adjust controls for communication systems. 3. Assist Owner in operation of lighting systems. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PROJECT MANAGEMENTAND COORDINATION 01 31 00 (6) REV. 09/14 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. References. B. Performance requirements. C. Quality assurance. D. Qualifications. E. Project record documents. F. Submittals. G. Review and evaluation. H. Format. I. Cost and schedule reports. J. Early work schedule. K. Construction schedule. L. Short interval schedule. M. Requested time adjustment schedule. N. Recovery schedule. 0. Updating schedules. P. Distribution. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual - A Manual for General Contractors and the Construction Industry, The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC). B. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute MP -2-1 Master Format. C. National Weather Service - Local Climatological Data. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Ensure adequate scheduling during construction activities so work may be prosecuted in an orderly and expeditious manner within stipulated Contract Time. B. Ensure coordination of Contractor and subcontractors at all levels. C. Ensure coordination of submittals, fabrication, delivery, erection, installation, and testing of materials and equipment. D. Ensure on-time delivery of Owner furnished materials and equipment. E. Ensure coordination of jurisdictional reviews. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION_ SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 REV. 06/10 (1) F. Assist in preparation and evaluation of applications for payment. G. Assist in monitoring progress of work. H. Assist in evaluation of proposed changes to Contract Time. I. Assist in evaluation of proposed changes to Construction Schedule. J. Assist in detection of schedule delays and identification of corrective actions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual published by the AGC. B. Maintain one copy of document on site. C. In the event of discrepancy between the AGC publication and this section, provisions of this section shall govern. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Scheduler: Personnel or specialist consultant with 5 years minimum experience in scheduling construction work of a complexity and size comparable to this Project. B. Administrative Personnel: 5 years minimum experience in using and monitoring schedules on comparable projects. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Submit one electronic file and three copies of final Record Construction Schedule which reflects actual construction of this Project. C. Record schedule shall be certified for compliance with actual way project was constructed. D. Receipt of Record Construction Schedule shall be a condition precedent to any retainage release or final payment. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Within 7 days from the Notice of Award submit proposed Early Work Schedule and preliminary Cost Report defining activities for first 60 days of Work. C. Within 45 days from Notice of Award submit proposed Construction Schedule and final Cost Report. D. Submit updated Construction Schedule at least 10 days prior to each Application for Payment. E. Submit Short Interval Schedule at each Construction Progress Meeting. F. Submit Time Adjustment Schedule within 10 days of commencement of a claimed delay. G. Submit Recovery Schedules as required by completion of work. H. Submit one electronic file and three copies of each schedule and cost report. 1.8 REVIEW AND EVALUATION A. Early Work Schedule shall be reviewed during Preconstruction Conference with Owner and Architect. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (2) REV. 06/10 B. Within 5 days of receipt of Owner and Architects comments provide satisfactory revision to Early Work Schedule or adequate justification for activities in question. C. Acceptance by Owner of corrected Early Work Schedule shall be a condition precedent to making any progress payments for first 60 days of Contract. D. Cost loaded values of Early Work Schedule shall be basis for determining progress payments during first 60 days of Contract. E. Participate in joint review of Construction Schedule and Reports with Owner and Architect. F. Within 7 days of receipt of Owner and Architects comments provide satisfactory revision to Construction Schedule or adequate justification for activities in question. G. In the event that an activity or element of work is not detected by Owner or Architect review, such omission or error shall be corrected by next scheduled update and shall not affect Contract Time. H. Acceptance by Owner of corrected Construction Schedule shall be a condition precedent to making any progress payments after first 60 days of Contract. I. Cost -loaded values of Construction Schedule shall be basis for determining progress payments. J. Review and acceptance by Owner and Architect of Early Work Schedule or Construction Schedule does not constitute responsibility whatsoever for accuracy or feasibility of schedules nor does such acceptance expressly or impliedly warrant, acknowledge or admit reasonableness of activities, logic, duration, manpower, cost or equipment loading stated or implied on schedules. 1.9 FORMAT A. Prepare diagrams and supporting mathematical analyses using Precedence Diagramming Method, under concepts and methods outlined in AGC Construction Planning and Scheduling Manual. B. Listings: Reading from left to right, in ascending order for each activity. C. Diagram Size: 42 inches maximum height x width required. D. Scale and Spacing: To allow for legible notations and revisions. E. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence of work. F. Illustrate complete sequence of construction by activity. G. Provide legend of symbols and abbreviations used. 1.10 COSTAND SCHEDULE REPORTS A. Activity Analysis: Tabulate each activity of network diagram and identify for each activity: 1. Description. 2. Interface with outside contractors or agencies. 3. Number. 4. Preceding and following number. 5. Duration. 6. Earliest start date. 7. Earliest finish date. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (3) REV. M10 8. Actual start date. 9. Actual finish date. 10. Latest start date. 11. Latest finish date. 12. Total and free float. 13. Identification of critical path activity. 14. Monetary value keyed to Schedule of Values. 15. Manpower requirements. 16. Responsibility. 17. Percentage complete. 18. Variance positive or negative. B. Cost Report: Tabulate each activity of network diagram and identify for each activity: 1. Description. 2. Number. 3. Total cost. 4. Percentage complete. 5. Value prior to current period. 6. Value this period. 7. Value to date. C. Required Sorts: List activities in sorts or groups: 1. By activity number. 2. By amount of float time in order of early start. 3. By responsibility in order of earliest start date. 4. In order of latest start dates. 5. In order of latest finish dates. 6. Application for payment sorted by Schedule of Values. 7. Listing of activities on critical path. 8. Listing of basic input data which generates schedule. 1.11 EARLY WORK SCHEDULE A. Shall establish scope of work to be performed during first 60 days of Contract. B. Shall designate critical path or paths. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (4) REV. M/10 C. Shall contain the following phases and activities: 1. Procurement activities to include mobilization, shop drawings and sample submittals. 2. Identification of key and long -lead elements and realistic delivery dates. 3. Construction activities in units of whole days limited to 14 days for each activity except non - construction activities for procurement and delivery. 4. Approximate cost and duration of each activity. D. Shall contain seasonal weather considerations. Seasonal rainfall shall be 10 year average for the month as evidenced by Local Climatological Data obtained from U.S. National Weather Service. E. Activities shall be incorporated into Construction Schedule. F. No application for payment will be evaluated or processed until Early Work Schedule has been submitted and reviewed, G. Shall be updated on a monthly basis while Construction Schedule is being developed. H. Failure to submit an adequate or accurate Early Work Schedule or failure to submit on established dates will be considered a substantial breach of Contract. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Include Early Work Schedule as first 60 days of Construction Schedule. B. Shall be a computer generated time scaled network diagram of activities. C. Indicate a completion date for project that is no later than required completion date subject to any time extensions processed as part of a change order. D. Conform to mandatory dates specified in the Contract Documents, E. Should schedule indicate a completion date earlier than any required completion date, Owner or Architect shall not be liable for any costs should project be unable to be completed by such date. F. Seasonal weather shall be considered in planning and scheduling of all work. Seasonal rainfall shall be 10 year average for the month as evidenced by Local Climatological Data obtained from U.S. National Weather Service. G. Level of detail shall correspond to complexity of work involved. H. Indicate procurement activities, delivery, and installation of Owner furnished material and equipment. I. Designate critical path or paths. J. Subcontractor work at all levels shall be included in schedule. K. As developed shall show sequence and interdependence of activities required for complete performance of Work. L. Shall be logical and show a coordinated plan of Work. M. Show order of activities and major points of interface, including specific dates of completion. N. Duration of activities shall be coordinated with subcontractors and suppliers and shall be best estimate of time required. O. Shall show description, duration and float for each activity. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (5) REV. 06/10 P. Failure to include any activity shall not be an excuse for completing all work by required completion date. Q. No activity shall have a duration longer than 14 days or a value over $20,000.00 except non -construction activities for procurement and delivery. R. An activity shall meet the following criteria: 1. Any portion or element of work, action, or reaction that is precisely described, readily identifiable, and is a function of a logical sequential process. 2. Descriptions shall be clear and concise. Beginning and end shall be readily verifiable. Starts and finishes shall be scheduled by logical restraints. 3. Responsibility shall be identified with a single performing entity. 4. Additional codes shall identify building, floor, bid item and CSI classification. 5. Assigned dollar value (cost -loading) of each activity shall cumulatively equal total contract amount. Mobilization, bond and insurance costs shall be separate. General requirement costs, overhead, profit, shall be prorated throughout all activities. Activity costs shall correlate with Schedule of Values. 6. Each activity shall have manpower -loading assigned. 7. Major construction equipment shall be assigned to each activity. 8. Activities labeled start, continue or completion are not allowed. S. For major equipment and materials show a sequence of activities including: 1. Preparation of shop drawings and sample submissions. 2. Review of shop drawings and samples. 3. Finish and color selection. 4. Fabrication and delivery. 5. Erection or installation. 6. Testing. T. Include a minimum of 15 days prior to completion date for punch lists and cleanup. No other activities shall be scheduled during this period. 1.13 SHORT INTERVAL SCHEDULE A. Shall be fully developed horizontal bar -chart -type schedule directly derived from Construction Schedule. B. Prepare schedule on sheet of sufficient width to clearly show data. C. Provide continuous heavy vertical line identifying first day of week. D. Provide continuous subordinate vertical line identifying each day of week. E. Identify activities by same activity number and description as Construction Schedule. F. Show each activity in proper sequence. G. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for related activities. H. Indicate activities completed or in progress for previous 2 week period. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (6) REV. 06/1D I. Indicate activities scheduled for succeeding 2 week period. J. Further detail may be added if necessary to monitor schedule. 1.14 REQUESTED TIME ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE A. Updated Construction Schedule shall not show a completion date later than the Contract Time, subject to any time extensions processed as part of a Change Order. B. If an extension of time is requested, a separate schedule entitled "Requested Time Adjustment Schedule" shall be submitted to Owner and Architect. C. Indicate requested adjustments in Contract Time which are due to changes or delays in completion of work. D. Extension request shall include forecast of project completion date and actual achievement of any dates listed in Agreement. E. To the extent that any requests are pending at time of any Construction Schedule update, Time Adjustment Schedule shall also be updated. F. Schedule shall be a time -scaled network analysis. G. Accompany schedule with formal written time extension request and detailed impact analysis justifying extension. H. Time impact analysis shall demonstrate time impact based upon date of delay, and status of construction at that time and event time computation of all affected activities. Event times shall be those as shown in latest Construction Schedule. I. Activity delays shall not automatically constitute an extension of Contract Time. J. Failure of subcontractors shall not be justification for an extension of time. K. Float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of any single party. Float time shall be apportioned according to needs of project. L. Float suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing, special lead/lag logic restraints, extended activity durations, or imposed dates shall be apportioned according to benefit of project. M. Extensions will be granted only to extent that time adjustments to activities exceed total positive Float of the critical path and extends Contract completion date. N. Ownershall not have an obligation to considerany time extension request unless requirements of Contract Documents, and specifically, but not limited to these requirements are complied with. O. Owner shall not be responsible or liable for any construction acceleration due to failure of Owner to grant time extensions under Contract Documents should requested adjustments in Contract Time not substantially comply with submission and justification requirements of Contract for time extension requests. P. In the event a Requested Time Adjustment Schedule and Time Impact Analysis are not submitted within 10 days after commencement of a delay it is mutually agreed that delay does not require a Contract time extension. 1.15 RECOVERY SCHEDULE A. When activities are behind Construction Schedule a supplementary Recovery Schedule shall be submitted. B. Form and detail shall be sufficient to explain and display how activities will be rescheduled to regain compliance with Construction Schedule. C. Maximum duration shall be one month and shall coincide with payment period. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (7) REV W10 D. Ten days prior to expiration of Recovery Schedule verification to determine if activities have regained compliance with Construction Schedule will be made. Based upon this verification the following will occur: 1. Supplemental Recovery Schedule will be submitted to address subsequent payment period. 2. Construction Schedule will be resumed. 1.16 UPDATING SCHEDULES A. Review and update schedule at least 10 days prior to submitting an Application for Payment. B. Maintain schedule to record actual prosecution and progress. C. Approved change orders which affect schedule shall be identified as separate new activities. D. Change orders of less than $20,000.00 value or less than 3 days duration need not be shown unless critical path is affected. E. No other revisions shall be made to schedule unless authorized by Owner. F. Provide narrative Progress Report at time of schedule update which details the following: 1. Activities or portions of activities completed during previous reporting period. 2. Actual start dates for activities currently in progress. 3. Deviations from critical path in days ahead or behind. 4. List of major construction equipment used during reporting period and any equipment idle. 5. Number of personnel by craft engaged on Work during reporting period. 6. Progress analysis describing problem areas. 7. Current and anticipated delay factors and their impact. 8. Proposed corrective actions and logic revisions for Recovery Schedule. 9. Proposed modifications, additions, deletions and changes in logic of Construction Schedule. G. Schedule update will form basis upon which progress payments will be made. H. Owner will not be obligated to review or process Application for Payment until schedule and Progress Report have been submitted. 1.17 DISTRIBUTION A. Following joint review and acceptance of updated schedules distribute copies to Owner, Architect, and all other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report in writing any problem anticipated by projections shown in schedule. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (8) REV. 06110 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - NETWORK ANALYSIS 01 32 16 (9) REV. 0&10 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Related submittals. B. Architect's digital data files. C. Proposed products list. D. Processing time. E. Submittal procedures - paper submittals. F. Shop drawings - paper submittals. G. Submittal procedures - electronic submittals. H. Shop drawings - electronic submittals. I. Product data. J. Samples. K. Manufacturers' instructions. L. Manufacturers' certificates. M. Submittal schedule. 1.2 RELATED SUBMITTALS A. Progress Payments: Section 01 20 00- Price and Payment Procedures. B. Schedule of Values: Section 01 20 00- Price and Payment Procedures. C. Substitutions: Section 01 25 13 — Product Substitution Procedures. D. Coordination Drawings: Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. E. Construction Schedule: Section 01 32 16 - Construction Schedule - Network Analysis. F. Tests and Inspections: Section 01 45 29 — Testing Laboratory Services. G. Certified Final Property Survey: Section 01 73 00 — Execution Requirements. H. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. I. Closeout Procedures: Section 01 77 00 — Closeout Procedures. J. The General Conditions set forth additional requirements for submittals. 1.3 ARCHITECTS DIGITAL DATA FILES A. Upon written request, and if asked nicely, the Architect's electronic CAD files will be provided for use in connection with preparation of shop drawings subject to the acceptance of the Architect's standard terms and conditions for electronic file transfer. WLC/1614900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 (1) REV. 06115 1.4 PROCESSING TIME A. Time period for review of submittals will commence upon receipt of submittal by Architect. B. Initial Review: Allow ten working days for each submittal. C. Resubmittal Review: Allow ten working days for each resubmittal. D. Sequential Review: Allow fifteen working days for initial and resubmittal review of each submittal where review is required by Architect's consultant's, Owner or other parties indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - PAPER SUBMITTALS A. Transmit each submittal in conformance with requirements of this section. B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Resubmittals to have original number with an alphanumeric suffix. C. Identify Project and Architect's project number, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. Submittals without Contractor's stamp and signature will be returned without review. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Architect at 8163 Rochester Avenue, Suite 100, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730. Coordinate submission of related items. F. Make submittals in groups containing associated and related items to make sure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. G. Submittals fora ems requiring co or se ec ion must be received before any will be selected. H. Architect reservesthe righttowithhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with othersubmittals until all related submittals are received. I. Make submittals in advance of scheduled dates for installation to allow specified time for review, revisions, and resubmission prior to final review and subsequent placement of orders. J. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit proper processing. K. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. L. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. M. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal. N. Distribute copies of reviewed submittalsto concerned parties. Instruct partiesto promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 0. Partial submittals will be considered non responsive and will be returned without review. P. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. Submittals not requested will be returned without review. Q. Architect will not review submittals that contain material data safety sheets (MSDS) and will return them for resubmittal. WLC/1614900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 (2) REV. 06115 R. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on submittals without separate written request as required by provisions of Section 01 25 13 - Product Substitution Procedures, 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS - PAPER SUBMITTALS A. Submit six prints of each drawing. Four copies will be retained by Architect. B. Review comments will be shown on returned print. Contractor will make and distribute copies as required for his purpose. C. After review, distribute in accordance with article on procedures stated above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. D. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information and submit as shop drawings. E. Standard information prepared without specific reference to project requirements will not be considered a shop drawing. F. Do not use or allow others to use shop drawings which have been submitted and have been rejected. 1.7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS A. Transmit each electronic submittal in conformance with requirements of this section. B. Submittals for all items requiring color selections will not be accepted as an electronic submittal. C. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed Portable Document Format ( PDF) file. File format licensed by Adobe Systems. D. Transmit electronic submittals as PDF files via Architect's designated a mail address. E. Transmittal form for submittals shall be an electronic form acceptable to the Architect which identifies the Project, the Architect's project number, the Contractor, the Subcontractor or material supplier; pertinent Drawing and detail number(s), and specification Sections, as appropriate. F. Provide links enabling navigation to each item of submittal package. G. Name electronic submittal file with consistent project identifier composed of Architect's project number, Architect's alpha numeric file designation, and specification section number followed by sequential number. (e.g., 0920800 -56 -SUB - 06412-01.pdf ) H. Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after initial point number. (e.g., 0920800 -56 -SUB — 06412-01-A.pdf) I. Resubmittals shall identify all changes made since previous submittal. J. Insert Contractor's review stamp to permanently record Contractor's action. K. Contractors stamp shall be signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. L. Submittals without Contractor's stamp and signature will be returned without review. M. Provide space for Architect's electronic review stamp. N. Architect reserves the righttowithhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with othersubmittals until all related submittals are received. O. Make submittals in advance of scheduled dates for installation to allow specified time for review, revisions, and resubmission prior to final review and subsequent placement of orders. WLC/1614900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 (3) REV. M/15 P. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit proper processing. Q. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. R. Contractor shall reproduce and distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. S. Partial submittals will be considered non responsive and will be returned without review. T. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. Submittals not requested will be returned without review. U. Architectwill not review submittals that contain material data safety sheets (MSDS) and will return them for resubmittal. V. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on submittals without separate written request as required by provisions of Section 01 25 13 - Product Substitution Procedures, 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS- ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS A. Submit electronic copy of shop drawings in PDF format as specified in this section. B. Review comments will be indicated on reviewed document. C. After review, distribute in accordance with article on procedures stated above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. D. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information and submit as shop drawings. E. Standard information prepared without specific reference to project requirements will not be considered a shop drawing. F. Do not use or allow others to use shop drawings which have been submitted and have been rejected. 1.9 PRODUCT DATA A. When specified in individual specification sections, submitcopies of data foreach productwhich Contractor requires. B. Submit six copies of product data made in paper format. Four copies will be retained by Architect. C. Electronic sbm ittals for product data will comply with Article for electronic subm ittal procedures stated in this section. D. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and otherdata.Supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information unique to this Project. E. Manufacturer's standard productdataorcatalogsthatdonot indicate materials orproductsthatarespecific to project will be returned without review. F. After review, distribute in accordance with article on procedures stated above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. B. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information. WLC/1614900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 (4) REV. 06/15 C. Submit the number of samples which Contractor requires, plus two which will be retained by Architect. D. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification Sections. E. Submittals for all items requiring color selection must be received before any will be selected. F. If a variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristic is inherent within the material or product submitted, sample shall approximate limits of variation. 1.11 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Identify conflicts between manufacturer's instructions and Contract Documents. 1.12 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturer's certificate toArchitectfor review, in quantities specified for Product Data, B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00 (5) iVAIMMM D. Fit work at penetrations of surfaces as specified in Section 01 73 29. 3.6 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES A. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. B. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. 3.7 FINISHES A. Finish surfaces as specified in individual Product Sections, B. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 3.8 CLEANING A. Match samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and identified for acceptable cleaning levels. B. Avoid over cleaning to prevent damage to existing materials. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 35 16 (3) REV. 06110 SECTION 01 35 16 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products and installation for altering, patching and extending Work. B. Transition and adjustments. C. Repair of damaged surfaces, finishes, and cleaning. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Protect and Maintain: To remove deteriorating corrosion, reapply protective coatings, and install protective measures such as temporary guards; to provide the least degree of intervention. B. Repair: To stabilize, consolidate, or conserve; to retain existing materials and features while employing as little new material as possible. Repair includes patching, piecing -in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. Repair also includes limited replacement to match existing, rehabilitation, and reconstruction, with compatible substitute materials for deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes. C. Replace: To duplicate and replace entire features with new material to match existing. Replacement includes the following conditions: Duplication: Includes replacing elements damaged beyond repair or missing. Original material is indicated as the pattern for creating new duplicated elements. 2. Replacement with New Materials: Includes replacement with new material when original material is not available as patterns for creating new duplicated elements. 3. Replacement with Substitute Materials: Includes replacement with compatible substitute materials. Substitute materials are not allowed, unless otherwise indicated. D. Remove: To detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. E. Remove and Salvage: To detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. F. Remove and Reinstall: To detach items from existing construction, repair and clean them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. G. Existing to Remain or Retain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. H. Match Existing: Material that matches existing materials, as much as possible, in species, cut, color, grain, and finish. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. If alternate methods and materials to those indicated are proposed for any work, provide written description of proposed methods and comparable products. B. Where existing conditions may be misconstrued as damage caused by alteration procedures submit evidence of adjacent construction before work begins. WLC/1614900 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 35 16 (1) REV. 06110 2. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK A. New Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspection and testing products where necessary, referring to existing Work as a standard. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that demolition is complete, and areas are ready for installation of new Work. B. Beginning of alteration Work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work. Replace and restore at completion. B. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete. Replace materials as specified for finished Work. C. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. D. Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and finishes. E. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate work of alterations and renovations to expedite completion and to accommodate Owner occupancy. B. Remove, cut, and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide a means of restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition. C. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. D. Install products as specified in individual Sections. 3.4 TRANSITIONS A. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. Patched Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance. B. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, request instructions from Architect. 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS A. Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads. B. Where a change of plane of 1/8 inch or more occurs, request instructions from Architect. C. Trim existing doors as necessary to clear new floor finish. Refinish trim as required. WLC/1614900 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 35 16 (2) REV. M110 SECTION 01 42 19 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions. B. Specification format and content. C. Industry standards. D. Codes and standards. E. Governing regulations/authorities. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the General Conditions. B. Regulations: Includes laws,ordinances,statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the work. 1.3 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT A. Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 50 -Division Master Format 2016 numbering system. B. The sections are placed in the Project Manual in numeric sequence;however, this sequence isnotcomplete and the Table of Contents of the specifications must be consulted to determine the total listing of sections. C. The section title is not intended to limit the meaning or content of the section, nor to be fully descriptive of the requirements specified therein. D. The organization of the specifications shall not control the division of the work among subcontractors or establish the extent of work to be performed by any trade. E. Specifications use certain conventions regarding style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable to maintain the context of the Contract Document indicated. 2. Imperative and streamlined language is generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. Subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. 3. The words "shall be" are implied wherever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. WLC/1614900 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 42 19 (1) REV. 09/16 1.4 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Except where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards shall apply as if bound into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made part of Contract Documents by reference. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids except when a specific date is indicated. C. Where compliance with 2 or more standards is specified and where standards may establish different or conflicting requirements for quantities or quality levels, the more stringent, higher quality and greater quantity of work shall apply. D. The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. Indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. E. Each entity engaged in construction ofthework is required to be familiarwith industry standards applicable to its construction activity. F. Copies ofapplicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies ofstandards are needed to perform a required activity, Contractor shall obtain copies directly from publication source. G. Trade associations names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized trade association, standards -generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, orotherentity applicable to the content of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations", published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. H. Refer to individual specification sections and related drawings for names and abbreviations of trade associations and standards applicable to specific portions of the work. In particular, refer to Division 23 for names and abbreviations applicable to mechanical work, and refer to Division 26 for names and abbreviations applicable to electrical work. I. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.5 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Latest edition of pertaining ordinances, laws, rules, codes, regulations, standards, and others of public agencies having jurisdiction of the work are intended wherever reference is made in either the singular or plural to Code or Building Code except as otherwise specified, including but not limited to latest edition of those in the following listing. 1. 2016 California Building Standards Administrative Code (CBSAC), California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 1 2. 2016 California Building Code (CBC) California (2015 International Building Code (IBC) Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 2 with California amendments) 3. 2016 California Electrical Code (CEC) California (2014 National Electric Code (NEC) with Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 3 California amendments) 4. 2016 California Mechanical Code (CMC) California (2015 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 4 with California amendments) 5. 2016 California Plumbing Code (CPC) California (2015 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) with Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 5 California amendments) 6. 2016 California Energy Code, California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 6 WLC/1614900 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 42 19 (2) REV. 09/16 7. 2016 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 11. 8. 2016 State Referenced Standards Code (CRSC) California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 12 9. California Elevator Safety Code, California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 8. (As amended to date) 10. 2010 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design. (ADAS) 1.6 GOVERNING REGULATIONS/AUTHORITIES A. Authorities having jurisdiction have been contacted where necessary to obtain information for preparation of Contract Documents. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information having a bearing on the work. B. Comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations indicated and which bear on the conduct of the work. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION REV 09/16 SECTION 01 43 00 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interpretation of requirements. B. Quality assurance and control of installation. C. Tolerances. D. Field samples. E. Mock-up. F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 1.2 INTERPRETATION OF REQUIREMENTS A. If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. B. The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation shall comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. C. Where codes or specified standards indicate higher standards, more stringent tolerances or more precise workmanship than levels shown or specified, comply with most stringent requirements. D. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: Afirm experienced in producing products similarto those indicated forthis project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. E. Monitor quality control over suppliers,manufacturers,products,services, site conditions, andworkmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. F. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. G. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. WLC/1614900 QUALITY ASSURANCE 01 43 00 (1) REV. 01104 H. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.4 TOLERANCES A. Monitor tolerance control of installed products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Complywithmanufacturer'stolerances.ShouldmanufacturerstoleranceconflictwithContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 1.5 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications sections for review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been reviewed by Architect. 1.6 MOCK-UP A. Mock-up will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Assemble and erectspecifieditems. with specifiiedattachmentandanchorage devices, flashings, seals and finishes. C. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard forjudging the completed Work. D. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has been reviewed by Architect. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment and other field services as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. C. Submit report in duplicate within 15 days of observation to Architect for review. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 73 00. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. REV. 01/04 B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner priorto applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 QUALITY ASSURANCE 01 43 00 (3) REV. 01/04 SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. B. Contractor submittals. C. Laboratory responsibilities. D. Laboratory reports. E. Limits on testing laboratory authority. F. Contractor responsibilities. G. Schedule of inspections and tests. H. Test and inspection form. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C140 -Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units. B. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. C. ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. D. CBC - California Building Code, Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). E. DSA - Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation Services, Structural Safety Section. 1.3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing as specified by Owner's testing laboratory. B. Owner will pay cost of testing and inspection except the following forwhich the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner through deductive change order: 1. Any retesting and sampling required due to failure of original test. 2. Any testing and inspection required to be performed that requires testing laboratory or agency to perform services outside the state of California. 3. Concrete design mix. 4. Additional testing expenses caused by failure of the Contractor to adhere to construction schedule or caused by failure of the Contractor to give proper advanced notice or caused by Contractor delay. C. Contractor shall employ and pay for services required to perform specified inspection and testing specified as Contractor responsibility. WLC/1614900 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29 (1) REV N/16 D. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered engineer on staff to review services. C. Testing Equipment: Capable of performing tests required calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices acceptable to the National Bureau of Standards. D. All testing agency management, laboratory, and field supervisory personnel shall have at least five years experience in the inspection and testing of work and materials of construction. E. Testing laboratory shall maintain a current letter of acceptance issued by the Division of the State Architect (DSA) demonstrating that it has met the criteria established by the Division of the State Architect for performance of inspection work and testing of materials. Laboratory to furnish copy of acceptance letter upon request. 1.5 OWNER'S TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Inspector. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities ornon-conformanceofWorkorproducts. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Architect. G. Attend preconstruction conferences and progress meetings when requested by Architect. 1.6 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit within no more than 14 days of the date of the inspection or test one copy of laboratory reportto the Architect, Engineer, Owner's Resident Inspector, and Contractor. Reports of test results of materials and inspections found not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be forwarded immediately to the Architect, Engineer, Owner's Resident Inspector, and Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector. 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 5. Identification of product and Specifications section. 6. Location in the Project. 7. Type of inspection or test. 8. Date of test. WLC/1614900 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29 (2) REV.06116 9. Ambient conditions at time of test or sample -taking. 10. Results of tests and interpretation of test results. 11. Professional opinion as to whether tested work is in conformance with Contract Documents. 12. Recommendations on retesting. C. Verification of Test Reports: Each testing agency shall submit to the Architect a verified report in duplicate covering all of the tests which were required to be made by that agency during the progress of the project. Such report shall be furnished each time that work on the project is suspended, covering the tests up to that time and at the completion of the project, covering all tests. 1.7 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit proposed mix designs to Architect for review in accordance with Section 03 30 00. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. C. Notify testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse Owner for laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred due to the Contractor's negligence. 2. The Contractorshall notify the Owner's representative a suffcienttime in advance of the manufacture of material to be supplied by him under the Contract Documents, which must by terms of the Contract be tested, in order that the Owner may arrange for the testing of same at the source of supply. 3. Any material shipped bythe Contractorfrom the source ofsupply priorto having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection or prior to the receipt of notice from said representative that such testing and inspection will not be required shall not be incorporated in the job. D. Employ and pay for services of Owner's testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate work does not comply with contract documents. 1.9 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS BY OWNER'S TESTING LABORATORY A. Perform tests and inspections for the following in conformance with the (CBC) California Building Code (International Building Code with State of California Amendments), Title 24, Part 2, of the California Code of Regulations (CCR). Structural Tests and Special Inspections (a) General -1701A (b) Approvals - 1703A (c) Special Inspections - 1704A (1) Concrete- 1705A.3 and Table 1705A.3 WLC/1614900 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29 (3) REV.66/16 (2) Wood - 1705A.5 (3) Soils - 1705A.6 and Table 1705A.6 2. Concrete (Chapter 19A) (a) Concrete Inspection (1) Portland Cement Tests - 1913A.1 (2) Reinforcing Bars - 1705A.2.2.1.2, 1913A.2 (3) Waiver of Reinforcing Bar Tests - 1913A.2 (4) Batch Plant Inspection - 1705A.3.2 (5) Waiver of Batch Plant Inspection - 1705A.3.3 (b) Concrete Quality (1) Proportions of Concrete - 1903A, 1904A, 1905A (c) Job Site Inspection (1) Site Placement Inspection - 1705A.3.5 (d) Anchors in Concrete (1) Drilled -In -Expansion Bolts or Epoxy -Type Anchors in Concrete - 1913A.7 1.10 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS BY CONTRACTOR A. Contractor Responsibility: 1. Statement of Responsibility - 1704A.4. Refer to listed special inspections under Article 1.9. B. Plumbing: 1. Testing as specified in Division 22 including, but not limited to: Sterilization, soil waste and vent, water piping, source of water, gas piping, downspouts and storm drains. C. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning: 1. Testing as specified in Division 21 shall include, but not be limited to: Ductwork tests, cooling tower tests, boiler tests, controls testing, piping tests, water and air systems, and test and balance of heating and air conditioning systems. D. Electrical 1. Testing as specified in Division 26 including, but not limited to: Equipment testing, all electrical system operations, grounding system and checking insulation after cable is pulled. 1.11 INSPECTION BY THE OWNER A. An Inspector employed by the Owner in accordance with the requirements of the California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 1 will be assigned to the work. His duties are specifically defined in Section 4-342 of Title 24, Part 1. B. The Owner and his representatives shall at all times have access for the purpose of inspection to all parts of the work and to the shops wherein the work is in preparation, and the Contractor shall at all times maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for such inspection. WLC/1614900 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29 (4) REV.06116 C. The work of construction in all stages of progress shall be subject to the personal continuous observation of the Inspector. He shall have free access to any or all parts of the work at any time. The Contractor shall furnish the Inspector reasonable facilities for obtaining such information as may be necessary to keep him fully informed respecting the progress and mannerofthe work and the characterof the materials. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. The presence of an Inspector shall in no way change, mitigate or alleviate the responsibility of the Contractor. D. The Inspector is not authorized to change, revoke, alter, enlarge or decrease in any way any requirement of the Contract Documents, drawings, specifications or subsequent change orders. E. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with any of the provisions of Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations or evidence that any material or construction does not conform to the requirements of Title 24, Part 2 of the California Code of Regulations, the Owner may require tests as proof of compliance. Test methods shall be as specified herein or by other recognized and accepted test methods determined by the Owner. All tests shall be performed by a testing laboratory accepted by the Owner. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29 (5) NAVA-:111a SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity, lighting, heat, ventilation, telephone service, communication service, water, and sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures and fencing. Water, erosion, pollution, noise and fire protection control. C. Construction Facilities: Access roads,parking, progress cleaning, projectsignage, and temporary buildings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Moisture -Protection Plan: 1. Submit Moisture - Protection Plan under provisions of Section 01 33 00. 2. Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from moisture absorption and damage, including delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to moisture absorption or moisture damage, discarding moisture -damaged materials, protocols for mitigating moisture intrusion into completed Work, and replacing moisture damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire -resistive materials, plastering, sawing and grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water and moisture from there operations. 4. Showprocedures forverifying thatwet construction has dried sufficientlyto permit installation of finish materials. 1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Connect to existing power service at location as directed. Power consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for conti nuous service. Owner will pay for cost of energy used. Exercise measu res to conserve energy. B. Provide power outlets forconstruction operations, with branchwiring and distribution boxes. Provideflexible power cords as required. C. Provide main service disconnect and over current protection at convenient location. D. Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. E. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. 1.4 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. D. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction. 1.5 TEMPORARY HEATING/COOLING A. Provide and payfordevicesas required tomaintain specified thermal conditions for construction operations. WLC/1614900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 (1) REV. 01115 B. Only electric or indirect fired combustion heaters shall be used. No direct fired space heaters will be allowed. C. Heaters will be equipped with controls to automatically turn off heater if airflow is interrupted or internal temperature exceeds design temperature. D. Do not use permanent equipment for temporary purposes. E. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F and maximum ambient temperature of 80 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. F. Maintain temperature above dew point of enclosed space based upon relative humidity of enclosed area. G. Continuously monitor temperature of enclosed space(s) using an electronic monitoring device (s). Place devices in locations that will record average temperature of building(s). Provide printout to Architect upon request. 1.6 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Do not use permanent equipment for temporary ventilation purposes. C. Ventilate enclosed spaces to dissipate humidity. Maintain a maximum relative humidity level of less than 60 percent. Avoid pockets of high humidity. D. Continuously monitor humidity of enclosed space(s) using an electronic monitoring device(s). Place devices in locations that will record average humidity of building(s). Provide print out to Architect upon request. 1.7 TEMPORARY HUMIDITY CONTROL A. Provide temporary ventilation during construction activities to protect installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity and moisture. B. Selectequipment thatwill not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. C. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. D. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes. E. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record daily readings over a forty-eight hour period. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. 1.8 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for telephone service to field office and Owner's/Inspector's field office at time of project mobilization. Inspectors office to have separate telephone line. B. Provide mobile telephone service for project superintendent for use when away from field office. C. Provide, maintain and pay for Facsimile machine in field office. Provide separate dedicated telephone line for machine. 1.9 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION SERVICE A. Provide minimum DSL electronic communication service, including electronic mail, in primary field office. WLC/1614900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 (z) REV. 01115 1.10 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Connect to existing water source for construction operations. Owner will pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water. Water consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service. B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. 1.11 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide temporary chemical type toilet facilities and enclosures. B. Maintain temporary toilet facilities in a sanitary manner. C. Existing facilities shall not be used. D. Facilities shall comply with the accessibility requirements of the CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Section 11 B-201.4. 1.12 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. C. Provide protection for plant life and trees designated to remain and for sok and hardscape areas adjacent to work, replace damaged materials in kind. D. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage. 1.13 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. B. Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. Post fences and gates with no trespassing signs. 1.14 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free ofwater. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from running water. 1.15 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Conform to Best Management Practices for erosion and sedimentcontroland non -storm watermanagement as defined in Sections 3 and 4 of the Construction Activity Handbook published by the Storm Water Quality Association. B. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. C. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. D. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow. E. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays. WLC/1614900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 (3) REV 01115 1.16 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Maintain temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed until permanent facilities are installed. B. Complywith NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations". C. Fire safety during construction shall comply with CFC - California Fire Code (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 9, Chapter 14. D. Store combustible materials in containers in fire -safe locations. E. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes. F. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 1.17 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. 1.18 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. B. Conform to Best Management Practices for waste management and material controls as defined in Section 4 of the Construction Activity Handbook published by the Storm Water Quality Association. 1.19 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. B. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.20 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as required to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. 1.21 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and existing facilities and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.22 ACCESS ROADS A. Construct and maintain temporary roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve construction area. Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. B. Stabilize temporary vehicle transportation routes and construction entrances to prevent erosion and control dust immediately after grading in accordance with best management practice techniques defined in Section 3 of the Construction Activity Handbook published by the Storm Water Quality Association. C. Maintain stabilization techniques as work progresses. WLC/1614900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 (4) REV. 01115 D. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. 1.23 PARKING A. Arrange for off-site parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. B. Existing on-site parking areas may not be used for construction personnel. C. Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement. 1.24 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Obtain all permits, provide all materials and maintain controls as required of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Maintain access for fire -fighting equipment and access to hydrants. 1.25 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. B. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. C. Provide walk -off mats at each building entry. 1.26 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Waste Management: In compliance with the General Conditions. B. Maintain building areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site periodically and legally dispose of off site. D. Maintain site area in a clean and orderly condition. 1.27 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 8 x 4 foot project sign of exterior grade plywood and wood frame construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter to Architect's design and colors. B. List title of Project, names of Owner, Architect and Contractor. C. Erect on site at location established by Architect. D. Sign to remain in place through construction period and shall be removed only after dedication of the project. E. Provide temporary directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. F. No other signs are allowed except those required by law. 1.28 FIELD OFFICES A. Office: Weather -tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling and ventilating equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture drawing rack and drawing display table. B. Maintain daily janitorial service for offices. Maintain approach to office free of mud and water. C. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 8 persons. WLC/1614900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 (5) REV. 01115 D. When permanent facilities are enclosed with operable utilities, relocate offices into building, with written agreement of Owner, and remove temporary buildings. E. Facilities shall comply with the accessibility requirements of the CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Section 11 B-201.4. 1.29 STORAGE AREAS AND SHEDS A. Size to storage requirements for products of individual Sections. Allow for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for inspection of products. 1.30 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Maintain temporary equipment, facilities and controls until Substantial Completion orwhen use is no longer required. B. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion review. C. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. D. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. E. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. F. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. G. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. H. Replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily restored. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 (6) REV. 01/15 SECTION 01 61 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Damage and restoration. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. B. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse that were obtained from this project. C. Products specified or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. D. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components. E. Provide products thatcomplywith the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and are unused atthetime of installation. F. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and detail needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. G. Where a specific manufacturer's product is specified as the basis ofdesign, the designation shall establish the qualities relating to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance and other characteristics for comparable products of other named manufacturers. H. Where products are specified by name or by manufacturer provide the product or manufacturer specified. No substitutions will be permitted unless made under the provisions of Section 01 25 13. I. Where specifications only describe a product or assembly by listing exact characteristics required, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics. J. Where specifications only require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with those requirements. K. Where the specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, provide a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified. L. Where specifications require review and acceptance of a sample, the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product sample is acceptable or not. M. Provide materials and products specified in the full range of color, texture and pattern for selection by Architect. Architect may select from any color range at no additional cost to Owner. N. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. O. Where product is designated to match an existing product, provide product that matches in size, profile, finish, dimension and other characteristics the existing product identified. WLC/1614900 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 61 00 (1) REV. 01105 1.3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at site to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are Flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses. D. Deliverproducts in manufacturer's original sealed container or packaging system, completewith labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.4 STORAGE A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store sensitive products in weather -tight, climate controlled enclosures. C. Store products in a manner that will not damage or overload project structure. D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports, above ground. E. Provide off-site storage when site does not permit on-site storage . F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. G. Store loose granular materials on solid Flat surfaces in a well -drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign - matter. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. J. Preventthe discharge of pollutants to storm water from storage of materials on-site using best management practice techniques defined in Chapter 4 of the Construction Activity Handbook published by the Storm Water Quality Task Force. 1.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. WLC/1614900 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 61 00 (z) REV. 01105 F. Provide humidity and temperature control for installed products as recommended by materials manufacturer. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.6 DAMAGE AND RESTORATIONS A. Damage to existing or new work whether accidental or not shall be restored or replaced as specified or directed by Architect. B. Restoration shall be equal to structural performance of original work. C. Finish shall match appearance of existing adjacent work. D. Work not properly restored or where not capable of being restored shall be removed and replaced. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 61 00 (3) REV. 01/05 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General procedural requirements governing execution of the Work. 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. B. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor. C. Final Property Survey: Submit 2 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: Existence and location of site improvements and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify existence and location of construction affecting the Work. B. Existing Utilities: Existence and location of underground and other utilities indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify existence and location of underground utilities affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; and electrical services. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report: Where conditions detrimental to performance of the Work are encountered, provide a written report listing the following: (a) Description of the Work. (b) List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. (c) List of unacceptable installation tolerances. (d) Recommended corrections. WLC/1614900 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 (1) REV. 01104 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4. Examine walls, Floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of need for clarification of Contract Documents, submit a Request For Information (RFI) to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for resolution of the item discovered. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor, registered in the state of California to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. WLC/1614900 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 (2) REV. 01/04 E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Identification: Control datum for survey is that established by Owner provided survey. B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Reportthe need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and otherwork requiring field - engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework. E. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain maximum headroom clearance in spaces without a suspended ceiling. B. Complywithmanufacturerswritteninstructionsandrecommendationsforinstallingproductsinapplications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. WLC/1614900 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 (3) REV. 01104 D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions forinstalling anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. H. Joints: Makejoints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrangejoints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 (4) LMIX-RIP SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original or specified conditions after installation of other work. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Unless specifically shown on the drawings, no structural member shall be cut, drilled, or notched without prior written authorization from the Architect. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or patching which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather -exposed or moisture -resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. B. Include in request: 1. Identification of Project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or patching. 4. Description of proposed work, and Products to be used. 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of Owner or separate contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or load - deflection ratio. B. Do not cut or patch operating elements that would reduce their capacity to perform or that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. REV. 01/04 C. Do not cut or patch construction that would result in visual evidence of cutting or patching. D. Remove and replace construction that has been cut or patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspectexisting conditions priorto commencing Work, including elements subjectto damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering existing Work, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage. B. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching to complete Work. B. Fit Products together, to integrate with other work. C. Uncover work to install ill timed work. D. Remove and replace defective or non -conforming work. E. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. F. Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. G. Cut rigid materials using saw or drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. 3.4 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching. C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D. Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. F. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. WLC/1614900 _ CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 (2) REV. 01104 G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching was performed. B. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, sealant, and similar materials. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 (3) REV. 01104 SECTION O1 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste forsubsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Develop waste management plan that results in end -of -Project rates for salvage/recycling of 65 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work. B. Salvage/Recycle Goals: Salvage and recycle as much nonhazardous demolition and construction waste as possible. Owner has established a minimum goal of 65 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work for the following materials: 1. Demolition Waste: Concrete. Concrete reinforcing steel. Concrete masonry units. Plywood and oriented strand board. Wood paneling. Wood trim. Structural and miscellaneous steel. Rough hardware. Insulation. Doors and frames. Door hardware. Windows. Glazing. Metal studs. Gypsum board. Acoustical tile and panels. Carpet. Carpet pad. Equipment. Cabinets. Plumbing futures. Piping. Supports and hangers. Valves. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 (1) REV. 12116 (ff) Mechanical equipment. (gg) Refrigerants. (hh) Electrical conduit. (ii) Copper wiring. 0)) Lighting fixtures. (kk) Lamps. (II) Ballasts. (mm)Electrical devices. 2. Construction Waste: (a) Wood sheet materials. (b) Wood trim. (c) Metals. (d) Insulation. (e) Carpet and pad. (f) Gypsum board. (g) Piping. (h) Electrical conduit. (i) Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: (1) Paper. (2) Cardboard. (3) Boxes. (4) Plastic sheet and film. (5) Polystyrene packaging. (6) Wood crates. (7) Plastic pails. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit waste management plan and progress reports under the provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 2 days of date established for the Notice of Award. C. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrentwith each Application for Payment, submit reports. Include separate reports for demolition and construction waste. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste. D. Forms: Prepare waste reduction progress reports on forms included at end of Part 3. E. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end -of -Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. F. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. G. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. H. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receiptand acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. I. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. J. Qualification Data: For Waste Management Coordinator. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 (2) REV. 12116 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA -approved certification program. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of Waste Management Coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. 1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost1revenue analysis. Include separate sections in plan for demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5. Disposed Materials: Indicate howandwhere materialswill be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located. D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost ofwaste disposal as if there was no waste managementplan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Include the following: 1. Total quantity of waste. 2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection containers for each type of waste. 3. Total cost of disposal (with no waste management). 4. Revenue from salvaged materials. 5. Revenue from recycled materials. 6. Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials. 7. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 (3) REV. 12116 8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste. 9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan. E. Forms: Prepare waste management plan on forms included at end of Part 3. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. B. Waste Management Coordinator: Waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be present at Project site full time for duration of Project. C. Training; Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within 3 days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Division 01 Section 0150 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale: Not permitted to be sold on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Donation: Permitted on Project site. D. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 (4) REV. 12/16 E. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Receivers and Processors: Licensed entity normally engaged in the business of receiving, recycling, and processing waste materials with a minimum of 5 years of documented experience with the types of waste products to be processed under the provisions of this section. C. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. 2. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 3. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with othermaterials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 4. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 5. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 6. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Concrete Reinforcement: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. B. Concrete: Break up and transport to concrete -recycling facility. C. Masonry Reinforcement: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals. D. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. E. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. F. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. G. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. H. Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Systems: Separate suspension system, trim, and other metals from panels and tile and sort with other metals. I. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. J. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. K. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. L. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size. M. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. N. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 15/ REV. 12/16 0. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into Flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut -Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. D. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.7 FORMS A. Waste Management Plan Forms Attached: 1. Construction Waste Reduction Progress Report. 2. Demolition Waste Reduction Progress Report. 3. Construction Waste Identification. 4. Demolition Waste Identification. 5. Construction Waste Reduction Work Plan. 6. Demolition Waste Reduction Work Plan. 7. Cost/Revenue Analysis of Construction Waste Reduction Work Plan. 8. Cost/Revenue Analysis of Demolition Waste Reduction Work Plan. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 (6) REV. 12/16 y a -mow o H2Nax oa3o�e a miaow o w yWW" U <'d aF �>Zm rza> oa3oo„ �cyow 00w a a w J J } aN U z QO w �3 N O o w w aZ X F �O N z r~ N W m w O O w ix a a40 z O_ J FOm a H U 0 N w 3 LL a W O wN a z <o 3 Q N~ z W O O H } Fw z =az^ Z O�OQ J FO R H z O F� wa w O o w wN a C@ y N U N @ w m N o @ N @ U N N@ r N@ N@ N@ Uk N C C w 5 c O Em @o w C_ C_ a @ @ m MM @ @ @ m m m LL m m m a m>> a 0 0 0 6 c 0 a - m 0 �' F- 0 ZWW o q 0' _ apw O ` O r H r W w zlw,+ 0300n rO aLLW row O r W J N nz r O 3w Qo LLJ OY 0 rw W W Q� Qz n �O rn o m r � W W K C7 J W a w mom 3w z ar O U Oa oF=< W WW zN Qw j 20 W 0 Pr H (n N W Q z FW z r _ r <00 ; 0 030— 40 w C3 0 r z Fr wa z w 0 0 0 o 0 W > @ h C O N C @ @ Q O J @ N @ N N C @ N @ @ U w @ 0 @ 3 .N. @ 0 7�6 C00 O m im-E L@ N 0 CN C @0 @O O � 0 0 J NO ai oN zz QO Y (L K� Q0 w U) N w r x ON w 3o N LU LU m D J} OU F N LU LL Z COQ O wHU JF Q QZw U 0 U) F z °3 LU 0 0 LU N LU �i F Q z fll 3` O F U W 7 � HJR Z Z�Qo O w ?F> �2LU LL LU w0o� Z O Lua z w O > � o N Lu L C C@ U l0 Q O U U N A o@C � @o J a a C J m cO w o LU .. .. .. .. EN CX._. E C Q @@ @ @ l0 @@@ C N N O U�u N N C J N .. @@ @.= @@@@@@ 3 0 0 0 y O N C L a El a a C� ai Z N ZZ QO N F �ca a� L N W N KQ H =uN W ?i0 U) N LU z O a w U rL LL � J z oU a H U w N a 3 z 0 J H z W O O H N W z O IL IL U N `m N N W c > c m m O 0 J m m N c Qco � �03m - o T< o oc✓+ mem` m m c m Dm ed J Lm` U m mm EU� YN m m m o Cmy N3O c c N Yr N 3pm oow a'. oC NmN . 1 a.` � wm o OFT vo oC ooO 13 m mC c Ov ❑0 zFw aa� zwo ]OW U zzK =<LL J J LL z z Z z =5 2OZ r aoo ~ F- W z NN a W O a N I Z Y p a F za 0 H OZ z z W <YUO O i aUH U Q V) R D N W a O LLJ a Ln z W o a 7W 3 a>0 z J F Fa O N U) H U 7 WENN Z az aa30 000 z 0 Lua Z& W 0 Y `p N O w U N L C C 0 N U@ N N N W ~ N O N U N O N N m U N N N U N N N N N N U (0 y N J m O N O N to Q a a C N N N y U m p C O WC C C C C C sr O QN N N N ~ 7 lU t9 @ (0 @ t0 C N C .. 2U U U U U U U U d N O 3 0 O 0 O 0 N 5 OM -au C N >> c q k2 )j )) 00 G<al< < §;� ! ( w a. § )§g & <>-e ; §§ k } 2 z0 uj Of ; <>O \ q \(}§ LU §Gh }k ¥ § § ` _®_ - - `" \ \ ) {&,6 ®\ /LHo \ �({ j}§ / ,k& � 6 !- :>3i2I 0=+ �gLL iaol y3x z o2W a¢9 JOaC7 a vl ago 2 U H Z y IL LLLLw ZZ_OLL O gaa F - Z O f H OOy 7 LLJa W jTWW W >Ka H W N a 3� O wwJ P: W Q WS Z1 >mm N Z O U O FLL J ai wO0x N J�Oa Fow II N } OUpU J � a ZLL Q OJ W 7 Oym W m N W R' W LL N O F O two ~JW az 3a ori 0 ago oo o N v c v N m @ v O --2 J'O a N X @ T m UmaEa @ ciaa mo �,0 Q m a DILL Ol at m m� O U> >�fn i -'r, @ E O a U C C C C C C C C @ O C @ C mm-m0 v u u Uon 0 0 0L'mcm0 0 0 0 mu Gw u u o u 0a u u.i° v �+ E E'� �° o c a'� E-� a NU u OKy+ wn ZaOn oOw zoo �ra-O ZoaO aaw OWF zo a�o 2 U F Z Q N W Y -LLW 'OO ZO— O gaa z ~ 0 F W am J 7 Wop VWw w WocWQ W H N Q 3 W no i�0a ZO MW J yi W 0o< O WOOox a O �a N 0000 H N JLL OJ Q Q OOm W VM z `n o W w > W K fN= O O <RW aFa Q Q20 J 000 n � N O � J E @@ r @� W O O@ 3 U C U r C N @ YC @ R 3 0 E c@ pU J@ Y y N N U D j 0 Ui O C 0 0 0 R@ R a_ d R @@ p Ul 3 a SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout Procedures. B. Final Cleaning. C. Pest Control. D. Adjusting. E. Demonstration and Instructions. F. Project Record Documents. G. Operation and Maintenance Data. H. Warranties, I. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's review. B. Prepare and submit to Architect a list of items to be completed or corrected, the value of the items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. C. Submit written request to Architect for review of Work. D. Submit warranties, bonds, service agreements, certifications, record documents, maintenance manuals, receipt of spare parts and similar closeout documents. E. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. F. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site. G. Advise Owner of change over in heat and other utilities. H. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. I. Submit affidavit of payment of debts and claims, AIA Document G706. J. Submit affidavit of release of liens, AIA Document G706A. K. Submit consent of contractors surety to final payment, AIA Document G707. L. Owner will occupy all of the building as specified in Section 01 11 00. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide submittals to Architect that are required by governing or other authority. WLC/1614900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 (1) VwaraW 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final review by Architect. B. Employ experienced professional cleaners for final cleaning. C. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view, remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces. D. Vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. Shampoo if visible stains exist. E. Clean equipment and plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. F. Clean exposed surfaces of grilles, registers and diffusers. G. Replace filters of operating mechanical equipment. H. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. I. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. J. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. K. Clean light fixtures and replace burned out lamps and bulbs. L. Replace defective and noisy ballasts and starters in fluorescent fixtures. M. Leave project clean and ready for occupancy by Owner. 1.5 PEST CONTROL A. Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Submit final report to Architect. 1.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.7 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products, systems, and equipment to Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final review. B. For each demonstration submit list of participants in attendance. C. Provide two electronic copies of each demonstration and instructions session. D. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. E. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. F. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. G. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. WLC/1614900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 (2) REV. 08/15 1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work in contrasting color. 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product Section in contrasting color ink, description of actual Products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Supplier and installer's name and contact information. 3. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item in contrasting color ink to record actual construction including: 1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations_of. underground .utilities -and appurtenances,jeferencedto — - permanent surface improvements. 2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 5. Revisions to electrical circuitry and locations of electrical devices and equipment. 6. Note change orders, alternate numbers, and similar information, where applicable. 7. Identify each record drawing with the written designation of "RECORD DRAWING" located in prominent location. F. Final Property Survey: Under the provisions of Section 01 73 00. G. Record Construction Schedule: Under the provisions of Section 01 32 16. H. Submit documents to Architect at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Summary: 1. Organize operation and maintenance data with directory. 2. Provide operation and maintenance manuals for products, systems, subsystems, and equipment. WLC/1614900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 (3) REV. 06/15 3. Refer to Divisions 02 thru 49 for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Divisions. B. Submit two sets prior to final review, bound in 8-1/2 inch x 11 inch, three ring D size binders with durable vinyl covers. C. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS', title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required. D. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with laminated plastic tabs. E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Engineers, Contractor, subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers and manufacturers. F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Performance and design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Start-up procedures. 5. Shutdown instructions. 6. Normal operating instructions. 7. Wiring diagrams. 8. Control diagrams. 9. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 10. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials. G. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data. 2. Air and water balance reports. 3. Certificates. 4. Warranties. 1.10 WARRANTIES A. Commencement of warranties shall be date of Substantial Completion. B. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. C. Provide duplicate notarized copies in operation and maintenance manuals. D. Execute and assemble documents from subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. E. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. WLC/1614900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 (4) REV. M15 G. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of warranty on the work that incorporates the products. H. Manufacturer's disclaimer and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers, manufacturer's, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with Contractor. I. When correcting failed ordamaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction thathas been damaged as a result of such failure or must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction. J. When work covered by warranty has failed and has been corrected, reinstate warranty by written endorsement. Reinstated warranty shall be equal to original warranty with equitable adjustment for depreciation. K. Upon determination that Work covered by warranty has failed, replace or repair Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed. C. Obtain signed receipt for delivery of materials and submit prior to request for final review by Architect. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 (5) REV. 06115 SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of designated building equipment and fixtures. B. Removal of designated construction. C. Disposal of materials. D. Cap and identify utilities. E. Temporary partitions to allow building occupancy. F. Temporary fire protection. G. Schedule of materials and equipment. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site. B. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition waste and subsequently deposit in landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Existing to Remain: Items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not indicated to be removed. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Historicitems,relics, cornerstones, commemorative plaques, tablets and similar objects encountered during demolition are to remain the Owner's property. B. Carefully remove each item in a manner to prevent damage and deliver to Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Predemolition Photographs: Show conditions of exiting adjacent construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damaged by demolition operations. Submit before work begins. B. Record Documents: Submit under provisions of Section 017700. Accurately record locations of utilities and subsurface obstructions. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for demolition work, safety of structure, electrical disconnection and reconnection dust control and disposal of materials. B. Comply with California Fire Code (CFC), California Code of Regulations, (CCR) Title 24, Part 9, Chapter 5 - Fire Service Features and Chapter 33 - Fire Safety During Construction and Demolition. C. Obtain required permits from authorities. D. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. E. Do not close or obstruct egress width to exits. F. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 3 day prior written notice to the Owner. WLC/1614900 _. _ SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 REV. 01/15 (1) 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Areas of buildings to be demolished will be evacuated and their use discontinued before start of work. B. Ownerwill occupy building(s) adjacentto demolition area. Conduct demolition so owner's operation will not be disrupted. C. Provide at least 72 hour notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operation. D. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits and other adjacent occupied facilities. E. Owner assumes no responsibility for areas of buildings to be demolished. F. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings to be demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. 1. Hazardous materials remediation is specified in Section 02 80 00 - Hazardous Material Remediation. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials except as specified or within areas affected by demolition work.. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work under provisions of Section 01 32 16. B. Schedule Work to coincide with owner occupancy. C. Perform work during normal hours of operation. D. Notify Owner in writing 5 days in advance of any required work to be performed on a weekend or holiday. E. Coordinate utility and building service interruptions with Owner. F. Schedule tie-ins to existing systems to minimize disruption. G. Coordinate Work to ensure fire sprinklers, fire alarms, smoke detectors, emergency lighting, exit signs and other life safety systems remain in full operation in occupied areas. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas. B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect. Do not resume operations until directed. 2. PART PRODUCTS Not Used. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Correlate existing conditions with requirements indicated. B. Inventory and record condition of items to be removed and salvaged. C. Execute predemolition photographs. D. Verify that hazardous waste remediation is complete. WLC/1614900 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 (2) REV. 01/15 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utilities: Locate, identify, disconnect and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be demolished. B. Protect existing items which are not indicated to be salvaged, removed, or altered. C. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures for exterior openings. D. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, fumes, noise, and smoke to provide for Owner occupancy as specified in Section 01 11 00. 3.3 DEMOLITION A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas. B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger. Notify Architect. Do not resume operations until directed. C. Maintain protected egress and access to the Work. D. Maintain fire safety during demolition in accordance with CFC, Chapter 33. E. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing supporting structural members. 3.4 RECYCLING OF DEMOLITION MATERIALS A. Recycle demolition waste under the provisions of Section 01 74 19. B. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on pallets. Remove edge trim and sortwith metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. C. Acoustical Ceiling Materials: Stack panels and tiles on pallets. Separate suspension system and sort with metals. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Except for items to be recycled, reused, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA — approved landfill. B. Do not burn or bury materials on site. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition. B. Remove temporary construction. C. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before demolition operations began. D. Leave site in a clean condition. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 (3) REV. 01115 DOCUMENT 02 80 00 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REMEDIATION 1. SUMMARY A. This document describes the hazardous material remediation required for construction and the pre -demolition survey conducted in the building and the use of data from the survey report. 2. ASBESTOS SURVEY A. A Hazardous Material Report, titled "City of Newport Beach Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program 870 Santa Barbara Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660", dated April 24, 2017, has been prepared for the building of the Work by Healthy Buildings, selected by the Owner. B. A copy of the Hazardous Material Report has been included in the appendix of the specfication. 3. USE OF DATA A. Hazardous Material Report was obtained by the Owner only for use in remediation and is not a part of the Contract Documents. B. The report is made available for bidders' information only and is not a warranty of existing conditions. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A Consulting orTesting Agent will be retained by the Ownerto observe performance of work in connection with the inspection of the Hazardous Material Remediation. 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with ALL applicable laws and regulations, including, but not limited to: A) The US EPAAsbestos NESHAP (40 CFR Part 61 Subpart M) and South Coast Air Quality Management Rules 1403 and 222; B) Federal Occupational Health and Safety Administration laws and regulations, such as those in 29CFR1926.1101; C) Titles 8 and 17 of the California Code of Regulations, and, D) Letters from the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration interpreting their regulations which make it clear that materials containing less than 1% asbestos are still covered by significant portions of their asbestos regulations and that employers must exercise due diligence to avoid violations and exposures to asbestos. E) The South Coast Air Quality Management District's requirement that a containment with poly sheeting on the walls and a ceiling be installed in all regulated areas in which buffers will be used to remove floor tile mastic. 5.2 It is not the intent of these specifications to add burdensome requirements, but the requirements of these specifications, not any lesser requirements of any particular regulation, shall apply to the work. 5.3 The Hazardous Material Report is included herein by reference. 5.4 Contractor shall carefully inspect the work site and the documents provided and determine to their satisfaction the quantities and locations of materials to be removed and the conditions which will impact the work prior to submitting their bid. WLC/1614900 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REMEDIATION 02 80 00 (1) REV. 01/04 5.5 For clarity, the phrase "in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations' is not repeated through out these specifications, and Contractor shall not treat the absence of that phrase as an indication that non- compliant removal or disposal are permissible. 5.6 Contractor shall immediately notify the Consulting Agent of any issues which might delay or slow the work, and shall have procedures and plans in place to keep the work going in the event of events such as, but not limited to, equipment breakdowns or supervisor illness. 5.7 Contractor shall provide asbestos abatement supervisors who have at least five years prior abatement experience, and shall provide copies or originals of their latest refresher training certificate, as well as an outline / summary of their experience listing specific projects. 5.8 Contractor shall cooperate with the Consulting Agent in not allowing any Contractor personnel without copies of training (initial or refresher), medical exam, and fit test documents less than one year old to perform abatement work. Contractor may only allow personnel without such documents to perform tasks outside of critical barriers which do not require training, such as organizing supplies and picking up and delivering equipment. 5.9 Contractor shall provide all abatement personnel and consultant personnel with good quality Tyvek (not spun polyester) type coveralls in a range of sizes up to 5X, and shall only allow abatement personnel to wear nylon swim suits under the coveralls (they may wear boots and other protective clothing over the coveralls, but only if those items are stored in sealed 6 -mil plastic bags when taken in and out of containments. Contractor shall provide all personnel requiring additional protection with additional protective clothing / equipment (e.g. nylon leg covers or boots) to wear over their coveralls. 5.10 Contractor shall see that the workers properly decontaminate using the showerwhen exiting the containment. 5.11 Contractor shall not sample nor analyze, nor cause to be sampled and analyzed, any bulk samples of materials for asbestos, nor perform any testing of paint or ceramic tile for lead. In the unlikely event that a significant quantity of a previously hidden and previously un -tested material is encountered, the Consulting Agent will sample it. 5.12 Contractor shall not haul anywastes (asbestos, fluorescent tubes, fluorescent ballasts) before the Consulting Agent reviews and approves each and everywaste transportation manifest, and shall provide copies of every such manifest for the Owner to be placed into their report. 5.13 Contractor shall require that all of their employees who enter the job site sign a form at the end of each work shift indicating that they either had no accidents or injuries, or detailing any accidents or injuries, and that copies of those forms shall be provided to the Consulting Agent at the end of each work shift (carbon copy or carbonless copy forms are recommended). Employees who fail to complete such a form will not be permitted to reenter the job site prior to completing the form for the prior shift. 5.14 Contractor shall use a three stage decontamination unit (with a working hot and cold water shower, pump and filter assembly, adequate soap, and adequate towels) for all asbestos and lead abatement work. 5.15 In addition to the postings at the job site required by the laws and regulations, Contractor shall also post copies of their contractor's license and insurance certificate. 5.16 Contractor shall utilize GFCI-protected outlets for connection of any and all of their lights and other single phase electrical equipment and to provide adequate provisions for connection of air monitoring pumps and other consulting equipment. 5.17 Contractor shall perform the personal air monitoring of the contractor's employees. Contractor shall submit all personal air monitoring to the analytical laboratory chosen by Contractor for "same day received" analysis by the PCM method, and shall post at the job site the results of each laboratory analysis, not more than two work days following the day the samples were collected. 5.18 The Consulting Agent will visually inspect each work area prior to the start of any actual asbestos and/or lead removal and Contractor shall not start work until given clearance to proceed by that Consultant. WLC/1614900 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REMEDIATION 02 80 00 (2) REV. 01104 5.19 The Consulting Agent will inspect (visually and/or with air / wipe sample clearance testing) each work area after the completion of the asbestos and/or lead removal and Contractor shall not be finished with the work in any area until given clearance by that Consultant. Clearance shall be issued verbally by the Consultant, followed with a written clearance sent by E-mail or FAX. 5.20 Contractor personnel shall promptly obey the project -related directives of The Consulting Agent for anything other than gross violations of applicable laws and regulations, written first warnings will be issued. There shall be no second warnings. Contractor shall remove and promptly replace all personnel who do not promptly obey the project -related directives of the Consulting Agent. 5.21 The Consulting Agent shall have the right to refuse to allow Contractor to use or continue to use any equipment which the Consulting Agent feels is malfunctioning or in poor and/or unsafe condition. However, Contractor shall not rely upon the Consulting Agent to identify such equipment, and shall retain all responsibility for any illness or injury to their workers due to equipment and/or tools which is malfunctioning, unsafe, or in poor condition. 5.22 Contractor shall only use amended water, not plain water from garden hoses, to wet materials. 5.23 Contractor shall see that workers / supervisors in coveralls and respirators are not be visible from outside of regulated areas, and will construct view screens (e.g. black or opaque poly) as needed. 6. MATERIALS WHICH CONTAIN ASBESTOS 6.1 Contractor shall remove and dispose of all of the materials which contain asbestos as listed in the Hazardous Material Report. 6.2 Contractor shall cooperate with the Consulting Agent in the performance of air monitoring by the Consulting Agent. This includes providing adequate power for air sampling equipment and adequate light. 6.3 Contractor shall use bags or otherdisposal containers appropriate forthe waste and debris placed into them. If normal asbestos waste bags are used, double bags must be utilized. Double wrapping in poly of long or odd shaped items shall be acceptable. Dumpster liners / bags, double -lined cubic yard boxes, and double -lined drums may be used. 6.4 For solvent removal of mastic on concrete, contractor shall only use soy -based mastic removal solvent, such as: Bean-e-doo ® from Franmar (not for use to remove mastic from wood) at htto://www.franmar.com/ and local suppliers such as Inline Distributing Company htto://inlineco.com.; No Bee -300 (not for use to remove mastic from wood) from American Coatings Corporation at 3037 N.W. 60th St. Ft. Lauderdale FL, 33309, Tel: 800-533-0151 / Fax: 954-970-3690 and local suppliers such as J&L Environmental Supplies, Inc., 1500 S. Eastern Ave., City of Commerce, CA 90040, Phone 323-26205459, FAX 323-262-1663; or, Sentinel 909. 6.5 Contractor shall use a buffer or hand tools and scrub pads to work the solvent into the mastic, consistent with the mastic removal solvent manufacturer's recommendations / requirements, and scrub pads and scrapers to perform detailed cleaning ofedges and other such areas. Once the mastic removal is completed, Contractor shall wash the floor using a good quality commercial cleaning solution which does not leave a residue and clean rags and scrub pads, finishing by wiping the floor with clean water and clean rags. 7. FLUORESCENT AND HID LAMPS/BULBS AND BALLASTS 7.1 Contractor shall carefully remove, pack and ship/transport to a recycling company all fluorescent lamp tubes in fixtures which are to be removed. 7.2 Contractor shall assume that all lamp ballasts / HID ballasts contain PCBs, except those found to be marked / date coded as not containing PCBs, and that ballasts shall be removed and packed for recycling and disposed by transportation to an approved company (not land fill disposab. WLC/1614900 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REMEDIATION 02 80 00 (3) REV. 01104 8. REFRIGERANTS 8.1 Contractor shall remove and dispose all refrigerants from the refrigerators if they are to be demolished, unless the units are donated or picked -up by a refrigerator recycling organization. The technician(s) performing the refrigerant recovery must be trained and certified under Section 608 ofthe Clean Air Act, 40CFR Part 82, with copies of their certification documents on site for review by Masek Consulting Services, Inc. END OF DOCUMENT WLC/1614900 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REMEDIATION 02 80 00 (4) REV. 01104 SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel bars, welded steel wire fabric fabricated steel bar or rod mats for cast -in-place concrete. B. Support chairs, bolsters, bar supports, and spacers, for supporting reinforcement. 1.2 REFERENCES A. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 19 (ACI 318). B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 315 (SP -66) - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, E. ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. F. ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. G. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. H. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. I. ASTM C1116 - Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete. J. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. K. CRSI - Manual of Practice. L. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 315 (SP -66). C. Conform to CBC California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. 1.4 CERTIFICATES A. Submit mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chemical analysis. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, Grade 40 for No. 4 bars and smaller, Grade 60 for No. 5 bars and larger. Billet -steel deformed bars, uncoated finish. B. Welded Reinforcement: ASTM A706, Grade 60, deformed bars, unfinished. C. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 plain type; coiled rolls; uncoated finish. WLC/1614900 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 (1) REV. 03115 D. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain, cold drawn steel. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports,Spacers: Sized and shaped forstrength and supportof reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 315 (SP -66), providing concrete cover specified in Section 03 30 00. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress. C. Weld reinforcing bars in accordance with AWS D1.4. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. B. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from alignment or measurement. C. Mix fibrous reinforcement into concrete material according to Section 03 30 00. D. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier required by Section 03 30 00. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 29. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 (2) REV. 03/15 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast -in-place concrete foundation walls, and footings. B. Floors and slabs on vapor barrier. C. Control, expansion, and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work. D. Curing and sealing compound. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The 2010 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design. B. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 19. C. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, California State Accessibility Standards. D. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. E. ACI 302.1 R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. G. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. H. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Concrete. I. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. J. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. K. ASTM C109 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars. L. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. M. ASTM C289 - Potential Reactivity of Aggregate. N. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane Forming Compound. O. ASTM C330 - Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. P. ASTM C494 - Standard Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. Q. ASTM C567 - Unit Weight of Structural Lightweight Concrete. R. ASTM C618- Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture for Concrete. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (1) REV. M16 S. ASTM C932 - Surface -Applied Bonding Agents. T. ASTM C1315 - Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. U. ATM C1602 - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. V. ASTM D226 - Asphalt Saturated Organic Felt used in Roofing and Waterproofing. W. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. X. ASTM E96 — Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. Y. ASTM E154 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retardants used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. Z. ASTM E1643 - Installation of Water Vapor Retarders used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slab. AA. ASTM E1155 - Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the F -Number System. BB. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specifications for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil Or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. CC. ASTM F1249 - Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor. DD. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. EE. National Ready Mix Concrete Association - Plant Certification Program. FF. Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook (BMP Handbook), Construction Edition, as published by the California Storm Water Quality Association. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Obtain materials from same source throughout the Work. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Manufacturer of ready -mix concrete products complying with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. Certified according to National Ready Mix Concrete Associates Plant Certification Program. 1.5 DESIGN MIX A. Submitclesign mix for each class of concrete, prepared bya California Registered Civil Engineer, toTesting Laboratory and Architect for review. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (2) REV M116 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. B. Conform to CBC -California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part2, and the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design for access requirements for individuals with disabilities. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions under provisions of Section 01 33 00. 1.8 FIELD SAMPLE A. Provide field sample of sandblast finish under provisions of Section 01 43 00. B. Provide a minimum 34" x T-0" sample panel to be reviewed by Architect. C. Accepted sample may [not] remain as part of work. D. Field sample will demonstrate minimum standard for the work. 1.9 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene a conference two weeks prior to commencing placement of floor slab work of this section, under provisions of Section 01 31 00. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting the work of this Section. C. Agenda: 1—Placementofsubgradebeneath floor slab. - - - - - - --- — 2. Testing of subgrade beneath floor slab. 3. Delivery and placement of concrete. 4. Testing and inspection procedures for concrete. 5. Submittal of mix design for concrete. 6. Hot and cold weather concreting procedures. 7. Vapor barrier location and installation. 8. Placement of control and expansion joints. 9. Steel reinforcement installation. 10. Installation of inserts and embedded items. 11. Finishes and finishing. 12. Forming and form removal limitations. 13. Floor slab flatness and levelness requirements. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (3) Va,onra 14. Curing process and procedures. 15. Protection of finished floor slabs. 16. Floor slab joint and crack repair. 17. Moisture vapor transmission testing. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide concrete curing, finishing, and waste management techniques as defined in Section 4 of the Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbook, (BMP Handbook) Construction Edition. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. As specified in Section 03 11 00. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing steel as specified in Section 03 20 00. 2.3 FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT A. Fibrous reinforcement as specified in Section 03 20 00. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type II - V Portland type; low alkali; grey color. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates Normal Weight Concrete: ASTM C33, non reactivewhen tested in accordance with ASTM C289 and Appendix X-1 of ASTM C33. C. Fine and Coarse Aggregate, Light Weight Concrete: ASTM C330. D. Water: ASTM C1602, clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A. B. Calcium chloride, or any other admixtures not allowable. 2.6 VAPOR BARRIER A. Material: 15 mil thick polyethylene film meeting the requirements of ASTME1745,ClassA,withamaximum permeance of 0.01 perms in accordance with ASTM E96/E 154, Section 7, and a Water Vapor Transmission Rate (WVTR) of less than 0.0037 when tested according to ASTM F1249. B. Accessories: 1. Minimum 4 inch wide polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. 2. PVC termination bar with pre -drilled holes. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (4) REV. 06/16 3. All accessories provided by vapor barrier manufacturer. C. Manufacturers: 1. Fortifber Building Products, www.fortifiber.com. 2. Poly -America, www.yellowguard.com, 3. Reef Industries, www.reefindustries.com. 4. Stego Industries, www.stegoindustries.com. 5. Substitutions: Under Provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Underlayment: ASTM D226, Type I (No. 15) asphalt saturated roofing felt. B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C932: Weld -Crete as manufactured by Larsen Products Corp., www.larsenproducts.com. C. Non -shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi in 28 days. D. Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, 1/2 inch thick. E. Sand Fill: Manufactured "crusher run" sand free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials or organic matters, all passing the No. 4 sieve and only 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. F. Concrete Floor Slab, Saw Cut, Joint, Crack, Repair Material: Cement -based, polymer -modified productthat can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. Compressive strength not less than 4,200 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C109. Equivalent to ARDEX SD -F Feather Finish, www.ardex.com. Epoxy base to be equivalent to W. R. Meadows Rezi-Weld Flex semi-rigid epoxy, www.wrmeadows.com. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.8 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 ACI 318, Section 5.3. B. Slabs -On -Grade: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi at 28 days. 2. Minimum Cement Materials Content: 540 Ib./cu. yd. 3. Maximum Water -Cement Materials Ratio: 0.45. 4. Aggregate Size: 1 inch maximum. 5. Slump Limit: 3 inch minimum, 5 inch maximum. 6. Air Content: 2.5 percent, plus or minus 0.5 percent. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (5) REV. Wli6 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause difficulty in placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION A. At locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and pack solid with non -shrink grout. B. Place 2 inch thick sand fill over subgrade. C. Compact sand fill as specified in Section 31 20 00. D. Install underlayment over wood subfloor. Lap joints 6 inches. Fasten in place. 3.3 VAPOR BARRIER A. Install vapor barrier in compliance with ASTM E1643 under interior slabs over sand subgrade. B. Install vapor barrier to exterior surface of below grade building foundation walls and grade beams. Seal to vertical surface of foundation wall with pressure sensitive tape and termination bar at an elevation consistent with the top of the adjacent finish grade. C. Lay vapor barrier with long dimension parallel with long dimension of space. D. Lap vapor barrier over footing and seal to vertical surface of interior foundation wall with pressure sensitive tape and termination bar at an elevation consistent with the top of the slab. E. Overlap all joints in vapor barrier 6 inches and seal with tape. F. Seal all pipe penetrations of vapor barrier with pipe boot fabricated from vapor barrier material and tape. G. Repair damaged areas with vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area by 6 inches and taping all four sides. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify Architect minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. C. Hot Weather Placement: ACI 305R. 1. Maintain concrete temperature below90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing waterorchopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgradejust before placing concrete in hotweather. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. D. Cold Weather Placement: ACI 306.1. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 306.1 REV. M16 E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. F. Do not disturb or damage vapor barrier while placing concrete. Repair damage as required to maintain integrity of barrier. G. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. H. Place interior floor slabs on fill in a strip sequence pattern. I. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. 3.5 JOINTS A. Saw cut control joints at an optimum time after finishing. Use 3/16 inch thick blade, cutting 1/3 into depth of slab thickness. B. Provide control joints at 15 feet on center unless otherwise indicated. C. Separate slabs from vertical surfaces with joint filler. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/4 inch of finished slab surface. 3.6 FLOOR SLAB JOINT FILLING AND CRACK REPAIR A. Prepare, clean, and install joint repair material according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Defer joint filling and crack repair until concrete has aged a minimum of 60 days. C. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces ofjoint clean and dry. D. Mechanically V -groove as necessary all saw cuts, joints and cracks, to a minimum width of 1/4 inch and a minimum depth of 5/8 inch. E. Fill bottom of joint to a depth of at least 3/16 inch with semi-rigid epoxy. F. Place silica sand over epoxy filler. G. Fill all saw cuts, joints, and cracks with cement based joint repair material to top of concrete surface. H. Steel trowel edges of joint repair material to a feather edge to match adjacent floor elevation. I. Apply curing, hardening and vapor barrier compound over repaired joints, saw cuts and cracks. 3.7 FINISHING SLABS A. Uniformly spread, screed and consolidate concrete. Do not spread concrete by vibration. B. Troweled Finish: After floating, steel trowel to smooth, mark free surface. Use for exposed floors and slabs to receive carpeting, resilient flooring, and where indicated. 3.8 SLAB TOLERANCES A. Maintain slab tolerance as defined in ACI 302.1R of (SOV) Fr35 and FL25 and (MLV) FF24 and Fr17 as measured by ASTM E1155 for slabs on grade. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (7) REV. W116 B. Correct the slab surface if the actual FF/F, number for the floor installation measures less than required. C. After correction of slab surface to specified tolerance, apply curing, hardening and vapor barrier over corrected surface. D. In areas of floor drains, maintain floor levels at the walls and slope surface uniformly to drains at 1/8 inch per foot. 3.9 CURING A. Apply curing, hardening and vapor barrier compound on all floor slabs that are not exposed and indicated to be sealed. B. Cure concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. C. Spray apply curing, hardening and vapor barrier compound on finished slab surfaces located belowgrade, at grade, and above grade in two "wet on wet" flood coats at the total rate of 200 sq. ft./gallon in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Application of compound shall be by a trained applicator acceptable to compound manufacturer. E. After application of curing,hardening, and vapor barrier compound, moist cure concrete using the following method: 1. Polyethylene Film: Spread over floor slab areas, lap edges and sides, maintain in place for 10 days. 3.10 PATCHING A. Notify Architect immediately upon removal of forms to determine areas that will require patching. B. Surface defects shall include color and texture irregularities, stains, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections and discolorations in the surface that cannot be removed by cleaning. C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301. 3.11 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required levels and lines, details, and elevations. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or of the specified type. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 29. B. Owner's Inspector will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301 and will arrange for pick-up by Testing Laboratory. C. Three cylinders will be taken for every 50 yards, or fraction thereof, for each class of concrete for each day. D. Tests of cement and aggregates will be performed by Testing Laboratory to ensure conformance with requirements stated herein. E. Slab tolerance as measured by ASTM E1155 shall be performed within 72 hours of floor slab installation. WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 (8) REV. 06116 Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. C. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 (9) REV. M116 SECTION 06 41 16 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Special fabricated cabinet units. B. Countertops. C. Preparation for utilities. D. Cabinet hardware. E. Glass for cabinet units. 1.2 REFERENCES A. WI - Woodwork Institute of California: North American Architectural Woodwork Standards 3.0. B. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat -Resisting Chromium -Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. C. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) or Zino -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. D. ASTM A924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. E. ASTM C615 — Standard Specification for Granite Dimension Stone. F. ASTM E84 — Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. G. CBC — California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE - MONITORED COMPLIANCE PROGRAM A. Manufacture casework items in accordance with quality standards of the North American North American Architectural Woodwork Standards of the Woodwork Institute. B. All millwork and the installation of millwork shall be monitored forcompliance underthe scope of the WI Monitored Compliance Program (MCP). C. Fees charged bytheWoodwork Institute for their monitored compliance service arethe responsibility of the casework manufacturer. D. ProvideWl Inspection Service atthe millwork fabricator. Provide to Architect a written reportshowing the results of the inspection. E. Provide WI Certified Compliance Labels on all items of casework and countertops. F. Provide WI Inspection Service at the job site. Provide to Architect a written report showing the results of the inspection. WLC/1614900 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 (1) REV. 06/16 G. Self Certification by the millwork fabricator or inspection by other than an authorized representative of The Woodwork Institute is not acceptable. Upon completion of the installation, provide a WI Monitored Compliance Certificate. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE - CERTIFIED SEISMIC INSTALLATION PROGRAM A. Install casework items in accordance with the Woodwork Institute's Certified Seismic Installation Program (CSIP). B. Install casework in accordance with the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) Preapproval of Fixed Equipment Anchorages (OPA-2649-10). C. Prior to walls being closed up and covered, provide a written Woodwork Institute Certified Seismic Installation report confirming that backing is provided in all locations required for casework installation. Identify those areas where backing is missing or improperly located. D. On completion of installation ofcasework provide a Woodwork Institute Certified Seismic Installation Program Certificate. Identify the work covered and certify that the work as installed is in compliance with the requirements of the Woodwork Institute's Certified Seismic Installation Program (CSIP). E. Fees charged by the Woodwork Institute for monitoring and compliance for their Certified Seismic Installation Program (CSIP) are the responsibility of the casework manufacturer and installer. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC requirements for Flame spread classification in accordance with CBC Section 803 and Table 803.9. B. Conform to Flame Spread Classifications for Interior Millwork for Flame spread ratings as tested according to ASTM E84. 1.6 MOCKUP A. Prepare mockup under provisions of Section 01 43 00. B. Provide full size base cabinet and upper cabinet of each type indicated, in specified finish with hardware installed. C. Units will be examined to ascertain quality and conformity to WI standards. D. Units will establish a minimum standard of quality for this work. E. Approved units may be used as part of the Work. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products to site under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Conform to Section 2 of the North American Architectural Woodwork Standards for a climate controlled application. C. Delivery of casework shall be made only when the area of installation is enclosed, all plaster and concrete work is dry, the area is broom clean and environmental conditions are as specified. REV. 06/16 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Area of casework installation shall be fully enclosed, well ventilated, and protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat, rain and moisture. B. Relative humidity of the area of casework installation shall be maintained between 25 percent and 55 percent with a temperature range of between 60 degrees F to 90 degrees F. C. Casework shall be acclimated to the area of installation for a minimum of 72 hours prior to installation. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Include materials, component profiles, fastening methods, assembly methods, joint details, accessory listings, and schedule of finishes. C. Provide WI Certified Compliance Label for the Certified Seismic Installation Program on the first page of shop drawings. D. Provide WI Certified Compliance label on first page of shop drawings. Include WI inspector's signature. E. Provide WI certificates of compliance and inspection reports. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's 10 year warranty for solid surface countertops under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Warranty to provide for repair or replacement of countertop material if material fails due to manufacturing defect. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Active member of the Woodwork Institute licensed by WI to provide WI Certified Compliance Certificates and Labels for the products and materials specified in this section www.woodworkinstitute.com. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 CABINET DESIGN A. Individual cabinets are indicated on the drawings bythe WI Cabinet Design Series (CDS) numbering system, Design Ideas. WLC/1614900 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 (3) REV. 06116 2.3 2.4 MODULAR CASEWORK- LAMINATED PLASTIC COVERED A. Fabricate in accordance with Section 10 of the North American Architectural Woodwork Standards. 1. WI Grade: 2. Core Material: 3. Construction: 4. Joinery: 5. Cabinet Backs: 6. Cabinet Door Type: 7. Base: 8. Shelves: 9. Shelf Edge Bands 10. Door and Drawer Edge Bands: 11. Exposed Surfaces (Including shelves and interior of open front cabinets): 12. Semi -Exposed Surfaces (Behind doors and inside drawers): 13. Security and Dust Panels: 14. Plastic Colors and Pattern: QUARTZ SURFACE COUNTERTOPS Premium. Combination Core, "PureBond Classic Core" by Columbia Forest Products, www.columbiaforestproducts.com. Style - Frameless Doweled Joints. Blind Dadoed. Flush overlay. Moisture resistant. 1-M-2 particle board, with HPDL two sides, 1 inch thick, MOE of 710,000, capable of supporting 50 Ib/sq ft load with deflection of U144. 0.028 inch high pressure plastic laminate in color to match shelf. All 4 edges of adjustable shelves to receive banding. 0.028 inch high pressure plastic laminate the same as exposed faces. 0.028 inch high pressure plastic laminate, color and pattern as selected by Architect. A maximum of 5 colors and patterns to be selected. A minimum of 3 color combinations per room may be selected. Low pressure decorative polyester or melamine laminate 0.19 inch thick in complimentary color to exposed surfaces as selected. Particle board, 3/4 inch thick at all lockable drawers. To be selected from entire range of Formica Laminate Series. Laminate colors will be selected from a maximum of three (3) different colors for use in varying amounts at all casework countertop locations. A. Manufacturer: 1. Caesar Stone, www.caesarstone.com. 2. Silestone, www.silestoneusa.com. 3. Dupont Zodiaq, www.dupont.com. 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. B. Quartz surface tops and splashes shall be fabricated from 93 percent crushed quartz aggregate. C. Finish: Polished. WLC/1614900 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 (4) REV. W116 D. Nominal Thickness: 3/4 inch. E. Edge Detail: 1-1/2 inch thick miter fold edge. F. Splashes: 3/4 inch thick backsplashes and end splashes. 4 inch height. Straight butt joint, slightly eased at edges. G. Joints: Fabricate countertop without joints. H. Cutouts: Form cutouts in shop to smooth, even curves. I. Fittings: Drill countertop in shop for plumbing fittings and similar items. 2.5 HARDWARE A. Finish: Polished Chrome. B. Drawer and Door Pulls: Epco BP -192 stainless steel bar pull. C. Cabinet Locks: Olympus 700SC/800SC or CompXNational C9001SC/C9003SC. D. Drawer Slides for Drawers 24 inch Wide or Less: Accuride 7432. E. Drawer Slides for Drawers over 24 inch Wide: Accuride 3640. F. Drawer slides for File Drawers: Accuride 4034. G. Hinges: Hafele, Aximat hinge. Hinges per leaf: 3'-0" high doors - 2 hinges, 3'-0" to 5'-0" high doors - 3 hinges, 5'-0" to T-4" high doors - 4 hinges, 7'-O" to 8'-0" - 5 hinges. H. Grommets: Doug Mockett and Company, Inc., www.mockett.com. SG Series; plastic 1-3/4 inch diameter, 6 required. LO Series; plastic 6 x 3 inch 4 required. Colors as selected by Architect. I. Sink Front Tip -Out Tray with Hinges: Rev -A -Shelf, www.rev-a-shelf.com. Each assembly contains one Model: 6581 series stainless steel tray and one pair of LD-022045SC Sok-Close Tip -Out Hinge. Width to fit the sink front false panels. Two assemblies required at each kitchen sink location. J. Remainder of hardware required shall meet requirements of ANSI/BHMA Grade 1. K. Plumbing and electrical service fixtures as indicated in Division 22 and Division 26. L. Substitutions: Under the provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. B. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. C. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, and other fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. D. Before installation, seal unfinished material installed for backs, bases, self -edge backing, stripping and other concealed portions with a water -repellant sealer. WLC/1614900 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 (5) REV.O6116 E. Install plastic grommets in the field in plastic laminate casework and Owner furnished furniture as directed by the Owner's Representative and/or Architect. F. Install one adjustable shelf for each V-0" of height for all wall mounted cabinets. G. Provide stretcher at top face of all door and drawer fronts. H. Provide locks on all doors and drawers. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure casework in place rigid, plumb, and level. B. Install casework in accordance with Section 10 of the North American Architectural Woodwork Standards. C. Install casework items in accordance with the Woodwork Institute's Certified Seismic Installation Program (CSIP) D. Install countertops in accordance with Section 11 of the North American Architectural Woodwork Standards. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors, drawers, hardware, fixtures and other moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. B. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings and fixtures. 3.4 SCHEDULE Ontario Fire Station No. 2 Remodel - Casework Schedule Room No. Room Name Casework Finish Countertop and Lock Splash 45 Kitchenette Plastic Laminate Quartz Key Type at Cabinets and Drawers END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 41 16 (6) REV. 06116 SECTION 07 21 16 BLANKET INSULATION 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Batt insulation and vapor barrier in exterior wall and roof construction. B. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall and roof. C. Batt sound insulation in interior walls and partitions and above ceiling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. B. ASTM C1320 - Installation of Mineral Fiber Batt and Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction. C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6. E. Business and Professions Code. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Materials of this Section shall provide continuity of thermal and moisture barrier at building enclosure elements. B. Materials of this Section shall provide continuity of sound control where indicated or scheduled. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Installation of insulation may only commence if insulation meets mandatory manufacturer certification to the California Energy Commission required by Title 24, Part 6, Section 118 of the CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations that insulation complies with Title 20, Chapter 4, Article 3 of the California Quality Standards for Insulating Materials. B. Insulation materials to be certified in compliance with Business and Professions Code Section 19165. C. Insulation manufacturerto be licensed by the California Department of Consumer Affairs, Bureau of Home Furnishing and Thermal Insulation according to Business and Professions Code, Section 19059.7. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's certificates under provisions of Section 01 33 00 that materials meet or exceed specified regulatory requirements. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS -INSULATION MATERIALS A. Certain Teed Corp., www.certainteed.com. B. Johns Manville Corp., www.jm.com. C. Knauf Insulation, www.knaufusa.com. D. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation, www.owenscorning.com. WLC/1614900 BLANKET INSULATION 07 21 16 (1) REV. M12 E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acoustical Batt Sound Insulation, Walls: ASTM C665 preformed glass fiber batt, Type I unlaced, with flame spread of 25 or less, and a smoke density of 450 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Provide 6-1/2 inch min. thickness. B. Nails or Staples: Steel wire; electroplated, type and size to suit application. C. Tape: Bright aluminum self -adhering type, mesh reinforced, 2 inch wide. D. Support Wire: 16 gauge steel wire. E. Support Rods: 13 gauge, pointed spring steel length as required for stud spacing. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation. B. Verify that enclosed spaces are ventilated to dissipate humidity. C. Maximum relative humidity level ofless than 50 percent shall be maintained during installation of insulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1320. B. Install batt insulation in exterior walls and roof spaces without gaps or voids. C. Fill any small spaces around doorframes, window frames, skylight frames, and other wall or roof openings with insulation. D. Fill hollow space of steel door frame, steel window frame and other wall or roof frame with insulation. E. Fill hollow space created by wall or roof framed headers and jamb spaces with insulation. F. Install batt sound insulation in interior walls full height of wall. G. Install batt sound insulation above ceilings in all toilet and shower rooms, and all dormitories. Extend a minimum of 4'-0" beyond face of vertical dividing partitions of space to be insulated where partition terminates at ceiling. H. Install batt sound insulation at underside of floor decking between adjacent floor levels. I. Trim insulation neatly to ft spaces. J. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. K. Install with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. L. Lap ends and side flanges of vapor barrier membrane over face of framing members. M. Extend vapor barrier on to any adjacent construction and tape seal edge of vapor barrier. N. Seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane with tape or another layer of membrane. 0. Seal joints in vapor barrier caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor barrier. WLC/1614900 BLANKET INSULATION 07 21 16 (2) REV. W12 P. Face staple flange over flange of adjacent blanket to wood studs at maximum 6 inches oc. Q. Friction ft sound insulation between studs and fill as required to completely fill space between the wall finishes. R. Where wall finish does not occur, use support rods spaced not -to -exceed 16 inches oc vertically at wood studs. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 BLANKET INSULATION 07 21 16 (3) REV. M112 SECTION 07 84 00 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Penetrations through fire -resistance -rated Floor and roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. B. Penetrations through fire -resistance -rated walls and partitions including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. C. Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. D. Sealantjoints in fire -resistance -rated construction. E. Fireproof firestopping and firesafing materials and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. B. ASTM C1193 - Use of Joint Sealants. C. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. ASTM E119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. E. UL - Fire Hazard Classifications. F. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Firestops. G. 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F (7-1-90 Edition) - Asbestos Hazardous Emergency Response Act, Friable Asbestos - Containing Materials in Schools. 1.3 DEFINITION A. Firestopping (Firesafing): A sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between building materials to arrest the movement of smoke, heat, gases, or fire through wall or floor openings. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. F -Rated Through Penetration Firestop Systems: F -ratings as required according to UL 1479, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire resistance rating of assembly penetrated where the following conditions exist: 1. Penetrations largerthan 4 inch nominal pipe size or 16 square inches in overall cross-sectional area. B. T -Rated Through Penetration Firestop Systems: T -ratings, in addition to F -ratings, as required according to UL 1479, where the following conditions exist: 1. Through penetrations of fire rated walls above corridor ceilings which are not part of a fire -resistive assembly. 2. Through penetrations of fire rated walls below any ceiling. 3. Penetrations largerthan 4 inch nominal pipe size or 16 square inches in overall cross-sectional area. WLC/1614900 FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 (1) REV, 06110 C. Penetrations not larger than 4 inch nominal pipe size or 16 square inches in overall cross-sectional area shall have the annular space between the penetrating item and the wall/floor assembly filled with a material which will prevent passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E119 under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch water column for the time period at least equal to the fire resistance rating of the wall/floor assembly. D. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 with a flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/450. E. Firestop all interruptions and terminations of fire rated assemblies. F. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture -resistant through - penetration firestop systems. G. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches or more in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting the floor loads involved either by installing floor plates or by other means. H. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through -penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions. D. Certification: Submit firestopping manufacturer's certificate that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Through penetration firestop systems to correspond to those penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in their Fire Resistance Directory. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2 and UL requirements for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. B. Firestopping products shall contain no detectable asbestos as determined by 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01 31 00. B. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through penetration firestop systems are installed per manufacturer's instructions and regulatory requirements. C. Do not cover up installations that will become concealed behind other construction until authorities having jurisdiction, if required, have examined each installation. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. B. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. C. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. WLC/1614900 FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 (2) REV 06/10 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Provide frestopping components that are compatible with each other, substrates of openings, and items penetrating firestopping. B. Provide accessories for each frestopping system that are needed to comply with designated fire -resistance -rated systems specified by frestopping manufacturer. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. AD Fire Protection Systems, Inc., www.adfire.com. B. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc., www.us.hilti.com. C. Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Co., www.3m.com/firestop. D. Rector Seal Corporation, www.rectorseal.com. E. Specified Technologies, Inc., www.stifirestop.com. F. Tremco, www.tremcosealants.com. G. United States Gypsum Co., www.usg.com. H. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. Intumescent Wrap: Single -component, elastomeric sheet. B. Vinyl Compound: Vinyl -based powder product mixed on site with water to produce a paintable compound with flame -spread and smoke -developed rating of 0 per ASTM E84. C. Silicone Foam: Two -component, silicone based liquid elastomer that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to produce a flexible nonshrinking foam. D. Silicone Sealant: Moisture -curing, single -component, silicone -based, neutral -curing elastomeric sealant either in a self -leveling or non -sag grade for opening condition. E. Fiber Stuffing: Mineral fiber stuffing with a minimum density of 3.5 lbs./cu. ft. 2.4 JOINT SEALANTS A. Manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealant that complies with ASTM C920. B. Provide selections from manufacturers full range of colors. C. Single -Component, Neutral Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure -related use NT, and joint substrate related uses M, G. A, and O, as applicable to substrate assembly condition. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 01 31 00. B. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this Section. WLC/1614900 FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 (3) REV. 06/10 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. C. Remove incompatible materials which may affect bond. D. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. 3.3 APPLICATION OF THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOPS A. Install material at walls or partition openings which contain penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Comply with through -penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications required. C. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings. D. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop system. E. Apply primer and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve rating. 3.4 APPLICATION OF FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANT A. Comply with ASTM C1193 and manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications required. B. Install joint fillers to provide support and at a position required to produce depth to joint widths that allow development of fire -resistance rating required. C. Install sealant to completely fill recesses provided. Install sealant at same time as joint filler. D. Tool non -sag sealants after application to form smooth uniform bead to configuration required to produce fire -resistance rating. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover up installations that will become concealed behind other construction until authorities having jurisdiction if required, have examined each installation. B. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace firestopping to required condition. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean Work under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 (4) REV. W110 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALERS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and backing. 1.2 SUMMARY OF SEALANT LOCATIONS A. Joints in horizontal surfaces. 1. Expansion and isolation joints in cast -in-place concrete slabs. 2. Expansion and isolation joints in masonry paving. 3. Joints in precast concrete paving units. 4. Joints in stone paving units. 5. Control and expansion joints in ceramic and quarry tile. 6. Control and expansion joints in soffits, ceilings and overhead surfaces. 7. Joints on underside of precast beams and planks. 8. Perimeter joints in exterior openings. 9. Joints between ceiling surfaces and frames for doors and windows. 10. Joints in flashing and sheet metal. 11. Perimeter joints of plumbing fixtures. 12. Acoustical isolation joints between head and sill of walls and floor and ceiling surfaces. 13. Joints between countertops and wall surfaces. 14. Joints in skylights and framing. 15. Joints between thresholds and floors. 16. Isolation joints in plaster soffits and ceilings. 17. Joints between dissimilar materials and those listed above. 18. Other joints as indicated. B. Joints in vertical surfaces: 1. Expansion and isolation joints in cast -in-place concrete. 2. Expansion and isolation joints in masonry. 3. Joints in precast concrete. 4. Expansion and isolation joints in stonework. WLC/1614900 JOINT SEALERS 07 92 00 (1) REV. 09/17 5. Control and expansion joints in ceramic and quarry tile. 6. Perimeter joints in exterior openings. 7. Joints in Flashing and sheet metal. 8. Perimeter joints of plumbing fixtures. 9. Acoustical isolation joints of walls. 10. Joints between cabinets and walls. 11. Joints between wall surfaces and door and window frames. 12. Joints in skylights and framing. 13. Isolation joints in plaster walls. 14. Joints between dissimilar materials and those listed above. 15. Other joints as indicated. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. B. ASTM C919 - Practices for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. C. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. D. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. E. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. F. FS TT -S-001657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, Solvent Release Type. G. SWRI - (Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Submitproduct data indicating sealantchemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, and color availability. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. D. Submit two samples 4 inches long in size illustrating colors selected. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying the Work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience, approved by sealant manufacturer. C. Conform to Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI) requirements for materials and installation. D. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C1193. WLC/1614900 JOINT SEALERS 07 92 00 (2) REV. 09/1] E. Perform acoustical sealant application work to provide maximum STC values in accordance with ASTM C919. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. B. Do not install sealant when temperature is less than 40 degrees F. C. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit maintenance data under the provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Submit recommended inspection intervals for sealantjoints. C. Submit instructions for repairing and replacing failed sealant joints. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year warranty under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air and water seal and exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion or do not cure. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content limits when calculated according to South Coast Air Quality Management (SCAQMD) Rule 1168, and must meet or exceed the requirements of the Bay Area Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 5. 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers and their products are listed for each type of sealant. Acceptable manufacturers include the following: 1. Dow Corning Corp., www.dowcorning.com. 2. General Electric Co., www.gesealants.com. 3. Pecora Corp., www.pecora.com. 4. Sika Corp., www.sikausa.com. 5. Sonneborn/Chem Rex, www.chemrex.com. 6. Tremco, Inc., www.tremcosealants.com. WLC/1614900 JOINT SEALERS 07 92 00 (3) REV. 09117 7. United States Gypsum Co., www.usg.com. 8. W.R. Meadows, Inc., www.wrmeadows.com. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.3 SEALANTS A. Type A - Acrylic Latex: One -part, non -sag, mildew resistant acrylic emulsion compound complying with ASTM C834, Type S, Grade NS, formulated to be paintable. 1. Tremco, Inc., Acrylic Latex Caulk. 2. Pecora Corporation, AC -20. 3. Sonneborn, Chemrex, Sonolac. B. Type B - Butyl Sealant: One -part, non -sag solvent -release -curing sealant complying with FS TT -S-001657 for Type 1 and formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. 1. Tremco, Inc., Tremco Butyl Sealant. 2. Pecora Corporation, BC -158. 3. Sonneborn, Chemrex, Multi -Purpose Sealant. C. Type C - Silicone Sealant: One -part nonacid -curing silicone sealant complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 1. Dow Corning Corp., Dow Corning 790. 2. General Electric Co., Silpruf. 3. Tremco, Inc., Spectrum 1. 4. Pecora Corp., 864 or 890. 5. Sonneborn/Chemrex, Omniseal. D. Type E - Neutral -Curing Silicone Sealant: One part medium modulus neutral -curing silicone sealant complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 1. Dow Corning Corp., Dow Corning 795. 2. General Electric Co., Ultraglaze 4000. 3. Tremco, Inc., Spectrem 3. 4. Pecora Corp., 895. E. Type F - One -Part Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: Complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 1. Dow Corning Corp., Dow Corning 786, 2. General Electric Co., Sanitary 1700. 3. Tremco, Inc., Tremsil 200. 4. Pecora Corp., 863 or 898 White. WLC/1614900 JOINT SEALERS 07 92 00 (4) REV. 09117 F. Type G - Multi -Part Pourable Sealant: Complying with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25. Shore A hardness +40. 1. Tremco, Inc., THC900/901. 2. Pecora Corp., Dynatred or Urexpan NR -200. 3. Sika Corporation, Sikaflex 2c NS TG. 4. W.R. Meadows, Pourthane NS/SL. G. Type H - Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening permanently flexible conforming to ASTM C834. 1. Pecora Corp., AIS -919 Acoustical Sealant. 2. Tremco, Inc., Tremco Acoustical Sealant. 3. United States Gypsum Co., Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1056; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 3. PART -3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify thatjointopenings are ready to receive Work and field measurements areas shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Prime if recommended by manufacturer. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C1193. E. Protect elements surrounding the Work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. WLC/1614900 JOINT SEALERS 07 92 00 (5) REV. 09117 E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Tool joints concave unless otherwise detailed. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. C. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by Work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. 3.6 SCHEDULE Tvpe Location Color A. Type A - Acrylic All interior joints not otherwise To match adjacent surfaces Latex Cure scheduled B. Type B - Butyl Under thresholds Black C. Type C - One -Part Exterior door, entrance and window To match adjacent material Nonacid Curing frames. Exterior and Interior vertical Silicone joints in natural colored concrete and integral colored masonry. Prefinished metal flashing. D. Type E - Neutral- Joints within skylight framing system, To match adjacent surface. Curing Silicone aluminum window system, glass and glazing. E. Type F - Mildew- Interior joints in ceramic tile and at White Resistant Silicone plumbing fixtures. F. Type G - Multi -part Exterior and interiorjoints in horizontal To match adjacent material Pourable Urethane. surfaces of concrete. G. Type H -Acoustical Interior walls between stud White Sealant tracktrunner and adjacent construction. Between outlet boxes and gypsum board. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 JOINT SEALERS 07 92 00 (6) REV. 09/17 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Non -rated and fire rated rolled steel doors, and frames. B. Interior and exterior light frames. C. Louvers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI A250.8 - Recommended Specification for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. B. ANSI A250.3 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Factory -Applied Finish Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. C. ANSI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. D. ASTM A653- Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot - Dip Process. E. ASTM A924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. F. CEC - California Energy Commission. G. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. H. SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. I. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute. J. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2 and Part 6. K. UL 9 - Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. L. UL 10C - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of ANSI A250.8. B. Fire rated door and frame construction to conform to UL 9 and UL 10C. C. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated on Drawings. D. Installed exterior frame and door assembly to be weather tight. E. Manufacturer shall have both fabrication and assembly plant located within the continental United States or Canada. Products that are either fabricated or assembled outside the continental United States or Canada are not acceptable. WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 (1) REV. 09115 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Performance: Glazed exterior borrowed lite, sidelite and transom lite frames shall have an overall minimum U -value of 0.71 as rated in accordance with the default table method approved by the California Energy Commission (CEC). Provide Certificate NRCC-ENV-05-E, from the Nonresidential Compliance Manual documenting compliance with the CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, Section 110, Table 110.6-A. B. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Glazed exterior borrowed lite, sidelite and transom lite frames shall have an overall maximum solar heat gain coefficient of 0.60 as rated in accordance with default table method approved by the California Energy Commission (CEC). Provide Certificate NRCC-ENV-05-E, from the Nonresidential Compliance Manual documenting compliance with the CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, Section 110, Table 110.6-B. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2 for fire rated frames and doors. B. Conform to CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 6, for U -value and solar heat gain coefficient. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and finish. C. Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cut outs for glazing and louvers. D. Submit two samples of exterior frame profile at mullion intersection. E. Submit Certificate NRCC-ENV-05-E, from the Nonresidential Compliance Manual documenting compliance with the CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part6, Section 110, Table 110.6-A and 110.6-B. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Store products on site under cover. C. Place products on at least 4 inch wood sills to prevent rust and damage. D. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence Work under the provisions of Section 01 11 00. B. Schedule Work under the provisions of Section 01 32 16. C. Schedule delivery of all doors and frames so as not to delay progress of other trades. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Curries Mfg., Inc., www.curries.com. B. Door Components, Inc., www.doorcomponents.com. WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 (2) REV. 09/15 C. Fleming, www,flemingdoor.com. D. Krieger Steel Products Company, www,kriegersteel.com. E. Republic Builders Products Corporation, www.republicdoor.com. F. Security Metal Products, www.secmet.com. G. Steelcraft, www.steelcraft.com. H. Stiles Custom Metal, Inc., www.hollowmetal.com. I. Titan Metal Products, Inc., www.titanmetalproducts.com. J. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 DOORSANDFRAMES A. Steel: Commercial quality cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM A653 galvanized to A60 or G60 coating class or Type B, A40 (ZF120) according to ASTM A924 with minimized spangle, mill phosphatized. B. Exterior Doors: ANSI A250.8, Level 3, extra heavy-duty, Model 2, continuous welded seam, beveled edges, minimum 0.053 inch thick faces. C. Interior Doors: ANSI A250.8, Level 2 heavy duty, Model 1, beveled edges, minimum 0.042 inch thick faces. D. Exterior Frames: ANSI A250.8, Level 3, 0.067 inch thick material, core thickness. E. Interior Frames: ANSI A250.8, Level 2, 0.053 inch thick material, core thickness. 2.3 DOOR CORE A. Exterior Core: Polystyrene insulation. B. Interior Door Core: Impregnated cardboard honeycomb. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Louvers: Roll formed steel, prime coated, inverted'Y' blade, sightproof, with countersink, tamperproof fasteners. B. Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber as supplied by Section 08 71 00. C. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamperproof screws at door installations, square butt at light frames. 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A. Masonry Anchors: Adjustable T -strap, 0.053 inch thick steel, corrugated, 2 inch x 10 inch size. Fire rated frames to have UL listed perforated strap anchor permanently anchored to frame. B. Metal Stud Anchor: Z type anchor, welded to frame, 0.053 inch thick steel, UL listed as required for fire rating. C. Wood Stud Anchor: U-shaped anchor, welded to frame, 1 inch wide, 0.053 inch thick steel, with 2 pre - punched holes in nailing flange. UL listed as required for fire rating. D. Existing Wall Anchor: 0.053 inch thick pipe spacer with 2 inch x 0.053 inch thick steel plate sized to accommodate a 3/8 diameter countersunk flathead expansion anchor. UL listed as required for fire rating. E. Floor Clip: Angle anchor, full width of frame, 0.067 inch thick steel. WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 (3) REV. 09115 2.6 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Rubberized Coating: Corrosion proofing and sound deadener compound. Equivalent to Rust-Oleum Professional Grade Rubberized Undercoating, www.rustoleum.com. B. Primer: Clean and treat with three stage iron phosphate process. Provide baked -on shop coat of EPA compliant gray synthetic rust - inhibitive enamel primer meeting acceptance criteria of ANSI 250.10. C. The frame underneath the glazing stops and the inside of the glazing stop area shall be treated for maximum paint adhesion and prime painted with a rust inhibitive primer prior to installation of the frame. 2.7 HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. B. Hinge reinforcing shall be full width of frame profile. C. Provide spacers for all thru-bolted hardware. D. Reinforcement components shall be the following minimum thickness: 1. Hinge (door and frame) 3/16 inch 2. Mortise Lock or Deadbolt 0.093 inch 3. Bored Lock or Deadbolt 0.093 inch 4. Flush Bolt Front 0.093 inch 5. Surface Bolt 0.093 inch 6. Surface Applied Closer 0.093 inch 7. Hold Open Arm 0.093 inch 8. Pull Plates and Bars 0.067 inch 9. Surface Exit Device 0.093 inch 10. Floor Checking Hinge 0.167 inch 11. Pivot Hinge 0.167 inch 2.8 FABRICATION A. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings shall be fabricated in sections designed for splicing. B. All spliced joints shall occur on the interior side of exterior frames. C. Fabricate frames as full profile welded units. D. All face, rabbet and soffit joints between abutting members shall be continuously welded and finished smooth when exposed to exterior. E. Cornerjoints shall have all contact edges closed tight, with faces mitered and continuously welded. F. Frames with multiple openings shall have mullion members fabricated with no visible seams orjoints. All face, rabbet and soffitjoints between abutted members shall be continuously welded and finished smooth when exposed to exterior. WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 (4) REV. 09/15 G. Provide 3/8 inch back bend return on frames where gypsum board wall material occurs whether on one or both sides. H. Mullions for Double Doors: Removable type supplied by Section 08 71 00. I. Dust cover boxes or mortar guards of 0.016 inch thick steel shall be provided at all hardware mortises on frames. J. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed, 0.093 inch thick steel channels fitted tightly and welded into frame head, inverted U -shape profile. K. Prepare frame for silencers except for frames which receive weatherstripping. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors on strike side, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. L. Provide steel spreader temporarily attached to feet of both jambs as a brace during shipping and handling. Spreader is not to be used for installation purposes. M. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit. N. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel channel closure. Weld all joints watertight. 2.9 MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE A. Manufacturing tolerance shall be maintained within the following limits: 1. Frame width +1/16 inch -1/32 inch 2. Frame height +-3/64 inch 3. Frame face +-1/32 inch 4. Frame stop +-1/32 inch 5. Frame rabbet +-1/64 inch 6. Frame depth +-1/32 inch 7. Frame throat +-1/16 inch 8. Door width and height +-3/64 inch 9. Door thickness +-1/16 inch 10. Hardware location +-1/32 inch 11. Door flatness +-1/16 inch 2.10 FINISH A. Primer: Baked on rust -inhibitive enamel. B. Finish: Site paint under provisions of Section 09 90 00. C. Coat inside of frame profile throughout the project with rubberized coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. Coating may be factory or site applied. Do not apply coating to fire rated frames. WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 (5) REV. 09115 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105. B. Install doors in accordance with DHI. C. Install fire doors and frames in accordance with NFPA 80. D. Installation of exterior doors and frames to be weathertight and waterproof. E. Seal penetration of all surface applied screws on exterior face of frames at glass stops and hardware attachments. F. Coordinate with wall construction and details for anchor placement. Provide anchors as follows: 1. Frames up to 7'-6" height - 4 anchors each jamb. 2. Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height - 5 anchors each jamb. Plus an additional anchor for each 2' or fraction thereof over 8'-0". 3. Frames for Double Doors: Minimum of 2 anchors in head approximately 12 inches from each jamb. 4. Borrowed Lite Frames: 2 anchors each jamb plus 1 for each 18 inches or fraction thereof over 3'-0". Minimum 2 anchors in head and sill approximately 12 inches from eachjamb plus 1 for each 30 inches of length or fraction thereof. 5. Floor anchors - 1 anchor each jamb. Where wall construction will not allow placement of floor anchor, provide one additional jamb anchor as close to Floor as possible. 6. Existing wall anchors shall be welded to provide non -removable condition. Welded bolt head to be ground, dressed and finished smooth. G. Frames installed in masonry walls to be fully grouted with masonry grout. H. Exposed field welds to be finished smooth and touched up. I. Primed or painted surfaces which are scratched or marred shall be touched up. J. Hardware to be applied in accordance with hardware manufacturer's templates and instructions. K. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. L. Install door louvers. M. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchorto structure and Floor. WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 (6) REV. 09/15 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Edge clearance for swinging doors shall not exceed the following: 1. Between door and frame at head and jamb 1/8 inch 2. Between edge of pair of doors 1/8 inch 3. At door sill with threshold (From bottom of door to top of threshold) 3/8 inch 4. At door sill with no threshold 1/2 inch 5. At door bottom and rigid floor covering per NFPA 80 1/2 inch 6. At door bottom and nominal floor covering per NFPA 80 5/8 inch B. Frame installation tolerance shall not exceed the following: 1. Squareness +_1/16 inch 2. Alignment +_1/16 inch 3. Plumbness +_1/16 inch 4. Diagonal Distortion +_1/32 inch END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 (7) REV. 09115 SECTION 08 14 23 CLAD WOOD DOORS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Plastic faced wood doors, fire rated, and non -rated. B. Door louvers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/WDMA - Wood Door Manufacturers Association - I.S.1-A-04-Architectural Wood Flush Doors. B. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. C. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. D. NEMA LD -3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. E. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council. F. UL 1 OC - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. G. WI - Woodwork Institute: Architectural Woodwork Standards. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of the WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, Section 9, Premium Grade. B. All plastic faced wood doors and their installation shall be monitored for compliance underthe scope of the WI Certified Compliance Program (CCP). C. Issue a WI Certified Compliance Certificate prior to delivery of doors certifying that doors meet all requirements of WI Grade specified. D. After completion, issue a WI Certified Compliance Certificate for Installation. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC, California Building Code for fire rated doors. B. Fire Door Construction: Conform to UL 10C, Category A. C. Installed Doors: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01330. Shop drawings shall bear the WI Certified Compliance Label on the first page of each set. B. Indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment, and cutouts for glazing and louvers. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. D. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating color, finish, and texture. E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01 33 00. WLC/1614900 CLAD WOOD DOORS 08 14 23 (1) REV. M110 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Package, deliver, and store doors in accordance with WI requirements as set forth in Section 2 and Appendix B of the Architectural Woodwork Standards. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard lifetime warranty under provisions of Section 01 77 00. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Eggers Industries, www.eggersindustries.com. B. Haley Architectural Doors, www.haleybros.com. C. Oskosh Door Co., www.oshkoshdoor.com. D. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc., www.marshfielddoors.com. E. V.T. Industries, www.vtindustries.com. F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Lumber Materials: FSC - Forest Stewardship Council certified sustainable harvested wood. B. Core (Solid, Non -Rated): Solid wood block, framed block glued, or solid particle board. C. Core (Solid, Fire Rated): Labeled fire performance type. D. Construction; WI premium grade, ANSI/WDMA, extra heavy duty, 5 ply. E. Vertical Edge: Plastic laminate same as door facing. 2.3 FACING A. Plastic Laminate(Non-Rated): NEMA LD -3, special purpose type, 0.050 inch thick, colorand finish selected from entire range of colors/patterns in Formica Laminate Series. B. Plastic Laminate (Fire -rated): NEMA LD -3, fire -rated general purpose type, 0.050 inch thick, colorand finish selected from entire range of colors/patterns in Formica Laminate Series. 2.4 ADHESIVES A. WI Type I. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate non -rated doors in accordance with the WI Architectural Woodwork Standard, Section 9. B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with manufacturer's standard construction and labeling agency requirements. C. Premachine doors for finish hardware. D. For fire rated doors with mineral cores, provide solid wood blocks for hardware reinforcement at lock edge and at top of door for closer. WLC/1614900 CLAD WOOD DOORS O8 14 23 (2) REV. 06/10 E. For fire rated doors with mineral cores, provide solid wood blocking for thru-bolted hardware. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with the WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, Section 9, and Appendix B. B. Conform to WI and NFPA requirements for fit tolerances. C. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. D. Install door louvers. E. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced movement. F. Install fire doors in accordance with NFPA 80. 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Edge clearance for swinging doors shall not exceed the following as required by WI and NFPA 80: 1. Between door and frame at head and jamb 1/8 inch 2. Between edge of pair of doors 1/8 inch 3. Diagonal distortion 1/8 inch 4. At door sill with threshold. (From bottom of door to top of threshold) 3/8 inch 5. At door sill with no threshold 1/2 inch 6. At door bottom and rigid floor covering per NFPA 80 1/2 inch 7. At door bottom and nominal floor covering per NFPA 80 5/8 inch END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 CLAD WOOD DOORS 08 14 23 (3) REV. O 110 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for doors. B. Thresholds. C. Gasketting. D. Keying. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act Standards for Accessible Design. B. ANSI - American National Standards Institute, C. BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association. D. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, California State Accessibility Standards. E. OHI - Door and Hardware Institute. F. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. G. UL - Underwriters Laboratories. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with other directly affected Sections involving manufacturer of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum five years experience. Obtain each kind of hardware from only one manufacturer. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with five years documented experience. C. Hardware Installer: Company specializing in the installation of commercial door hardware with five years documented experience. D. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to assist in the work of this Section. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Openings: Comply with CBC Section 716 and NFPA Standard No. 80. Provide only hardware tested and listed by UL for the type and size of each door required, which complies with the requirements of the door and frame labels. 1. Where exit devices are required on fire -rated doors, provide supplementary marking on door UL label indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware", and provide UL Label on exit device indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (1) REV. 01114 B. Conform to applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act Standards for Accessible Design regarding accessibility requirements for door and entrance hardware. C. Doors and doorways that are part of an accessible route shall comply with CBC Sections 11 B-404. D. The clear opening width for a door shall be 32 inches minimum. For a swinging door it shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. There shall be no projections into the opening below 34 inches and 4 inches maximum projections into the opening between 34 inches and 80 inches above the finish floor or ground. Door closers and stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches minimum above the finish floor or ground. CBC Section 11 B-404.2.3. E. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on accessible doors shall comply with CBC Section 11B-309.4 and shall be operable with one hand and not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Operable parts of such hardware shall be 34 inches minimum and 44 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. CBC Section 11 B-404.2.7. F. The force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows: CBC Section 116-404.2.9. 1. Interior hinged doors, sliding or folding doors, and exterior hinged doors: 5 lbs. (22.2N) maximum. 2. Required fire doors: the minimum opening force allowable by the DSA Authority, not to exceed 15 lbs. (67N) maximum. 3. The force required to activate any operable parts, such as retracting latch bolts or disengaging other devices shall be 5 lbs. (22.2N) maximum to comply with CBC Section 11 B-309.4. G. Door closing speeds shall be as follows: CBC Section 116-404.2.8. 1. Closer shall be adjusted so that the required time to move a door from an open position of 90 degrees to a position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum. 2. Spring hinges shall be adjusted so that the required time to move a door from an open position of 70 degrees to the closed position is 1.5 seconds minimum. H. Thresholds shall comply with CBC Section 116-404.2.5. I. Pair of doors: Limit swing of one leaf to 90 degrees so that a clear floor space is provided beyond the arc of the swing for the wall -mounted tactile sign. CBC Section 11B-703.4.2.1. J. Exit device touchpad shall be compliant with State Fire Marshall Standard 12-10-3, Section 12-10-302, 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit schedule under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Submit schedule at earliest possible date along with essential product data where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work. C. Organize hardware schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following: 1. Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item. Use BHMA finish codes as per ANSI A156.18. 2. Name and manufacturer of each item. 3. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 4. Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. 5. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc., contained in schedule. 6. Mounting locations for hardware. WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (2) REV 01/14 7. Door and frame sizes and materials. D. Provide product data on specified hardware. E. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. F. Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be factory -prepared for the installation of hardware. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site and to other Sections under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01 61 00. C. Package hardware items individually; label and identify package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. D. Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty for closers, two year warranty for all other hardware under provisions of Section 01 77 00. 1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Item Manufacturer Acceptable Substitute A. Butt Hinges Stanley McKinney Bommer B. Locksets Schlage Owners standard C. Cylinders Building Standard D. Surface Closers LCN Stanley Norton E. Flush Bolts Trimco Rockwood Ives F. Silencers Trimco Rockwood Ives G. Protection Plates Trimco Rockwood Ives H. Thresholds/Sweeps/Seals Pemko Reese NGP 2.2 MATERIALS WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (3) REV 01114 A. Locksets: Cylindrical type. 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass strikes with 2 inch deep box construction, with curved lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 1. Comply with requirements of local securityordinances. 2. Locks shall be of such construction that when locked, the door may be opened from within by using lever and without the use of a key or special knowledge. 3. Lock series and design: Schlage ND series Rhodes lever. B. Butt Hinges: Outswinging exterior doors shall have non -removable (NRP) pin. Hinge open widths shall be minimum, but of sufficient size to permit door to swing 180 degrees. Furnish hinges with stainless steel pins and ball bearings. 1. Furnish 3 hinges per leaf to 7'-5" height. Add one for each additional 2 foot height. 2. Provide 5 inch heavy weight hinges on doors over 3'4" width. C. Surface Door Closers: Full rack and pinion type with removable non-ferrous case. Provide closers with sex bolts and grommets at wood doors. Place closers inside building, stairs, rooms, etc. Closers shall be non -handed, non -sized and adjustable. Closers shall be installed to permit door to swing 180 degrees. 1. Flush transom offset brackets shall be used where parallel arm closers are listed for doors with fixed panels over. 2. Provide drop brackets, shoe supports, and blade stop spacers as required at narrow top rails. D. Protection Plates: Fabricate either kick, armor, or mop plates with four beveled edges, height called for in schedule by width of door less 2 inches. Furnish with machine or wood screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware. E. Seals: Solid neoprene to be MIL Spec. R6855 -CL III, Grade 40. Sponge neoprene to be MIL Spec. R6130, Type II, Group C. UL label shall be applied on all rated doors. F. Silencers: Furnish silencers for interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 2 for pairs of doors. Omit where sound or light seals occure, or for fire -resistive -rated door assemblies. G. Thresholds: Change in level between 1/4 inch and 1/2 inch shall be beveled with a slope no greater that 1 unit vertical to 2 units horizontal (50 percent slope). The floor or landing shall not be more that 1/2 inch lower than the threshold of the doorway. 2.3 KEYING A. Contact the Facilities Department with the City of Newport Beach for keying requirements. Keying system shall be approved by Owner's representative in writing. Furnish construction key system in accordance with lock manufacturers' standard. Where interchangeable core systems are used, provide temporary cores for construction keying. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE". B. Key system shall match existing building standard. C. For protection of the Owner, cylinders shall be keyed at the factory of the cylinder manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. D. Permanent keys and cylinder cores shall be delivered only to Owner's representative. 2.4 FINISHES A. Generally to be BHMA 626 Satin Chromium. WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (4) REV. 01/14 B. Areas using BHMA 626 shall have push, pulls and kick plates of BHMA 630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise noted. C. Factory paint door closers to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted. D. Aluminum items to be finished AL unless otherwise noted. 2.5 FASTENERS A. Screws for strikes, face plates and similar items shall be flathead, countersunk type; provide machine screws for metal and standard wood screws for wood. B. Screws for butt hinges shall be Flathead, countersunk, full -thread type. C. Fastening of closer bases or closer shoes to doors shall be by means of sex bolts and spray painted to match closer finish. D. Provide expansion anchors for attaching hardware items to concrete or masonry. E. All exposed fasteners shall have a phillips head. F. Finish of exposed screws to match surface finish of hardware or other adjacent work. 2.6 OTHER MATERIAL A. All other materials not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper finish hardware installation shall be selected by Architect as required at no additional cost. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as instructed by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Pre -Installation Meetings: Initiate and conduct with supplier, installer, and related trades, coordinate materials and techniques, and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. Include manufacturers' representatives of locks, panic hardware, and door closers in the meetings. Convene at least one week prior to commencement of related work. B. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of DHI. C. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in Division 9. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. D. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. E. Drill and countersink units which are not factory -prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. F. Set exterior door thresholds with full -width bead of elastomeric sealant on each point of contact with floor, providing a continuous weather seal. Anchor thresholds with stainless steel countersunk screws. WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (5) REV. 01114 G. If handle of door is changed during construction, make necessary changes in hardware at no additional cost. 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. C. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. D. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. E. Continued Maintenance Service: Approximately six months after the completion of the project, the Contractor, accompanied by the Finish Hardware Installer, shall return to the project and re -adjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. 3.4 HARDWARE LOCATIONS A. Lockset: 34 to 44 inches above finished floor. Verify manufacturers' template with door design. B. Conform to CBC, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, and ADA regarding positioning requirements for accessibility. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to inspect installation and certify that hardware and its installation have been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified herein. 3.6 SCHEDULE A. Legend of listed manufacturers. The last column in the Schedule of Door Hardware refers to the manufacturer listed in the following schedule: LCN LCN PEM Pemko SCH Schlage STA Stanley TRIM Trimco B. The items listed in the following schedule shall conform to the requirements of the foregoing specification. C. The Door Schedule on the Drawings indicates which hardware set is used with each door. D. Schedule of Door Hardware: HW -1 Each pair to have WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (6) REV. O1114 6 HINGE FBB1 79 - 4.5 x 4.5 652 STA 1 FLUSH BOLT 3913 (TOP BOLT ONLY) 626 TRM 1 LOCKSET ND70TD x RHO x K510-066 626 SCH 1 PERMANENTCORE BUILDING STANDARD 626 --- 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP-SHCUSH 689 LCN 2 KICK PLATE K0050 - 10 x 1 LDW x B4E 630 TRM 1 ASTRAGAL 355S 628 PEM 2 SILENCERS 1229A GRY TRM HW -2 Each door to have 3 HINGE FBB179-4.5x4.5 652 STA 1 LOCKSET ND70TD x RHO x K510-066 626 SCH 1 PERMANENTCORE BUILDING STANDARD 626 --- 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP-REG 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE K0050 - 10 x 2 LOW x B4E 630 TRM 1 FLOOR STOP 1214 626 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS S88 HEAD & JAMBS BLK PEM 1 AUTO DOOR BOTTOM 411SL 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD 173 x MSES 628 PEM HW -3 Each door to have 3 HINGE FBB1 79 - 4.5 x 4.5 652 STA 1 LOCKSET ND80TD x RHO x K510-066 626 SCH 1 PERMANENTCORE BUILDING STANDARD 626 --- 1 KICK PLATE K0050 - 10 x 2 LOW x B4E 630 TRM 1 FLOOR STOP 1214 626 TRM 3 SILENCERS 1229A GRY TRM END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 (Consultant 09/26/17) (7) REV. 01114 WLC/1614900 DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 (Consultant 09/26/17) (8) REV 01114 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass and glazing for hollow metal work, windows, storefronts, and doors. B. Mirror glass. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z97.1 -Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. B. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. C. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass. D. ASTM C1048 - Heat -Treated Flat Glass. E. ASTM C1172 - Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass. F. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units. G. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. H. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Council. I. GANA-Glazing Manual. J. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Building Materials Directory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to The Glass Association of North America (GANA) Glazing Manual and Sealant Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to all glass labeling requirements of the CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Section 2403. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. C. Provide data on glazing sealant. Identify colors available. D. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. E. Submit two samples, 12 x 12 inches in size, illustrating each glass coloration. F. Submit 12 inch long bead of glazing sealant in color selected. G. Submit sealed glass unit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Section 01 33 00 indicating units meet or exceed specified requirements. WLC/1614900 GLAZING 08 80 00 (1) REV. 03116 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01 61 00. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide ten year manufacturer's warranty under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Warranty: Include coverage of sealed insulating glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. C. Warranty: Include coverage for reflective coating on mirrors and replacement of same. D. Warranty: Include coverage for delamination of laminated glass and replacement of same. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE GLASS MANUFACTURERS A. Fire -Resistive Safety Glazing: 1. AGC Interedge Technologies, UL No. R19261, www.firesafe-glass.corn. 2. Nippon Electric Glass, Co., UL No. R13849, ww.fireglass.com. 3. Pilkington Glass NA, UL No. R16644, www.pilkington.com. 4. Saint-Gobain, UL No. R14515, www.vetrotech.com. 5. Technical Glass Products, UL No. R13377, www.fireglass.com. 6. SAFTI, UL No. R14212, www.safti.com. B. Tempered Glass: 1. AGC Industries, Inc., www.agc.com. 2. Guardian Industries Corp., www.guardian.com. 3. Oldcastle Glass Co., www.oldcastleglass.com. 4. Interpane, www.interpane.com. 5. Pilkington Glass NA, www.pilkington.com. 6. PPG Industries, Inc., www.ppgglazing.com. 7. Zeledyne Versalux Architectural Glass, www.hartung-glass.com. 8. Viracon, Inc., www.viracon.com. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 GLASS MATERIALS, GENERAL A. PrimaryGlass Standard: ComplywithASTM C1036 requirements, including reference to type, class, quality, and, if applicable, form, finish, mesh and pattern. B. Tempered Glass Standard: ComplywithASTM C1048 requirements, including those indicated by reference to kind, condition, type, quality, class, and, if applicable, form, finish, and pattern. WLC/1614900 GLAZING 08 80 00 (2) REV. 03/16 C. Sizes: Fabricate glass to sizes required for glazing openings, with edge clearances and tolerances complying with recommendations of glass manufacturer and GANA. D. Provide thicknesses indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by glass manufacturer for application indicated. 2.3 FIRE RESISTIVE GLAZING A. Fire -Resistive Safety Glazing: 1/4 inch thick tempered or 3/8 inch thick laminated glazing unit with a plastic interlayer. Unit to complywith ANSI Z97.1, CPSC 16 CFR 1201, Category II, and be listed by UL. Laminated unit to have the following characteristics: 1. Single pane of clear, flat, fire -resistive ceramic glazing, 3/16 inch thick, polished both sides. 2. Clear plastic interlayer, 0.06 inch thick. 3. Single pane of clear, flat, fire -resistive ceramic glazing, 3/16 inch thick, polished both sides. 2.4 TEMPERED GLASS PRODUCTS A. Manufacturing Process: Horizontal (roller hearth) process with roll wave distortion parallel with bottom edge of glass as installed. B. Clear Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type 1 (transparent glass, flat) Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select); conforming to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16 CFR 1201, Category It. 2.5 GLAZING SEALANTS AND PREFORMED GLAZING TABS A. General: Comply with ASTM C920, and sealant and glass manufacturers recommendations for suitability and compatibility. B. One -Part Butyl Glazing Sealant: 1. Chem -Calk 300; Bostik Construction Products Div., www.bostik-fiindley-us.com. 2. BC 158; Pecora Corp., www.pecora.com. C. One -Part Acid -Curing Silicone Glazing Sealant: Type S; Grade NS, Class 25: 1. Dow Corning 999; Dow Corning Corp., www.dowcorning.com. 2. SCS 1200, General Electric Corp., www.gesealants.com. 3. 863; Pecora Corp., ww.pecora.com. 4. Omniglaze; Sonneborn Building Products Div.; Chem Rex Products, Inc., www.chemrex.com. 5. Proglaze; Tremco, www.tremcosealants.com. D. Preformed Butyl -Polyisobutylene Glazing Tape: 1. 3M Glazing Tape, 3M Corporation, www.3m.com. 2. Norseal V990 Tape: Saint-Gobain North America, www.foams.saint-gobain.com. 3. Tremco Polyshim II Tape; Tremco, Inc., www.tremcosealants.com. 4. Sika Glazing Tape, Sika Corporation, www.usa.sika.com. WLC/1614900 GLAZING 08 80 00 (3) REV. 03116 2.6 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; EPDM or silicone blocks, 80-90 Shore A durometer hardness. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene; EPDM or silicone blocks, Shore A durometer hardness; self adhesive one face. C. Glazing Gasket: Resilient polyvinylchloride extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot with prefabricated molded corners. Color to be selected from manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. E. Mirror Attachment Accessories: Mirror adhesive, chemically compatible with mirror coating and wall substrate. Stainless steel clips at top and bottom. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Seal porous glazingchannelsor recesses. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. 3.3 INTERIOR - DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. E. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. F. Knife trim protruding tape. G. Use for all interior steel frames. 3.4 CLEANING A. After installation, mark pane with an "X" by using plastic tape or removable paste. B. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. C. Remove labels after Work is completed. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 GLAZING O8 80 00 (4) REV. 03116 SECTION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Gypsum board. B. Glass mat gypsum sheathing. C. Shaft wall coreboard. D. Gypsum soffit board. E. Abuse/Impact resistant gypsum board. F. Acoustically enhanced gypsum board. G. Taped and sanded joint treatment. H. Surface primer. I. Texture finish. J. Resilient furring channels. K. Metal channel ceiling framing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A641 - Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. B. ASTM C11 - Standard Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related Building Materials and Systems. C. ASTM C79 - Standard Specification for Treated Core and Nontreated Core Gypsum Sheathing Board. D. ASTM C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. E. ASTM C514 - Nails for the Application of Gypsum Wallboard. F. ASTM C557 - Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. G. ASTM C645- Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. H. ASTM C754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board. I. ASTM C840 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. J. ASTM C919 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. K. ASTM C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. L. ASTM C1177 - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. M. ASTM C1396 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. N. ASTM C1629 - Standard Specification for the Abuse -Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber -Reinforced Cement Panels. WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (1) REV. 09/16 0. ASTM D226 - Asphalt -Saturated Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. P. ASTM D1037 -Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood -Based Fiber and Particle Panel Materials. Q. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. R. ASTM D3274 - Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Surface Disfiguration of Paint Films in Fungal or Algal Growth, or Soil and Dirt Acumulation. S. ASTM D4977 - Standard Test Method for Granular Adhesion to Mineral Surfaced Roofing by abrasion (modified). T. ASTM D5420 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight (Gardner Impact). U. ASTM E90 - Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. V. ASTM E695 - Standard Method of Measuring Relative Resistance of Wall, Floor, and Roof Construction to Impact Loading. W. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. X. GA 201 - Using Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. Y. GA 214 - Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. Z. GA 216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. AA. GA 253 -Application of Gypsum Sheathing. BB. GA 600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual. CC. ISO 14040 - Environmental Management - Life cycle assessment - Principals and Framework. DD. UL - Underwriters Laboratories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in gypsum board systems work with five years documented experience. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 7, and UL and GA requirements for fire rated assemblies as indicated on the drawings B. Conform to UL No. 2079 for cyclical design at head of fire rated walls. 1.5 ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE A. Acoustical Attenuation for Identified Interior Partitions: 50 STC in accordance with ASTM E90. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F and humidity of 30 to 50 percent prior to, during, and after installation of the Work of this Section. 1.7 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to ASTM C11 for definitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies. WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (2) REV. 09116 1.8 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. On wall and ceiling surface duplicate specified texture finish on at least 100 sq.ft. of surface area. C. Provide complete finish including surface primer. D. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of field sample. E. After surface texture is accepted, the accepted surface will remain as part of the Work and will be used to evaluate subsequent applications of finish texture. 2. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS -GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEM A. American Gypsum Corp., www.americangypsum.com. B. Certainteed, www.certainteed.com. C. Georgia Pacific Corp., www.gp.com. D. National Gypsum Co., www.nationaigypsum.com. E. PABCO Gypsum, www.pabcogypsum.com. F. United States Gypsum Co., www.usg.com. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Metal Furring: ASTM C645, hat -shaped, 7/8 inch deep, 0.0329 inch thick. B. Resilient Furring Channel: Manufacturer's standard product designed to reduce sound transmission, complying with ASTM C645 for material, finish and widths of face and fastening flange; 1/2 inch deep x 0.0179 inch thick asymmetric -shaped channel with face connected to single flange by slotted leg (web). C. Furring Channel: ASTM C754, 1-1/2 inch x 0.475 Ib./ft. channel. D. Fasteners: ASTM C1002. E. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641, Class 1 coating (galvanized) soft temper, 9 gauge. F. Tie Wire: ASTM A641, Class 1 coating (galvanized) soft temper, 16 and 18 gauge. G. Adhesive: ASTM C557. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396; fire resistive type, UL rated; 5/8 inch thick unless otherwise indicated, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. Similar to Sheetrock Brand EcoSmart Panels manufactured by United States Gypsum Company B. Fire Rated Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396; fire resistive type, UL rated; 5/8inch thick unless otherwise indicated; water resistant core; water resistant paper on front, back and long edges; maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (3) REV. 09/16 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustical Sealant: Non -hardening, non -skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board: As specified in Section 07 92 00. B. Fire Rated Sealant and Fiber Stuffing: As specified in Section 07 84 00. C. Corner Beads: Metal, hot dip galvanized. D. Edge Trim: GA 201 and GA 216; Type LC bead, unless otherwise indicated. E. Control Joints: Roll -formed zinc, Type USG No. 093. F. Aluminum Trim and Reveal Moldings: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. Alloy 6063-T5, clear anodic finish. Similar to products manufactured by Fry Reglet Co., www.fryreglet.com. G. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: Vinyl type with notched or flexible flanges. H. Spot Grout: ASTM C475, setting -type joint compound. I. Joint Materials Interior: ASTM C475; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, water, and fasteners. Use tapes and compound recommended bygypsum board manufacturer for the use intended. Use ready mixed, drying type compounds. Use taping compound for embedding tape and first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and trim. Use topping compound for fill and finish coats. J. Primer: Flat latex basecoat paint equivalent to First Coat manufactured by United States Gypsum Company. K. Membrane: ASTM D226; No. 15 asphalt saturated roofing felt. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive Work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 WALL FURRING INSTALLATION A. Erect wall furring for direct attachment to masonry walls. B. Erect metal furring vertically at 16 inches o.c. Secure in place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 24 inches o.c. 3.3 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Space resilient furring channels horizontally at maximum 16 inches o.c., not more than 2 inches from floor and ceiling lines. B. Locate nested joints over framing members. C. Install acoustical sealant within partitions in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C919. D. Seal perimeter, joints, openings and penetrations on each face of partition. 3.4 CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 25. B. Coordinate locations of hangers with other Work. WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (4) REV. 09116 C. Install ceiling framing independent of walls and columns. D. Space 9 gauge hangerwires N -O" o.c. along 1-1/2 inch furring channels and within 6 inches ofend of furring channel. E. Install 1-1/2 inch furring channels at4'-0" o.c. and within 6 inches of parallel walls. Provide 1 inch clearance between end of channels and abutting walls. F. Position furring channels for proper ceiling height, level, and secure with hanger wire saddle -tied along channel. G. At channel splices, interlock flanges, overlap ends 12 inches and secure each end with double -strand of 16 gauge tie wire. H. Erect metal furring at right angles to 1-1/2 inch furring channels. Space metal furring 16 inches o.c. I. Install metal furring within 6 inches of parallel walls. Provide 1 inch clearance between end of furring and abutting wall. J. Secure metal furring to furring channel with clips or saddle tie with double strand of 18 gauge tie wire. K. At splices of metal furring nest furring at least 8 inches and securely wire -tie each end with double strand of 16 gauge tie -wire. L. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interruptmain furring channels or metal furring with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24 inches past each end of openings. 3.5 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install membrane over wall studding where moisture resistant gypsum board is to be installed. B. Install membrane over substrate, weatherlap horizontal edges 4 inches and vertical edges 6 inches. 3.6 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Erectsingle layer standard gypsum board in mosteconomical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing except those ends and edges which are perpendicular to framing. C. Erectsingle layerfire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring overfirm bearing except those ends and edges which are perpendicularto framing members. Comply with required UL, CBC, or GA fire rated assembly. D. Erect double layer gypsum board with standard gypsum board for first layer placed in most economical direction with second layer placed parallel to face layer with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. Off -set joints of second layer from joints of first layer by at least 12 inches. E. Erectdouble layerfre rated gypsum board in accordance with required UL, CBC, orGAfire rated assembly. F. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring. G. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to wood furring or framing except where nails are required for UL or UBC fire rated assembly. H. Install fire stop sealant and fiber stuffing at wall penetrations and terminations in accordance with required UL, CBC, or GA fire rated assembly in accordance with Section 07 84 00. I. Install acoustical sealant at wall penetrations and terminations as specified in this section and in accordance with Section 07 92 00. WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (5) REV. 09116 J. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide Y inch wide space and trim with metal edge. Seal joint between metal edge and structural surface with acoustical sealant. K. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of Floor / roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural member. Allow % inch wide space and install acoustical sealant. L. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant. M. Install gypsum board with mold and mildew -resistant core and paper facing at exterior locations on the interior face of all exterior walls. N. Place control joints as indicated on the drawings and not to exceed 30 feet maximum in either direction for partitions and ceilings. Provide adequate seal or safng insulation behind control joints to maintain sound or fire ratings. O. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. P. Spot grout metal door frames. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip just before inserting board into frame. 3.7 JOINT TREATMENT A. Tape, fill, and sand joints, edges, and corners in accordance with GA -214. B. Feather successive coats a minimum of 2 inches onto adjoining surfaces for each coat. C. Where fire resistance rating is required, detail of joint treatment shall meet fire rating requirement. D. Level 1 Treatment: 1. All joints and angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound. 2. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. 3. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. 4. Use for plenum areas above ceiling, in areas that are generally concealed and other areas not normally open to view. E. Level 2 Treatment: 1. All joints and angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and one separate coat of joint compound shall be applied over all fastener heads and accessories. 2. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. 3. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. 4. Use where surface is substrate to ceramic tile, acoustic tile, or tackable wallboard system. F. Level 3 Treatment: 1. Not used. G. Level 4 Treatment: 1. Not Used. WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (6) REV. 09116 H. Level 5 Treatment: 1. Alljoints and angles shall have tape embedded injointcompound with three separate coats oftopping compound applied over all joints, fasteners, and accessories. 2. Apply two thin skim coats of topping compound over entire surface. 3. All compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. Sand lightly between coats. 5. Use for all surfaces that are scheduled to receive a painted finish or surfaces to receive applied wallcovering. 3.8 FINISHING A. Roller apply surface primer to all gypsum board surfaces scheduled to receive a painted and textured finish prior to application of paint or texture finish. B. Spray apply textured finish to all surfaces scheduled to receive a paint finish except surfaces of food service and preparation areas. C. Remove any overspray of texture finish from door frames, windows, and other adjoining construction. 3.9 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 3.10 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Recycle gypsum board waste under the provisions of Section 01 74 19. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from joint compound. Promptly remove from floors and other surfaces. Repair stained and marred surfaces damaged during gypsum board application. B. Protectwork ofthis section from weather, condensation, directsunlight, and other detrimental causesduring the construction period. C. Remove and replace gypsum panels that become wet, moisture damaged and mold damaged. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 (7) REV. 09/16 SECTION 09 22 16 METAL STUD FRAMING 1. PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formed metal stud framing. B. Shaft wall framing. C. Furring channels. D. Framing accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. B. ASTM A924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. C. ASTM C645- Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track) and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. D. ASTM C754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water -Resistant Backing Board. E. ASTM C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases. F. CBC - California Building Code (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. G. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. H. GA600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual. I. SSMA - Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. J. SSPC - The Society for Protective Coatings. K. UL - Underwriters Laboratories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C754 and the recommendations of the SSMA. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 7, and UL and GA requirements for fire rated assemblies. B. Conform to UL No. 2079 for cyclical design at head of fire rated walls. WLC/1614900 METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16 (1) REV. 01/15 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. California Expanded Metal Products Co., www.cemcosteel.com. B. Consolidated Fabricators Corp., www.confabbpd.com. C. ClarkDietrich Industries, www.clarkdietrich.com. D. Frametek Steel Products, www.frameteksteel.com. E. Steel Stud Manufacturing Co., www.scafco.com. F. United Metal Products, Inc.., www.unitedmetalproducts.com. G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630, 2.2 STUD FRAMING MATERIALS A. Provide metal framing with a minimum post consumer recycled content of 50 percent. B. Framing System Components: ASTM C645. Depth as scheduled. C. Studs: ASTM A653, Grade 33 for steel 0.0428 inch thick and below, Grade 50 for steel 0.0538 inch thick and above, galvanized to G60 coating class in compliance with ASTM A924, non -load bearing rolled steel, channel shaped, punched for utility access. 1. Depth: As indicated on the drawings. 2. Thickness: 0.0329 inch unless otherwise indicated. 0.0428 inch and 0.0538 where indicated. D. Runners: Of same material and finish as studs, unpunched. Minimum thickness one size greater than wall stud. — E. Ceiling Runners: Of same material, finish and thickness as studs. Minimum thickness one size greaterthan wall stud. F. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner designed to allow for deflection of structure applied to interior partition fabricated of same material, finish and thickness as studs and of the following configuration: 1. Top runner with slotted flanges, 2-1/2 inch deep with slots 1 inch on center. 2. Products at Non -Rated Conditions: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: (a) SLP -TRK, Sliptrack Systems, Inc., www.dietrichindustries.com. (b) The System, The Angle System, Metal -Lite, Inc., www.metal-lite.net. 3. Products at Rated Conditions: (a) Blaze Frame, www.blazeframe.com. Composite Fire Stop/Frame "DSL". 4. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. G. Hat Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 7/8 inch deep, 0.0329 inch thick. H. Furring and Bracing Members: Of same material and finish as studs, thickness to suit purpose. WLC/1614900 METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16 (2) REV. 01115 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, self -drilling, self -tapping screws. B. Metal Backing: 0.0538 inch thick galvanized steel. C. Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated. D. Primer: SSPC 20. E. Beam Clips: 0.0179 inch thick x2-3/8 inch long galvanized steel clip as manufactured by Claw I nternational, www.beamclips.com. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that conditions are ready to receive Work. B. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. C. Verify that rough -in utilities are in proper location. D. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 ERECTION A. Install components in accordance with ASTM 0754 requirements; manufacturer's instructions; details indicated on drawings; and as specified herein. B. Coordinate installation of sealant specified in Sections 07 92 00 and 09 21 16. C. Align and secure top and bottom runners at 24 inches o.c. D. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. E. Install studs vertically at 16 inches o.c. horizontal spacing. F. Connect studs to tracks using fastener method. G. Stud splicing not permissible. H. Construct corners using minimum three studs. I. Double studs of 0.0329 inch thickness at wall openings, door and window jambs, and each side of other openings that are 4'-0" or less in width. J. Double studs of 0.0428 inch thickness at wall openings, door and window jambs, and at each side of other openings that are more than 4'-0" in width. K. Frame door and window openings with details indicated; with GA -600 and NFPA 80. L. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing above head of opening. M. Coordinate erection of studs with requirements of door and window frame supports and attachments. N. Brace stud framing system and make rigid. O. Construct toilet and plumbing chase walls of 0.0428 inch thick studs braced horizontally at midpoint and quarter point of wall but not less than 48 inches o.c. vertically with 2-1/2 inch wide cross studs. P. Erect minimum 0.0329 inch thick studs behind all ceramic tile installations. WLC/1614900 METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16 (3) INNING R Q. Erect minimum 0.0538 inch thick studs behind all casework and wall mounted cabinets. R. Align stud web openings and point stud flanges in the same directions. S. Secure stud ends to bottom tracks on both faces. T. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, and backing with electrical and mechanical work to be placed in or behind stud framing. U. Backing: Secure steel backing to studs. Install backing for support of toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, hardware, and all other wall mounted items. V. Extend partition framing full height to structural support or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at ceiling. W. For sound and fire resistance rated partitions extend framing to underside of floor/roof or other continuous solid surface to obtain rating. X. Continue partition framing over door and window openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. Y. Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. Provide deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. Z. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after stud framing erection. AA. Maintain clearance under structural building members atfre-resistance rated assemblies. Provide firestop track top runner. BB. Install beam clips on beam flanges spaced at 2'-0" on center. 3.3 RADIUSED PARTITION ERECTION A. Cut top and bottom runners through leg and web at 2 inch intervals for arc length or use manufacturer's standard flexible runner track. B. Allow for uncut straight lengths of not less than 12 inches at ends of arcs. C. Bend runners to uniform curve of radius indicated and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. D. Support outside (cut) leg of runners by clinching a 1 inch high x 0.0329 inch thick steel sheet strip to inside of cut legs using metal lock fasteners. E. Attach runners to structural elements at floor and ceiling with fasteners located 2 inches from ends and spaced 24 inches on center. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from true position: 1/2 inch. B. Maximum variation of any member from plane: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. C. Maximum variation from plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Recycle excess materials waste under the provisions of Section 01 74 19. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 METAL STUD FRAMING 09 22 16 (4) REV. 01115 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical panels. C. Non -fire rated assembly. D. Perimeter trim. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A513 - Electric -Resistance -Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing. B. ASTM A641 - Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. C. ASTM C635 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings. D. ASTM C636 - Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels. E. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. F. ASTM E84 - Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, G. ASTM E580 - Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustic Tile and Lay -in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. H. ASTM E1264 - Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products. I. DSA - Division of the State Architect. J. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. K. ICC - ES - International Code Council Evaluation Service, Inc. L. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories Building Material Directory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of ceiling suspension system and ceiling panels with five years minimum experience. B. Installer: Company with five years minimum documented experience, approved by manufacturer. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC, California Building Code (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 25 for suspension system requirements. B. Conform to applicable UL and CBC combustibility requirements for materials. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. WLC/1614900 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13 (1) REV. 09/10 B. Provide product data on metal grid system components and acoustic units. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. D. Submit two samples 6 x 6 inch in size, illustrating material and finish of acoustic units. E. Submittwo samples each, 12 inches long, ofsuspension system main runner, cross runner, and edge trim. 1.6 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. LEED Submittal: Credit MR 4, submit manufacturer's data forcontent of post -consumer and pre -consumer (post-industrial) recycled content under provisions of Section 01 81 13. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and humidity of 50 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.8 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. 1.9 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide extra quantity of acoustic units to Owner under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Provide two sealed unopened boxes of acoustic units. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-SUSPENSIONSYSTEM A. Armstrong Ceiling Systems, www.ceilings.com. ICC -ES No. ESR -1308. B. Certainteed, www.certainteed.com ICC -ES No. ESR -3336. C. Chicago Metallic Corporation, www.chicago-metallic.com. ICC -ES No. ESR -2631. D. USG Interior Systems, (DONN), www.usg.com. ICC -ES No. ESR -1222. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Grid: ASTM C635, heavy duty, non -fire rated, exposed T; components die cut and interlocking. Catalog numbers of acceptable manufacturer are indicated on drawings. Perimetergrid to be shadow molding type with seismic perimeter clip. B. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, splices, and edge moldings required for suspended grid system. C. Grid Materials: Commercial quality cold rolled steel with galvanized coating. D. Grid Finish: Color to match grid color, baked enamel. E. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, to rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components, as detailed on drawings. WLC/1614900 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13 (2) REV. 09114 F. Compression Strut: ASTM A513, telescoping tube design, galvanized 3/4 inch diameter 14 gage rigid steel tubing with crimped end attached to roof framing and secured to 1/2 inch diameter 14 gage rigid steel tubing with crimped end to main runners or equivalent pre -manufactured compression post supplied by ceiling grid manufacturer. G. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641, Class 1 coating (galvanized), soft temper, No. 12 gage. 2.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS -ACOUSTIC UNITS A. Armstrong Ceiling Systems, www.ceilings.com. B. Certainteed, www.certainteed.com. C. USG Interiors, Inc., www.usg.com. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.4 ACOUSTIC UNIT MATERIALS A. Acoustic Panels: ASTM E1264, conforming to the following: 1. Equivalent to Ultima -H1 -RL Ceiling Panel manufactured by Armstrong Ceiling System. (a) Size (b) Thickness (c) Composition (d) Light Reflectance (e) NRC Range (f) Edge (g) Surface Color (h) Flame Spread (i) Smoke Density 0) Mold/Mildew Inhibitor (k) Recycled Content 3. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION 24 x 24 inches 3/4 inches Mineral 89 percent 0.7 minimum Beveled Tegular. White ASTM E-84 (0-25) Class A, UL 25 or under Not to exceed 450 when tested in accordance with CBC Standard No. 12-8-1 Biocide treatment that inhibits mold and mildew when tested according to ASTM D3273. 70 percent Pre -Consumer 15 percent Post -Consumer A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION -GRID SYSTEM A. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636 and ASTM E580 as supplemented in this Section and with notes on the drawing entitled Metal Suspension Systems for Lay In Panel Ceilings. B. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. C. Hang system independent of columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. WLC/1614900 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13 (3) REV. 09/14 D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. E. Compression struts to be installed at each main runner notexceeding 12'- 0" o.c. in both directions and not more than 8 inches from end of main runner. Insert main 3/4 inch tube over 1/2 inch tube with a minimum 6 inch lap. Secure crimped end of main 3/4 inch tube to structural framing with wood screws and 1/2 inch tube to main runnerwith metal screws. Secure tube sections togetherwith 2 setscrews. Install prefabricated compression post according to manufacturer's recommendations. F. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. G. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. H. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. 3.3 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTIC UNITS A. Field rabbet cut edge of perimeter tiles to match factory rabbeted edge. Paint cut surface if necessary to match surface of tile. B. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Lay directional patterned units one way in room. Fit border neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Maintain tolerances in accordance with Section 01 43 00. B. Variation from flat and level surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. C. Variation from plumb of grid members caused by eccentric loads: Two degrees maximum. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13 (4) REV. 09114 SECTION 09 51 33 DIRECT APPLIED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acoustical tile. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. ASTM E1264 - Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products. C. ASTM D1779 - Adhesive for Acoustical Materials. D. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. E. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Building Materials Directory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of ceiling tile with five years experience. B. Installer: Company with five years minimum documented experience. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Provide product data on acoustic units. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. D. Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustic units. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and humidity of 50 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide extra quantity of acoustic units to Owner under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Provide quantity equal to 5 percent of units installed. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong Ceiling Systems, www.armstrongceilings.com. B. Certainteed, www.certainteed.com. C. USG Interiors, Inc., ww.usg.com. D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. WLC/1614900 DIRECTAPPLIED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 33 (1) REV. 12116 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acoustic Tile: ASTM E1264, equivalent to Ceiling Tiles Collection as manufactured by Armstrong Ceilings and conforming to the following: 1. Pattern Designation 257 Sand Pebble 2. Size 12 x 12 inches 3. Thickness 1/2 inch 4. Composition Mineral Fiber 5. Light Reflectance 80 percent 6. Flame Spread ASTM E 84 (0-25) Class A, UL 25 or under 7. Joint Interlocking 8. Edge Tongue and Groove 9. Surface Finish White color 10. Mold/Mildew Inhibitor Biocide treatment that inhibits mold and mildew when tested according to ASTM D3273 B. Adhesive: ASTM D1779. waterproof, gun or knife grade; type recommended by tile manufacturer. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Level substrate to accommodate new acoustic units. B. Install acoustic units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented below. C. Locate acoustic units on room axis according to reflected ceiling plan. D. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. E. Lay directional patterned units to match existing pattern. F. Lay directional patterned units one way in room. G. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. H. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 ft. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 DIRECT APPLIED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 33 (2) REV 12116 SECTION 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOORING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tile Flooring. B. Resilient top set base. C. Resilient stair nosing, treads, risers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. 2010 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design. B. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, California State Accessibility Standards. C. CDH - California Department of Health Standard Practice Method V1.1-2010 for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions. D. ASTM D2047 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish -Coated Floor Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine, E. ASTM E648 - Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor -Covering Systems using a Radiant Energy Source. F. ASTM E662 - Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. G. ASTM F710 - Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and other Monolithic Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. H. ASTM F1066 - Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor Tile. I. ASTM F1303 - Specification for Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering J. ASTM F1344 - Specification for Rubber Floor Tile. K. ASTM F1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base. L. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete SubFloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. M. ASTM F2170 - Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using In Situ Probe. N. FS RR -T-650 - Treads, Metallic and Non-metallic, Non-skid. O. FS SS -T -312b - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl Composition. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Resilient Flooring to comply with the following fire performance characteristics as determined by testing products per ASTM test method indicated below: 1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 wafts per sq cm or more per ASTM E648. 2. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E662. WLC/1614900 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 (1) REV. W/16 B. Maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions shall meet the CDPH test results obtained at the 14 daytime period when tested by Method V1.1-2010. C. Resilient flooring products shall have a coefficient of friction when tested according to ASTM D2047 of 0.60 for flat floors and 0.80 for ramped surfaces. D. Conform to CBC, California Building Code, (CCR) Title 24, Part 2, and the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design for accessibility requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Provide seaming and pattern plan. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. D. Submit two samples 3 x 3 inches in size, illustrating color and pattern for each floor material specified. E. Submit two 2 inch long samples of base material for each material specified. F. Submit Owner's written acceptance of final floorfinish ofvinyl composition tile to Architect underprovisions of Section 01 77 00. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit cleaning and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re -waxing. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Concrete subfloor to be allowed to cure for a minimum of 90 days to achieve acceptable dryness. B. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. C. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. D. Moisture Testing: Perform tests as recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 1. Subfloor Moisture Conditions: Moisture emission rate of no more than 3 Ib/1000 sq. ft./24 hours when tested by the Quantitive Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test, ASTM Ft 869, with subfloor temperature not less than 65 degrees F. 2. Subfloor Humidity Conditions: Relative humidity level of no more than 75 percent when tested by in situ drilled probes according to ASTM F2170. 3. SubfloorAlkalinity Conditions: pH range of between 5 to 9 when subfloor is wetted with potable water and pHdrion paper is applied. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 100 sq ft of flooring and 100 lineal feet of base of each material specified under provisions of Section 01 77 00. WLC/1614900 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 (2) REV. W16 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - VINYL COMPOSITE TILE FLOORING A. Armstrong Flooring, www.armstrongflooring.com. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE FLOORING MATERIALS A. Equivalent to Armstrong Premium and Standard Excelon collections. Colorto be selected by Architect from manufacturer's compete range. 2.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - BASE MATERIALS A. Johnsonite, www.johnsonite.com. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.4 BASE MATERIALS A. Base: Millwork Reveal by Johnsonite, 6 inch high, 1/4 inch thick. Color to be selected from the manufacturer's complete range. 2.5 MANUFACTURERS - RUBBER TILE FLOORING A. Nora System, www.Nora.com. B. Substitutions: Under provision of Section 01 25 13. 2.6 RUBBER TILE FLOORING MATERIAL A. Rubber Tile: ASTM F1344, Class 1, 0.14 inch thick. B. Pattern equivalent to Norament - Round as manufactured by Nora System. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix Portland Cement latex type as recommended by flooring material manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives:Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. Shall meet South Coast Air Quality Management District ( SCAQMD) Rule #1168. C. Edge Strips: Rubber. D. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. Coordinate selection of floor wax with Owner's maintenance program. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F710 and are as specified herein. B. Verify concrete floors exhibit acceptable moisture emission rate and humidity level, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat and are ready to receive Work. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. WLC/1614900 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 (3) REV. M116 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare concrete substrate according to ASTM F710. B. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with subfloor filler. C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave a smooth, flat, hard surface. D. Prohibit traffic from area until filler is cured. E. Vacuum clean substrate. F. Apply primer to concrete slab surfaces if recommended by flooring manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION - TILE MATERIAL A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. E. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines. F. Install tile to ashlar/staggered pattern. G. Pattern grain parallel for all units and parallel to length of room. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. H. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. I. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. J. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. K. Install flooring in pan type floor access covers. Maintain floor pattern. L. Install flooring under movable partitions and under cabinetry without interrupting floor pattern. M. Install flooring in open cabinet recesses. N. Install feature strips,edge strips, and floor markings where indicated. Fit joints tightly. 3.4 INSTALLATION - BASE MATERIAL A. Fit joints tight and vertical. B. Install material in maximum practical lengths. C. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints. D. Miter internal corners. E. Field wrap external corners with longest practical lengths. "V" cut back surface to 2/3 its thickness. F. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. G. Scribe and ft to door frames and other interruptions. WLC/1614900 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 (4) REV. W116 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base and wall surfaces without damage. B. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. C. Damp mop with a neutral detergent solution. D. Carefully remove black marks with a scrubbing pad or brush. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. B. Protect floor finish until final completion with a non -asphaltic building paper. C. Maintain protective covering until final completion. 3.7 COMPLETION A. At final completion, remove floor protection and correct any damage. B. Obtain Owner's written acceptance of final floor finish at completion of sealer and wax application. D. Submit copy of Owner's acceptance of floor finish to architect. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 RESILIENT FLOORING 09 65 00 (5) REV. M16 SECTION 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING 1, PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Modular carpet tile installed by fully adhered method. B. Accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1335 - Tuft Bind of Pile Floor Coverings. B. ASTM E648 - Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. C. ASTM E662 - Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. D. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. E. ASTM F2170 - Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using In -Situ Probe. F. CRI 104- Carpet and Rug Institute Standard for Installation of Commercial Textile Floorcovering Materials. G. FCIB - Floor Covering Installation Board. H. FTC - Federal Trade Commission Guides, Part 260, Guides for Use of Environmental Marketing Claims. I. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association. J. NSF / ANSI 140-2007e Sustainable Carpet Assessment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Provide product data on specified products, describing physical characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of installation. C. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. D. Submit two samples minimum 18 x 18 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each carpet material specified. 1.4 RECYCLED CONTENT A. Carpet must contain a minimum of 40 percent recycled content by weight. B. Recycled content to be calculated by the following formula: (Recycled Content Weight) / (Total Product Weight) x 100 = Percent recycled content. C. Carpet must contain a minimum of 10 percent post -consumer recycled content by weight from post -consumer carpet. D. Recycled contenttobecertified byScientific CerifcationSystems (SCS) or National Sanitation Foundation International. Product must carry label certifying overall recycled content. E. Recycled content statements shall comply with FTC Part 260 Guidelines with respect to labeling, product inserts, and catalog representations. WLC/1614900 TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 (1) REV. 03117 1.5 RECYCLED PROGRAM A. Manufacturer shall have an existing established collection and recovery system for carpet in operation. B. Collection and recovery system shall be capable of reclaiming and recycling 100 percent of a vinyl backed carpet. C. Current recycling program to be in accordance with FTC Guides, Section 260.7(d). 1.6 PRODUCT CERTIFICATION A. Carpet must be certified with NSF 140-207(e) Sustainable Carpet Assessment Standards. Platinum level of certification. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit maintenance data under provisions of Section 01 77 00. B. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning and shampooing. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with CRI 104. B. Maintain one copy of document on site. C. Manufacturer: Company specializing in carpet manufacturing with ten years minimum experience. D. Installer: FCIB certified or demonstrate ability to comply with FCIB certification procedures. E. Carpet shall have an average tuft bind of 20 pounds when tested in accordance with ASTM D1335. F. Carpet shall bear CRI Indoor Air Quality Carpet Testing Program Green Label Plus. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Floor covering to have an NFPA Class I rating with a minimum radiant flux of 0.45 waft per square centimeter when tested in accordance with ASTM E648. B. Floor covering to have a smoke developed rating of less than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E662. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products to site under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Comply with requirements of CRI 104 Section 5. 1.11 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Comply with requirements of CRI 104, Section 7. B. Concrete subfloor to be allowed to cure for a minimum of 90 days to achieve acceptable dryness. C. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. WLC/1614900 TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 (2) REV. 03/17 D. Moisture Testing: Perform tests as recommended by manufacturer and as follows. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. Subfloor Moisture Conditions: Moisture emission rate of no more than 3lb/1000 sq. ft./24 hours when tested by the Quantitive Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test, ASTM F1869, with subfloor temperature not less than 65 degrees F. 2. Subfloor Humidity Conditions: Relative humidity level of no more than 75 percent when tested by in situ drilled probes according to ASTM F2170. 3. Subfloor Alkalinity Conditions: pH range of between 5 to 9 when subfloor is wetted with potable water and pHdrion paper is applied. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard lifetime or 20 year non -prorated warranty under provisions of Section 01 7700. B. Performance Warranty: Manufacturer's warranty covering delamination of secondary backing, edge ravel and tuft bind of carpet under both wet and dry conditions. C. Wear Warranty: Manufacturer's warranty that carpet will lose no more than 10 percent by weight of face yarn. 1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide full modular tiles equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and color but not less than 10 square yards under the provisions of Section 01 77 00. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Interface Flor, LLC, Style: Reincarnation with Glassbac RE Backing, www.interfaceflor.com. Color: 8895 Sandalwood. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Carpet shall conform to published specification characteristics of named manufacturer as modified by requirements specified in this section. B. Size: 19.69 x 19.69 inches. C. Fiber Type: Invista Antron Legacy, Antron Lumena or Universal Nylon Type 6, 6. D. Pile Height: Maximum 1/2 inch. E. Backing: Synthetic, non -woven, 100 percent recycled content. No latex backing to be used. F. Soil -Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard integral stain resistant treatment. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Sub -Floor Filler: White premix portland cement and latex; type as recommended by carpet manufacturer. B. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; releasable type recommended by carpet manufacturer. Shall meet South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168. C. Edge Strips: Vinyl type, color as selected. Strip shall be beveled with a slope no greater than 1 inch unit vertical to 2 units horizontal (50 percent slope). WLC/1614900 TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 (3) REV. 03117 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine subfloors and conditions for compliance with requirements for moisture content, humidity levels, alkalinity range and other conditions affecting performance of carpet. B. Verify that subfloor surfaces are smooth and flat and are ready to receive work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of subfloor and site conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove subfloor coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone. B. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler. C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave smooth, flat, hard surface. D. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. E. Apply subfloor primer compatible with adhesive where recommended by carpet manufacturer. F. Vacuum floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply carpet and adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CRI 104, Section 14. B. Fully adhere carpet tile to substrate. C. Lay carpet on floors with tiles laid in straight pattern. D. Install pattern parallel to walls. E. At doorways, center seams under door in closed position. F. Fit seams straight, not crowded or peaked, free of gaps. G. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, open -bottomed obstructions, alcoves and similar openings. H. Cut and fit carpet around interruptions. I. Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Vacuum carpet surfaces. WLC/1614900 TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 (4) REV. 03117 3.5 PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of CRI 104, Section 16. B. Prohibit traffic from carpet areas for 24 hours after installation. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 (5) REV. 03117 SECTION 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTIONS INCLUDED A. Surface preparation. B. Prime painting. C. Wall covering. D. Adhesives and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. CFFA-W-101-D - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association Quality Standard for Vinyl Coated Fabric Wall Covering. C. FS CCC -W408 A and B - Wall Covering, Vinyl Coated. D. FS L -P-1040-13 - Plastic Sheets and Strips (Polyvinyl Fluoride). E. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing commercial wall coverings with ten years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in installing commercial wall coverings with ten years documented experience. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to flame/smoke developed ratings of no more than 25/50 when tested according to ASTM E84 by UL. B. Each roll of material used shall have UL labels affixed thereto verifying tests. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Inspect roll materials on site to verify acceptance. C. Protect packaged adhesive from temperature cycling. D. Do not store roll goods on end. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilitiesto maintain substrate surface and ambient temperatures above 60 degrees F, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply adhesive when substrate surface temperature or ambient temperature is below 60 degrees F or relative humidity is above 40 percent. WLC/1614900 WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 (1) REV. 12116 C. Maintain these conditions 72 hours before, during, and after installation of wall covering. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Wall Covering: Wall covering material will be provided by the Owner. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Type recommended by wall covering manufacturer to suit application to substrate. Mildew - resistant, non -staining, and strippable. Shall meet South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168. B. Substrate Filler: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturers; compatible with substrate. C. Substrate Primer and Sealer: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturer. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work, and conform to requirements of the wall covering manufacturer. B. Verify flatness tolerance of surfaces does not vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet nor vary at a rate greater than 1/16 inch/ft. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks and smooth irregularities with filler; sand smooth. B. Sand glossy surfaces. Shellac marks which may bleed. C. Remove electrical and telephone wall plates, covers and wall mounted fixtures. D. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. E. Prime and seal substrate in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply surface sealer to gypsum drywall which will permit subsequent removal of wallcovering without damage to paper facing. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply adhesive and wall covering in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply adhesive to fabric surface immediately prior to application of wall covering. C. Use wall covering in roll number sequence. D. Register or reverse pattern of wall covering to insure color uniformity. E. Razor trim edges on flat work table. Do not razor cut on gypsum board surfaces. F. Apply wall covering smooth, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. Eliminate air pockets and ensure full bond to substrate surface. Butt edges tight. G. Horizontal seams are not acceptable. H. Do not seam within 6 inches of internal or external corners. WLC/1614900 WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 (2) REV. 12/16 I. Install wall covering before installation of bases, cabinets, hardware, or items attached to or spaced slightly from wall surface. Do not install wall covering more than 1/4 inch below top of resilient base. J. Cover spaces above and below windows, above doors, in sequence from roll. K. Apply fabric covering to electrical and telephone wall plates prior to replacing. L. Where wall covering tucks into door frame reveals, or metal wallboard or plaster stops, apply covering with contact adhesive within 6 inches of wall covering termination. Ensure full contact bond. M. Remove excess wet adhesive from seam before proceeding to next wall covering sheet. Wipe clean with dry cloth. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. B. Replace wall plates and accessories removed prior to work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01 61 00. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 (3) VAIMPIm SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Products and application. C. Surface finish schedule. 1.2 SUMMARY OF PAINTED SUBSTRATES A. Section includes the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Primed or unprimed steel. 2. Galvanized metal. 3. Steel doors, frames and lights. 4. Access doors and frames. 5. Woad. 6. Horizontal and vertical gypsum board. 7. Electrical panel board covers. B. Section includes the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Primed or unprimed steel. 2. Galvanized metal. 3. Steel handrails, guardrails, and fittings. 4. Bollards. 5. Sectional overhead doors and frames. 6. Wood. 7. Wall louvers. C. Substrate listings are for principal surfaces only. Refer to drawings, details and individual specification sections for items, surfaces, and substrates not specifically listed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. SSPC - The Society for Protective Coatings. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Preparation of all surfaces to receive final finish. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (1) REV. M16 B. Painting and finishing work of this section using coating systems of materials including primers, sealers, fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. C. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop -priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. D. Painting and finishing all exterior and interior surfaces of materials including structural, mechanical, and electrical work on site, in building spaces, and above or on the roof. E. Paint exposed surfaces except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products with five years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with five years documented experience. C. Coats: The number of coats specified is the minimum number acceptable. If full coverage is not obtained with the specified number of coats, apply such additional coats as are necessary to produce the required finish. D. Employ coats and undercoats for all types of f nishes in strict accordance with the recommendations of the paint manufacturer. E. Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coat. F. The minimum dry film thickness of each coat of paint shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for each type of paint used. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Complywith applicable codes and regulations ofgovernmental agencies having jurisdiction including those having jurisdiction over airborne emissions and industrial waste disposal. W here those requirements conflict with this specification, comply with the more stringent provisions. B. Comply with the current applicable regulations of the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). C. Comply with South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113. A copy of this regulation can be obtained from http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/regl1/r1113.pdf. D. In the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), where lower VOC contents are specified fora number of categories, certain products maybe covered under the manufacturer's SCAQMD -approved Averaging Program. As a result, certain products may be fully compliantwith SCAQMD Rule 1113, despite having VOC contents higher than specified limits. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Provide manufacturer's technical information and instructions for application ofeach material proposed for use by catalog number. C. List each material by catalog number and cross-reference specific coating with specified finish system. WLC/1614900 _ PAINTING 09 90 00 (2) REV. W16 D. Provide manufacturer's certificate that products proposed meet or exceed specified materials. E. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. F. Submit two samples 8-1/2 x 11 inch in size of each paint color and texture applied to cardboard. Resubmit samples until acceptable color, sheen and texture is obtained. G. On same species and quality of wood to be installed, submit two 4 x 8 inch samples showing system to be used. 1.9 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples under provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, duplicate specified finishes on at least 100 sq.ft. of surface area. C. Provide full -coat finishes until required coverage, sheen, color and texture are obtained. D. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of field samples. E. After finishes are accepted, the accepted surface may remain as part of the work and will be used to evaluate subsequent coating systems applications of a similar nature. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site and store and protect under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. C. Container labeling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions formixing and reducing. Paint containers not displaying product identification will not be acceptable. D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain interior surface and ambient temperatures above 50 degrees F with a maximum humidity level of 50 percent for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 50 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish and Urethane Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior orexterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 foot candles measured mid -height at substrate surface. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIAL A. Provide a five gallon unopened container of each color to Owner. B. Label each container with color, texture, and room locations in addition to the manufacturer's label. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (3) REV. W/15 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PAINT A. Unless specifically identified otherwise, product designations included at end of section are those of the Dunn -Edwards Corporation, www.dunnedwards.com and shall serve as the standard for kind, quality, and function. B. Subject to compliance with requirements, other manufacturers and their affiliate companies offering equivalent products are: 1. Benjamin Moore Paints, www.benjaminmoore.com. 2. Frazee Paint, www.frazeepaint.com. 3. Glidden Professional, www.gliddenprofessional.com. 4. Kelly -Moore Paint Company, www.kellymoore.com. 5. Pittsburgh Paints, www.ppg.com. 6. Sherwin Williams, www.sherwin-williams.com. 7. Tnemec Company, Inc., www.tnemec.com, 8. Vista Paint Corporation, www.vistapaint.com. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 25 13. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. B. Good Flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. C. "Deep Tone" colors to be composed of 100 percent acrylic pigments with a colored base. D. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. E. Chemical Components of Interior Paints and Coatings: Shall not exceed the limitations of Green Seal's Standard GS -11 and SCAQMD Rule 1113 averaging method for VOC contentand the following restrictions: 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Non -Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 3. Anticorrosive Coatings: VOC content of not more than 100 g/L. 4. Varnishes and Sanding Sealers: VOC content of not more than 275 g/L. 5. Stains: VOC content of not more than 250 g/L. 6. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 7. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: (a) Acrolein. (b) Acrylonitrile. W LC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (4) REV. 06/16 (c) Antimony. (d) Benzene. (e) Butyl benzyl phthalate. (f) Cadmium. (g) Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. (h) Di -n -butyl phthalate. (i) Di-n-octyl phthalate. () 1,2 -dichlorobenzene. (k) Diethyl phthalate. (I) Dimethyl phthalate. (m) Ethylbenzene. (n) Ethylene Glycol. (o) Formaldehyde. (p) Hexavalent chromium. (q) Isophorone. (r) Lead. (s) Mercury. (t) Methyl ethyl ketone. (u) Methyl isobutyl ketone. (v) Methylene chloride. (w) Naphthalene. (x) Toluene (methylbenzene). (y) 1,1,1 -trichloroethane. (z) Vinyl chloride. 2.3 FINISHES A. Refer to schedule at end of Section for surface finish schedule. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (5) WAIWa(G. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood 15 percent. 4. Exterior Located Wood 15 percent. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Remove all finish hardware from doors and frames prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. C. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. D. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. E. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri -sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F. Aluminum Surfaces: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. G. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. H. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse Floors with clear water. Verify required acid -alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. I. Gypsum Board: Repair all voids, nicks, cracks and dents with patching materials and finish Flush with adjacent surface. Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. J. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Pretreat with phosphoric acid etch or vinyl wash. Apply coat of etching primer the same day as pretreatment is applied. K. Concrete and Unit Masonry: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri -sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. L. Plaster: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and Flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. M. Uncoated Steel and Iron: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime paint after repairs. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (6) REV. 06/16 N. Shop Primed Steel: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime paint steel surfaces. 0. Interior Wood: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. P. Exterior Wood: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior caulking compound after prime coat has been applied. Q. Glue -Laminated Beams: Prior to finishing, wash surfaces with solvent, remove grease and dirt. R. Wood Doors: Seal top and bottom edges with 2 coats of spar varnish sealer. S. Existing surfacesto be recoated shall be thoroughly cleaned and cleglossed bysanding orothermeans prior to painting. Patched and bare areas shall be spot primed with same primer as specified for new work. 3.3 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT WORK A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site. 3.4 WORK NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Painting is not required on surfaces in concealed and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces and duct shafts. B. Do not paint metal surfaces such as stainless steel, chromium plate, brass, bronze, and similar finished metal surfaces. C. Do not paint anodized aluminum or other surfaces which are specified to be factory pre -finished. D. Do not paint sandblasted or architecturally finished concrete surfaces. E. Do not paint prefinished acoustic materials or acoustic suspension systems. F. Do not paintover Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code -required labels or identifications. 3.5 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C. Apply prime coat to surfaces which are to be painted or finished. D. Apply each coat to uniform finish. E. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. F. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. G. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. H. The number of coats specified is the minimum that shall be applied. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions showthrough final paint coat, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (7) REV. 06116 I. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. J. Prime back surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint. K. Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. L. Paint mill finished door seals to match door or frame. M. Paint primed steel glazing stops in doors to match door or frame. N. Cloudiness, spotting, lap marks, brush marks, runs, sags, spikes and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. 0. Where spray application is used, apply each coat of the required thickness. Do not double back to build up film thickness of two coats in one pass. P. Where roller application is used, roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of roller laps, irregularity of texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 3.6 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Paint shop primed equipment. Do not paint shop prefinished items. B. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. C. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are pref nished. D. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted accidentally. E. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and connector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and connector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. F. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. G. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. H. Replace electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings removed prior to finishing. I. Paint grilles, registers, and diffusers which do not match color of adjacent surface. J. Paint all mechanical and electrical equipment, vents, fans, and the like occurring on roof. K. Do not paint moving parts of operating units; mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators, linkages; sensing devices; and motor shafts. L. Do not paint over labels or equipment identification markings. M. Do not paint mechanical room specialties such as compressors, boilers, pumps, control panels, etc. N. Do not paint switch plates, light fixtures, and fixture lenses. 3.7 CLEANING A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (8) REV. 06116 B. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3.8 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01 61 00. B. Erect barriers and post warning signs. Maintain in place until coatings are fully dry. C. Confirm that no dust generating activities will occur following application of coatings. 3.9 PATCHING A. After completion of painting in any one room or area, repair surfaces damaged by other trades. B. Touch-up or re -finish as required to produce intended appearance. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 29. B. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary. C. The Ownerwill engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample paint material being used. D. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. E. The testing agency will perform appropriate quantitive materials analysis and other characteristic testing of materials as required by the Owner. F. If test results show materials being used and their installation do not comply with specified requirements or manufacturers recommendations, the Contractor maybe directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing and repaint surfaces to acceptable condition. 3.11 COLOR SCHEDULE A. Paint and finish colors shall be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's entire range of standard and custom color selections and special colors selected to match or compliment the colors of other materials, equipment, or components which comprise the work. B. Access doors, registers, exposed piping, electrical conduit and mechanical/electrical panels: Generally the same color as adjacent walls. C. Exterior and interior steel doors, frames and trim: Generally a contrasting color to adjacent walls. D. Doors generally are all the same color, but of a contrasting color from frame and trim. E. Exterior and interior steel fabrications: Generally a contrasting color to adjacent walls. F. Exposed interior mechanical/ductwork: Generally a contrasting color to adjacent walls or ceiling. G. Ceilings are generally to be painted a different color than walls. H. Three different color schemes for painting of walls. I. Approximately 20 percent of overall painting work will be required to be "Deep Tone" colors. This work will require one additional coat of paint beyond that as specified. WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (9) REV. M116 3.12 SCHEDULE -INTERIOR SURFACES A. Steel - Primed or Unprimed (Semi -Gloss Acrylic) 1st coat: Ultrashield Galvanized Metal Primer 2nd coat: SPMA50 Suprema 3rd coat: SPMA50 Suprema B. Gypsum Board (Eggshell Acrylic everywhere except for wet areas) 1st coat: VNPROO Vinylastic Premium 2nd coat: SPMA30 Suprema 3rd coat: SPMA30 Suprema C. Gypsum Board (Semi -Gloss Acrylic at wet areas (Kitchenette)) 1st coat: VNPROO Vinylastic Premium 2nd coat: SPMA50 Suprema 3rd coat: SPMA50 Suprema END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PAINTING 09 90 00 (10) REV. 06/16 SECTION 11 90 00 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 1. PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Undercounter refrigerator. B. Ice and water dispenser. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630, 1.2 REFERENCES A. ADAAG - 2010 Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessibility Design. B. CBC - California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and manufacturer's installation instructions for each item under provisions of Section 01 33 00. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to CBC, California Building Code, (CCR), Title 24, Part 2 and the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design for accessibility. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01 77 00. 2. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. Undercounter Refrigerator: Viking Range Company, LLC, (800) 845-4641, Model VRU05240DSS. One required in Room 45. B. Ice and Water Dispenser: Follett, www.follettice.com, Model: Symphony, 12CI400A-L. Countertop dispenser. One required in Room 45. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and as indicated on the drawings. B. Furnish all necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, connections, and embedded items necessary for proper installation. Coordinate with work of other sections. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 11 90 00 (1) REV. 01104 SECTION 22 0517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. iW�*9L4111F_1Erd A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve -seal systems. 3. Grout. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel -Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. 2.2 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Link Seal. 2. Metraflex Company (The). 3. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. WLC/1614900 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 17 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) 2.3 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1 -inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded -PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 3. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." E. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. WLC/1614900 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 17 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. 2. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized -steel -pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 17 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) SECTION 22 05 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. C. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One -Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. WLC/1614900 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 18 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep -pattern type. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. C. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped -steel type. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast - brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast -brass type with polished, chrome -plated finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped -steel type. C. Install Floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. New Piping: One-piece, floor -plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 18 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) SECTION 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze ball valves. 2. Ductile -iron, single -flange butterfly valves. 3. Bronze lift check valves. 4. Bronze swing check valves. 5. Bronze gate valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 2 water distribution piping Sections for general -duty and specialty valves for site construction piping. 2. Division 15 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 3. Division 15 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer rubber. C. NBR: Acrylonitrile -butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. D. NRS: Nonrising stem. E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. F. RS: Rising stem. G. SWP: Steam working pressure. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.10 and ASME 816.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 2. ASME 831.1 for power piping valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61-G and NSF -372 for valve materials for potable -water service. 1. Valves for domestic water must comply with the Federal Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials, (Bronze ASTM B62, B61, or 8584 Alloy C87850). This includes body, ball, stem and / or trim. C. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Ferrous Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. E. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Hand -wheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 2. Hand -lever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller. WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) H. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2 -inch stem extensions and the following features: Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation and memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied. a. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Nib -seal handle extension or comparable product by one of the following: 1) Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. 2) Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck. Valve -End Connections: 1. Flanged: With Flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves. 2. Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606. 3. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 4. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1. J. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP -45. 2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless -Steel Trim & Nib -Seal Handle: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Model S -585 -66 -LF or T -585 -66 -LF or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. b. Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110, NSF 61-G. b. CWP Rating: 600 psig. C. Body Design: Two piece with threaded body packnut design (no threaded stem designs allowed) with adjustable stem packing. d. Body Material: Bronze ASTM B 584 Alloy C87600. e. Ends: Threaded or Solder. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: 316 Stainless steel. h. Ball: 316 Stainless steel, vented. i. Port: Full. B. 200 CWP, Sizes 2-1/2" — 24", Ductile Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum -Bronze Disc: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Model LD -2000-3/5, or a comparable product by one of the following: WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) a. Cooper Cameron Corp.; Cooper Cameron Valves Div. b. Tyco International, Ltd.; Tyco Valves & Controls 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -67, Type I, IAPMO. b. NPS 24 (DN 300) and Smaller CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). C. Body Design: Full Lug type; Bubble tight shutoff, suitable for bidirectional dead- end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A 536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze C. Retain one or more of six paragraphs in this article if iron, single -flange butterfly valves are required. MSS SP -67 covers iron, single -flange butterfly valves NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 72. 2.3 BRONZE LIFT CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Lift Check Valves with Nonmetallic TFE Disc: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Model S -480 -Y -LF or T -480 -Y -LF or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Powell Valves. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 2, NSF 61-G. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Vertical flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 584 Alloy C87850, lead free bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or Solder. f. Disc: PTFE, or TFE. 2.4 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic TFE Disc: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Model S -413 -Y -LF or T -413 -Y -LF or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Powell Valves. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 4, NSF 61-G. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Y -pattern Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 584 Alloy C87850, lead free bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or Solder. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) 2.5 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Model S -113 -LF or T -113 -LF or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Powell Valves. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -80, Type 2, NSF 61-G. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM B 584, bronze with integral seat and threaded bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or Solder. e. Stem: Lead free copper -Silicon Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; lead free bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron. 2.6 IRON GATE VALVES A. Class 125, NRS, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide NIBCO Model F -619 -RW or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Powell Valves. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -70, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Lead free copper alloy or stainless steel. f. Disc: Solid wedge. g. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.7 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) 2.8 D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. A. B. C. D. E. VALVE INSTALLATION Check bolting for proper material composition is Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 2.9 ADJUSTING A 2.10 A B. C. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. 2. Butterfly Valve Dead -End Service: Single -flange (lug) type. 3. Throttling Service: Ball or Butterfly valves. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. 3. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends. WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (6) 2.11 DOMESTIC, HOT -AND COLD -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze Valves: Threaded ends. 2. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with stainless-steel trim. 3. Bronze Lift Check Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic TFE disc. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 150, nonmetallic TFE disc. 5. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 150, RS. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Ductile -Iron, Single -Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, aluminum -bronze disc. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23 (Consultant 11/21/17) (7) SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Pipe positioning systems. 6. Equipment supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for structural -steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment' for vibration isolation devices. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (1) 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Stainless -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP -69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 carbon -steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U - bolts. 2.3 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ERICO International Corporation. 2. Pipe Shields, Inc.; a subsidiary of Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 3. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. B. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig minimum compressive strength. D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (2) 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, stainless-steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.5 PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications. 2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon - steel shapes. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (3) C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field -assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Pipe Positioning -System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. H. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. I. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. J. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. K. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. N. Insulated Piping: Attach clamps and spacers to piping a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (4) 3. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. 5. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (5) 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Use copper -plated pipe hangers and stainless-steel] attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Use thermal -hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. K. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (6) 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. L. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 4. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C -Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C -Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I -beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel (- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 Ib. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib. C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 Ib. 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. O. Comply with MSS SP -69 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (7) P. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. R. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT 22 05 29 (8) SECTION 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Valve tags. 5. Warning tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Stainless steel, 0.025 -inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. WLC/1614900 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 (1) 3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: White. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -1l -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: White, C. Background Color: Black. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. WLC/1614900 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 (2) H. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 incheshigh. 2.4 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4 -inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2 - inch numbers. 1. Tag Material: Stainless steel, 0.025 -inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass wire -link or beaded chain. B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal -operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Valve -tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.5 WARNING TAGS A. Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident -prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches minimum. 2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire. 3. Nomenclature: Large -size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Color: Yellow background with black lettering. WLC/1614900 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 (3) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, Floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: Domestic Water Piping: a. Background Color: Blue. b. Letter Color: Black. Sanitary Waste Piping: a. Background Color: Black. b. Letter Color: White. 3.4 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory -fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn -watering hose connections; and similar roughing -in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. WLC/1614900 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 (4) B. Valve -Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1. Valve -Tag Size and Shape: a. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches, round. b. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches, round. 2. Valve -Tag Color: a. Cold Water: Natural. b. Hot Water: Natural. 3. Letter Color: a. Cold Water: Black. b. Hot Water: Black. 3.5 WARNING -TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53 (5) SECTION 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services: 1. Domestic hot-water piping. 2. Domestic recirculating hot-water piping. 3. Supplies and drains for handicap -accessible lavatories and sinks. B. Related Sections: Section 220716 "Plumbing Equipment Insulation." 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied, if any). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less, and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) C. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in 'Piping Insulation Schedule, General," 'Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. b. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) 2. Type I, 850 Deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ-SSL. Factory - applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. G. Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534 or ASTM C 1427, Type I, Grade 1 for tubular materials. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Armacell LLC; Tubolit. b. Nomaco Insulation; IMCOLOCK and NOMALOCK. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. b. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.3 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.4 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following provide one of the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. C. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape. b. Compac Corporation; 130. C. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibf/inch in width. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) 2.5 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping and Seals. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with closed seal. 2.6 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers,: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. McGuire Manufacturing. 2. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and Cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: Draw jacket tight and smooth. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch -wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (6) 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at [2 inches] [4 inches] o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Cleanouts. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (7) 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 'Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (8) 7. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 8. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (g) 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF POLYOLEFIN INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: Seal split -tube longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyolefin sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of polyolefin pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install cut sections of polyolefin pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (10) 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.9 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome -plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: NPS 2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick. WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (11) B. Condensate Drain: All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. Polyolefin: 1 inch thick. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 22 07 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (12) SECTION 22 11 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Under -building -slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, and fittings inside buildings. 2. Encasement for piping. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2. Do not interrupt water service without Construction Manager's written permission. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. Potable -water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61. Plastic piping components shall be marked with "NSF-pw." WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. B. Wrought -Copper, Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. C. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint ends. D. Copper Unions: 1. MSS SP -123. 2. Cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces. 4. Solder -joint or threaded ends. 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: 1. AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME 816.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free unless otherwise indicated. 2. Full -face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. D. Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper -phosphorus alloys for general - duty brazing unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Central Plastics Company. b. Watts; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. C. Wilkins; a Zurn company. 2. Standard: ASSE 1079. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. 4. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install shutoff valve, hose -end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve inside the building at each domestic water -service entrance. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" and with requirements for drain valves and strainers in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." C. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. D. Install domestic water piping level and plumb. E. Rough -in domestic water piping for water -meter installation according to utility company's requirements. F. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. G. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. H. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. I. Install piping to permit valve servicing. J. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. K. Install piping free of sags and bends. L. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. M. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. N. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Section 221123 "Domestic Water Pumps." WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) 0. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for thermometers in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." P. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." Q. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 81.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" chapter. E. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos -free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Joints for Dissimilar -Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.4 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger, support products, and installation in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: 6 feet inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 2 and NPS 2-1/2: 8 feet inches with 1/2 -inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and Larger: 8 feet with 5/8 -inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. G. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot -water -supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that required by plumbing code. 2. Equipment: Cold- and hot -water -supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: Piping Inspections: a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: 1) Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures. 2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in 'Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements. C. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Piping Tests: a. rill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. C. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (6) 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWAC651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1_) Fill-system-or-part-thereof-with-water/chlorine-solution-with-at-least-50-ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Clean non -potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water - sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 (Consultant 11/21/17) (7) 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Fitting Option: Extruded -tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. D. Aboveground domestic water piping shall be the following: Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought -copper, solder -joint fittings; and soldered joints. 3.12 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot -Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory -stop balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. C. Iron grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 (Consultant 11/21/17) (8) SECTION 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe fittings. 3. Encasement for underground metal piping. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 221313 "Facility Sanitary Sewers" for sanitary sewerage piping and structures outside the building. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10 -foot head of water. B. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For waste and vent piping, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. B. Field quality -control reports. W -C1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF -sewer" for plastic sewer piping. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sanitary waste service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Architect's written permission. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. B. Sovent Stack Fittings: ASME 816.45 or ASSE 1043, hubless, cast-iron aerator and deaerator drainage fittings. A. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ANACO-Husky SD 4000 series. b. Clamp All HI_TORQ 124 series 2. Standards: ASTM C 1277 and CISPI 310. 3. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 4. All above ground vent pipe fittings may be made with "ANACO" or "Clamp All" stainless steel two hand couplings conforming to CISPI Standard 310. WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) 2.3 Corrosion Protection: A. General. Corrosion protection shall be provided for all below grade cast iron and copper piping and associated valves and fittings. Such piping shall be protected from corrosion by encasement in a polyethylene protective wrapping, referred to hereafter as polywrap. Although not intended to be a completely air and water tight enclosure, the polywrap shall provide a continuous barrier between the pipe and surrounding bedding and backfill. B. Materials. 1. Cast iron piping encasement. a. The polywrap shall be minimum 8 mil. in thickness, group 2, linear low density, flat tube, natural (clear) virgin polyethylene film formed into tubes or sheets as required. Material shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C105, ANSI A21.5 and ASTM A674. b. The polywrap shall be as manufactured by Northtown Company or approved equal. 2. Copper piping encasement. a. The polywrap shall be minimum 6 mil. in thickness, group 2, linear low density, flat tube, natural (clear) virgin polyethylene film formed into tubes or sheets as required. Material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1248. b. The polywrap shall be as manufactured by Northtown Company or approved equal. 3. The minimum Polywrap flat tube width for each pipe diameter shall be as follows: Pipe Size / Type Polvwrap Flat Tube Width /" to 3/4" copper 2" 1" to 1-1/2 copper 3" 2" copper 4" 2-1/2" copper 5" 2" to 3" cast iron 14" 4" cast iron 16" WI -C1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) 4. The polywrap shall be secured as specified with 2 inch wide pressure sensitive plastic tape not less than 10 mils thick. a. Tape shall be Scotchwrap No. 50, Polyken No. 900, Tapecoat CT, Johns -Manville No. V-10 Trantex or approved equal. 5. Piping through exterior walls shall be sealed using Link Seal modular seal with nitrile seal elements and stainless steel bolts. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EARTH MOVING A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. Install piping to permit valve servicing. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Section 220548 'Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." K. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y -branch and 1/8 -bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) L. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. M. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. N. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C1 05/A 21.5. O. Plumbing Specialties: Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity -flow piping. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force -main piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity -flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." P. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) B. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 81.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Install carbon -steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments. 3. Install carbon -steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments. 5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 -inch minimum rods. F. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2 -inch rod. WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (6) 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8 -inch rod. 4. Spacing for 10 -foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. G. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. H. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4: 84 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8 -inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. 5. NPS 3: 12 feet with 1/2 -inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8 -inch rod. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (7) 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing -in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10 -foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1 -inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (g) 3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping shall be the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. C. Aboveground, vent piping shall be the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping shall be the following: 1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints. END OF SECTION WLC1614900 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (9) SECTION 2213 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Through -penetration firestop assemblies. 3. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NSF 14, 'Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations. WLC/1614900 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANOUTS A. Exposed Metal Cleanouts: 1. ASME Al 12.36.2M, Cast -Iron Cleanouts: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. 2) Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Standard: ASME At 12.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 4. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk or raised -head, brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 7. Closure: Stainless-steel plug with seal. B. Metal Floor Cleanouts: 1. ASME Al 12.36.2M, Cast -Iron Cleanouts: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. 2) Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Size: Same as connected branch. 3. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 4. Closure: Brass plug with tapered threads. 5. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 6. Standard: ASME A112.3.1. 7. Size: Same as connected branch. WLC/1614900 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) C. Cast -Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. b. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 4. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk or raised -head, brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 7. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome -plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw. 8. Wall Access: Round, nickel -bronze, copper -alloy, or stainless-steel wall -installation frame and cover. 2.2 THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES A. Through -Penetration Firestop Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ProSet Systems Inc. 2. Standard: UL 1479 assembly of sleeve and stack fitting with firestopping plug. 3. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent stack. 4. Sleeve: Molded PVC plastic, of length to match slab thickness and with integral nailing flange on one end for installation in cast -in-place concrete slabs. 5. Stack Fitting: ASTM A 48/A 48M, gray -iron, hubless-pattern, wye branch with neoprene O-ring at base and gray -iron plug in thermal -release harness. Include PVC protective cap for plug. 6. Special Coating: Corrosion resistant on interior of fittings. WLC/1614900 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 135 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. B. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. C. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. D. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4 - inch total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches: Equivalent to 1 percent slope. C. Radius, 60 Inches or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1 - inch total depression. 3. Install floor -drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. E. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 2 inch above floor. F. Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. G. Install wood -blocking reinforcement for wall -mounting -type specialties. WLC/1614900 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) H. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) SECTION 22 42 16 COMMERCIAL SINKS GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Handwash sinks. 2. Sink faucets. 3. Laminar -flow, faucet -spout outlets. 4. Supply fittings. 5. Waste fittings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for sinks. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Washers and 0 -Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Faucet Cartridges and O -Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE SINKS A. Service Sinks: Enameled, cast iron, floor mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 2. Fixture: See Plumbing Fixture Schedule WLC/1614900 COMMERCIAL SINKS 22 42 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) 2.2 SINKS A. Sinks: Stainless steel, under counter mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkav Manufacturing Co. b. Just Manufacturing. 2. Fixture: See Plumbing Fixture Schedule 3. Supply Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Supplies: Chrome -plated brass compression stop with inlet connection matching water - supply piping type and size. 1) .Operation: Loose key. 2) Risers: NPS 1/2, chrome -plated, rigid -copper pipe. 4. Waste Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA 8125.2. b. Trap(s): 1) Size: NPS 1-1/2. 2) Material: Chrome -plated, two-piece, cast -brass trap and swivel elbow with 0.032 - inch -thick brass tube to wall; and chrome -plated brass or steel wall flange. 3) Material: Stainless-steel, two-piece trap and swivel elbow with 0.012 -inch -thick stainless-steel tube to wall; and stainless-steel wall flange. 5. Mounting: under counter with sealant. 2.3 SINK FAUCETS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," for faucet -spout materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Sink Faucets: See Plumbing Fixture Schedule. 1. Commercial, Solid -Brass Faucets. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1) Chicago Faucets. 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA 8125.1. 3. General: Include hot- and cold -water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. WLC/1614900 COMMERCIAL SINKS 22 42 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) 2.4 LAMINAR -FLOW, FAUCET -SPOUT OUTLETS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61, 'Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," for faucet -spout -outlet materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Chronomite Laboratories, Inc. C. Description: Chrome -plated brass, faucet -spout outlet that produces non -aerating, laminar stream. Include external or internal thread that mates with faucet outlet for attachment to faucets where indicated and flow -rate range that includes flow of faucet. 2.5 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF/ANSI 61, 'Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," for supply -fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. C. Supply Piping: Chrome -plated brass pipe or chrome -plated copper tube matching water -supply piping size. Include chrome -plated brass or stainless-steel wall flange. D. Supply Stops: Chrome -plated brass, one -quarter -turn, ball -type or compression valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. E. Operation: Loose key. 2.6 WASTE FITTINGS A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/2 offset and straight tailpiece. C. Trap: See Plumbing Fixture Schedule, 2.7 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. WLC/1614900 COMMERCIAL SINKS 22 42 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before sink installation. B. Examine walls, floors, and counters for suitable conditions where sinks will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install sinks level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. B. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each sink faucet. 1. Exception: Use ball valves if supply stops are not specified with sink. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523 "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. C. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep - pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." D. Seal joints between sinks and counters, floors, and walls using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew -resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." E. Install protective shielding pipe QMr5 and enclnsures by MrGiiira nn exposedg,,ppljes,anduiogte piping of accessible sinks. Comply with requirements in Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect sinks with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust sinks and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning sinks, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of sinks, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean sinks, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. WLC/1614900 COMMERCIAL SINKS 22 42 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) C. Provide protective covering for installed sinks and fittings. D. Do not allow use of sinks for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 COMMERCIAL SINKS 22 42 16 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) SECTION 23 00 00 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work under this section includes all labor, equipment, material, services, transportation, etc. required for and reasonably incidental to the complete and satisfactory installation of all of the HVAC Systems as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. 1.2 Work included in This Section: A. Ductwork and Accessories. B. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers. C. Duct Insulation. D. Test and Balance. E. Submittals and Shop Drawings. F. Record Drawings. G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. H. Guarantee. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Electrical supply to units. See Electrical Drawings. 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. This section of the specification shall be considered as a part of the entire specification and all applicable portions of General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Division 1 shall apply. B. Erection: The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the erection of the work, together with all necessary journeymen, helpers, and laborers required to properly unload, erect, connect, adjust, start of operate and test the work involved. 1.5 REFERENCES A. AABC - National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance. B. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. C. AMCA 300 - Test code for sound rating air -moving devices. D. ANSI/NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation System. E. ARI 270 - Sound rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. F. ASHRAE 52-76 - Method of Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter. G. ASTM A90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. H. ASTM A120 - Black and Galvanized Steel Pipe. I. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. J. ASTM C518 - Steady State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. K. ASTM C553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (1) L. ASTM C612 - Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. M. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. N. ASTM E96 - Water vapor Transmission of Materials. O. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. P. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Q. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. R. UL 181 - Factory Made Air Ducts and Connectors. S. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. T. California Mechanical Code - 2016 Edition. 1.6 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Contractor agrees that shop drawings submittals processed by the District do not become Contract Documents and are not Change Orders; that the purpose of the shop drawing review is to establish a reporting procedure and is intended for the Contractor's convenience in organizing his work and to permit the District to monitor the Contractor's progress and understanding of the design. The process of review of the Contractor's submittals is not of testing the District's perception. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between shop drawings submittals and the Contract Documents are discovered either prior to or after the shop drawing submittals are processed by the District, the Contractor agrees that the Contract Documents shall control and shall be followed. B. Materials and Equipment: As soon as possible and within 35 days after award of the contract, and before their purchase, the Contractor shall submit to the District seven bound booklets for approval containing a complete list of materials, specialties and equipment he is to furnish for the installation. Literature shall be standard manufacturer's catalog cuts and items to be installed shall be clearly indicated. All submittals shall be made at one time. C. Each item shall be identified by manufacturer, brand and trade name, number, size, rating and whatever other data is necessary to properly identify and check the materials and equipment. The words: "as specified" will not be considered sufficient identification. D. Accessories, controls, finish, etc., not submitted or identified with the submitted equipment shall be furnished and installed as specified. E. Shop drawings shall be approved only to extent of information indicated. Approval of an item of equipment shall not be construed to mean approval for components for that item for which Contractor has provided no information. F. Approval of shop drawings shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing all controls, wiring, components, etc. which are shown or specified, or all additional controls, wiring, components, etc. required to provide complete and correctly operating mechanical systems. G. Submit product data for the following manufactured products, assemblies, personnel and testing agencies required for this project. 1. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles. 2. Ductwork and Accessories. 3. Insulation Materials. 4. Detailed procedures, agenda, sample report forms, and copy of AABC National Project Performance Guarantee. W1 -C/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (2) 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Should the Contractor desire to substitute any material, equipment or other items for those specified, he shall submit a complete list, including detailed equipment layouts and performance characteristics within 35 calendar days after the scheduled Start of Construction. Said data shall be submitted in 7 copies, assembled in individual brochures. B. The entire cost of all changes of any type due to substitution for materials specified shall be born by the Contractor at no extra cost to the District. C. Unsolicited and voluntary deducts, on the part of the Contractor for substituting unapproved systems and/or equipment, shall not be considered for the purpose of awarding the Contract. D. The contractor shall submit the amount of cost credit to the Contract in the event the proposed substitution is accepted. E. In all cases where substitutions are proposed after bids are received, the Contractor shall bear the cost of evaluation on the basis of 2-1/2 times technical salaries of engineering personnel involved. 1.8 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT A. Verify prior to bidding that all specified equipment is available and can be obtained in time for installation during orderly and timely progress of the work. B. In the event that specified items will not be so available, notify the District prior to receipt of bids. C. Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items, when such delays could have been avoided by proper investigation on the part of the Contractor, will be back -charged as necessary and shall not be born by the District. 1.9 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The contractor shall arrange and pay for one set of white prints of the HVAC drawings, which he shall alter in red to show all changes made to the original layout. These drawings shall be kept current. B. The contractor shall deliver these completed to the District when the job is finished and accepted prior to final payment. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages, binders with durable plastic covers. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS', and title of project. Internally subdivide the binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as described below; with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. B. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents with each Product or system description identified. 1. Part 1: Directory listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of District, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (3) b. List of equipment. C. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be returned after final inspection, with District comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. D. Submit final volumes (revised) within ten days after final inspection. 11 GUARANTEES A. The Contractor, in accepting this contract, binds himself to replace or repair at his own expense any defect in workmanship or material which may appear within a period of one year from the date of the final acceptance of the building, and to pay for all resulting damage which shall appear within the said period; provided always that the Contractor shall not be liable for anything attributable to acts of the agents of the District, or for ordinary wear. Also, given date of work performed by the Contractor be accepted as complete, he shall agree to correct any deficiencies or omissions in respect to the plans or specifications which may appear in the afore -mentioned twenty-four month period. B. The Contractor guarantees that all piping as provided in this specification will be free from all obstructions, and that all piping will be tight and drip free. C. All refrigerant compressors shall carry a five-year manufacturer's warranty. 1.12 LOCAL CONDITIONS A. The Contractor and trade submitting tenders on this work shall visit and will be deemed to have visited the site to ensure that they are familiar with all conditions relating to the work. Failure to visit the site will in no way relieve the successful Contractor of the necessity of furnishing any material or performing any work that may be required to complete the work in accordance with the drawings and specifications without additional cost to the District. 1.13 RULES, REGULATIONS AND CODES A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest California Mechanical Code, California Plumbing Code, California Building Code and local rules and regulations, State Fire Marshal regulations, the safety orders of the Division of Industrial Safety; the National Electric Code; the standards of the National Fire Protection Association; American Gas Association; Occupation and Safety Act, American National Standards Institute; American Society of Mechanical Engineers; American Society for Testing and Materials; Installation Standards published by the International Association of Plumbing And Mechanical officials (IAPMO) and other applicable laws, codes, or regulations. Nothing in these specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes. B. Electrical Work: Motors, electrical apparatus and wiring specified in this section shall conform to the National Electrical Manufacturer's Standards and the National Electric Code and bear the Underwriter's label of approval. C. The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, any additional material and labor when and where required to comply with these rules and regulations, though the work be not mentioned in these Specifications or shown on the Drawings. When these Specifications or Drawings call for or describe materials or construction of a better quality or larger sizes than required by the above mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of these specifications and accompanying drawings shall take precedence. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (4) 1.14 FEES AND PERMITS A. The Contractor must obtain and pay all fees for permits, licenses, inspections, etc., which are required by any legally constituted authority. Coordinate exact requirements with the District prior to bid. 1.15 COORDINATION A. Following the general arrangement indicated on the Drawings as closely as possible, the Contractor shall coordinate with the architectural, structural, plumbing, electrical and all other trades prior to installation of the materials and equipment to verify adequate space available for installation of the work shown. The District shall be immediately notified if an area of conflict occurs between trades. B. The Contractor shall bear all costs incurred for work that must be relocated due to conflicts between trades. C. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate all requirements for all points of connection with the General Contractor and other trades prior to bid. 1.16 DRAWINGS A. The work shall be installed as indicated on Drawings, however, changes to accommodate installation of this work with other work, or in order to meet Architectural or structural conditions, shall be made without additional cost to the District. B. For the purpose of clarity and legibility, the Drawings are essentially diagrammatic to the extent that many offsets, bonds, unions, special fittings and exact locations are not indicated. The Contractor shall make use of all data in all of the Contract Documents, and shall verify this information at the site. 1.17 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up or closed in until it has been inspected, tested, approved by all authorities have jurisdiction, and until Project Record drawings have been properly annotated. B. Should any of his work be covered up or closed in before such inspection, he shall, at his own expense, uncover the work to the satisfaction of the inspection party. All related repair work cost shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.18 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY A. Place orders for all equipment in time to prevent any delay in construction schedule or completion of project. If any materials or equipment are not ordered in time, additional charges made by equipment manufacturers to complete their equipment in time to meet construction schedule, together with any special handling charges, shall be borne by the contractor. B. Materials shall be delivered in ample quantities from time to time as may be necessary for the uninterrupted progress of the work. They shall be stored as to cause the least obstruction to the premises and distributed so as to prevent overloading to any portion of the structure. C. The Contractor shall provide temporary storage and shop areas that are required at the site for the safe and proper storage of materials, tools, and other items used in the performance of this work. These areas shall be constructed only in approved locations and shall not interfere with the work of any other Contractor. D. All work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times. The Contractor shall make good all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own workmen. The Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all pipe and duct openings with raps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all of his equipment and materials against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical injury. Upon completion, all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (5) 2. 1.19 DAMAGE BY LEAKS, ETC. A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises or work of other Contractors, caused by leaks or breaks in the piping or equipment furnished and/or installed under this section, during the construction and guarantee period. 1.20 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE A. Install all equipment, piping, etc. to permit access for normal maintenance. Maintain easy access to filters, motors, etc. Install all such equipment and accessories to facilitate maintenance. Perform any relocation of pipes, etc. required to permit access at request of District at no additional cost to District. B. Furnish and install access doors or panels in walls, Floors, and ceilings to permit access to equipment, dampers, and all other items requiring service. Coordinate location of access doors with other trades as required. C. Size access panels to allow inspection and removal of all items served. D. Use Milcor style as required for material in which door is installed. Where door is installed in fire rated construction, provide door bearing UL label required for condition. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best of their respective grades, free from all defects and of the make, brand or quality herein specified or as accepted by the District. B. All materials and equipment shall be identified by manufacturer's name or nameplate data. Unidentified material or equipment shall be removed from the site. C. Equipment specified by manufacturer's number shall include all accessories, controls, etc., listed in the catalog as standard with the equipment. Optional or additional accessories shall be furnished as specified. D. Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, any first class product of a reputable manufacturer may be used, provided it conforms to the requirements of the system and meets with the approval of the District. E. Equipment and materials damaged during transportation, installation and operation shall be considered as "totally damaged" and shall be replaced with new. Any variance from this clause shall be made only with written approval of the District. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (6) 2.2 MANUFACTURER A. Diffusers, registers, and grilles: 1. Price. 2. Titus. 3. Approved Equal. 2.3 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Non-combustible or conforming to requirements for Class 1 air duct materials, or UL 181. B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock -forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 oz per sq ft for each side in conformance with ASTM A90. Round duct shall be spiral seam construction. C. Flexible Ducts: Interlocking spiral of galvanized steel or aluminum construction; rated to (2 inches WG positive and 1.5 inches WG negative for low pressure ducts) (and 15 inches WG positive or negative for medium high pressure ducts.) D. Insulated Flexible Ducts: Flexible duct wrapped with flexible glass fiber insulation, enclosed by Pressure Ductwork: seamless aluminum pigmented plastic vapor barrier jacket; maximum 0.23 K value at 75 degrees F w/metal connectors. E. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. F. Sealant: Non -hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic. G. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. H. Low Pressure Ducts: 1. Fabricate and support in accordance with 2016 CMC, SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Gages for galvanized steel ducts for low pressure systems where velocities do not exceed 2000 FPM shall be as follows: RECTANGULAR DUCT ROUND DUCT Dimension of Largest Side Ga Diameter (D) Ga. (L)inInches In Inches L<12 26 D<9 26 12<L<30 24 9<D<14 24 30<L<54 22 14<D<23 22 54<L<84 20 23<D<37 20 84<L 18 37<D<51 18 51<D<61 16 WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (7) RECTANGULAR DUCT ROUND DUCT Dimension of Largest Side Ga Diameter (D) Ga. (L)inInches In Inches 61<D<84 14 All joint and seam constructions as indicated in the CMC are acceptable. 2. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. 3. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. 4. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. 5. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. I. Volume Control Dampers: 1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. 2. Opposed blade dampers shall have factory -fabricated blades, with factory assembled linkages, mounted in frames. Blades shall have interlocking edges and ends. Rectangular dampers 6" or more wide, shall be the multi -blade type. Blades on multi -blade type dampers must not be over 6" wide. Dampers shall be of the opposed blade type. Dampers shall have bar or channel frames and corner bracing. All blade and linkage bearings shall be self lubricating plastic. Damper assembly leakage not to exceed 1% with 4.0 W.C. static pressure. 3. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi -blade dampers. 4. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters. J. Duct Test Holes: 1. Cut or drill temporary test holes in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist -on metal caps. K. Diffusers, Supply Registers, Return Registers, and Exhaust Grilles: Fabricate of steel with steel or aluminum frame and baked enamel off-white finish. 2. Provide opposed blade damper and multi -louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face as indicated on the drawings. 3. Supply Register (SR): Titus Type 300RL double deflection type or approved equal. Constructed of steel with opposed blade damper. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (8) 2.8 CONTROLS A. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper coordination of all control work and electrical work in connection therewith. He shall also be responsible for the proper operation of the entire system. B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all line voltage control wiring, and in all conduit. Wire sizing and length of run shall be co-ordinated with the manufacturer and Electrical Engineer. C. Electrical Work: All electric relays, hand-off automatic switches and all electrical wiring and all conduit will be provided under the Electrical Section, except as otherwise specified. Furnish and install additional conduit, wiring, relays, hand-off automatic switches made necessary by the use of approved substituted equipment under this Section with no additional cost to the Owner. D. Refer to drawings for control diagrams and additional requirements. E. Where stand-alone controls are indicated, mechanical contractor shall be responsible for low voltage controls conduit, wiring, and thermostat. 2.4 INSULATION A. General: 1. All insulation shall have composite (insulation, jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to the insulation) fire smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure ASTM E84, NFPA 255 and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread: 25 Smoke Developed: 50 2. All products or their shipping cartons shall bear a label indicating that flame and smoke ratings do not exceed above requirements. Any treatment of jackets or facings to impart flame and smoke safety shall meet the above requirements. 3. The Contractor shall certify that all products used have met the above criteria. 4. The insulation values shown are a minimum. If the requirements of Title 24 exceed these values, the amount of and/or type must be increased to meet the Title 24 requirements. B. Duct Insulation: 1. Fiberglass Duct Wrap: a. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1) 'K' value: ASTM C518, 0.48 at 75 degrees F. 2) Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F. 3) Density: 0.75 Ib/ k3. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (9) b. Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1) Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film vinyl. 2) Moisture vapor transmission: ASTM E96; 0.5 perm. 3) Secure with pressure sensitive tape. C. Vapor Barrier Tape: Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. d. Tile Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage. 2. Glass Fiber Duct Liner, Flexible: a. Insulation: ASTM C553; Flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1) 'K' value: ASTM C518, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2) Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F. 3) Density: 1.5 to 3.0 Ib/ft3. 4) Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 4,000 ft/min. b. Adhesive: Waterproof (fire -retardant) type. C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad. 3. Glass Fiber Duct Liner, Rigid: a. Insulation: ASTM C612; semi-rigid, noncombustible. 1) 'K' value: ASTM C518, 0.24 at 75 degrees F. 2) Maximum service temperature: 250 degrees F. 3) Density: 1.5 to 3.0 Ib/cu ft. 4) Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 4,000. b. Adhesive: Waterproof (fire -retardant) type. 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install all equipment in locations indicated on the Drawings. Contractor will be responsible to verify with the District, if suitability is doubted. Contractor shall notify the District before installation into any apparent improper locations of interference with other work such as electrical outlets, windows, cabinetwork or other features. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Ductwork and Accessories: 1. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (10) 2. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. 3. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to meet the provisions of "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines For Mechanical Systems," latest edition. 4. Provide balancing dampers at points on low-pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. 5. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. 6. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. 7. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. 8. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to Architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. 9. Install diffusers to ductwork with airtight connection. 10. Provide balancing dampers on duct take -off to diffusers and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or register assembly. 11. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. C. Thermostats and over -ride switches: Install at 48" above finished floor unless otherwise stated. Coordinate with other trades. D. Insulation: 1. Duct Insulation: a. Unless specifically indicated on the drawings the Contractor may line or wrap ductwork to meet insulation requirements. b. Fiberglass ductwrap: 1) Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2) Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3) Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4) Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (11) 5) Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. C. Duct (and Plenum) liner Application: 1) Install as indicated (sound lining) on the drawings. 2) Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA Standards for spacing. Seal and smooth joints. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 3) Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for airflow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. E. Install Spring Curb Rail vibration isolation system per manufacturer's recommendations where required. Provide shear strap (1 per side) from A/C unit to SCR -EQ, and aircraft cable from A/C unit to equipment curb per manufacturer's recommendations. Submit shop drawings for location of points of attachment, and methods and materials: 3.3 AIR SYSTEM TEST AND BALANCE A. Perform all tests to the entire satisfaction of the District. Air balancing contractor shall notify district one week prior to scheduling air balance at the site. B. Regulating and Adjusting Air Systems: 1. The Contractor shall have an experienced independent testing company certified member of the Associated Air Balance Council (A.A.B.C.) specializing in air conditioning system testing completely balance the air systems so that the volume of air indicated on the drawings is being delivered to the outlets. He shall adjust and re -adjust this part of the work until the operation complies with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 2. Testing Procedure: Procedures shall conform to A.A.B.C. standards. Provide reports in sort cover, letter size, 3 -ring binder manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat locations. 3. The following test data shall be taken and three (3) copies submitted in tabulated form to the Architect for each system: a. Test and adjust all supply, return & exhaust blower RPM to design requirements. b. Test and record all motor full load amperes. C. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. d. Test and adjust system for design re -circulated air, CFM. e. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. f. Adjust all supply, return and exhaust outlets to within 5% of design CFM. 3.4 SOUND AND VIBRATION ISOLATION A. All vibrating equipment shall be sound isolated from the structure. B. The Contractor shall submit all necessary data for each vibration isolator, including static deflection and weight loading, for equipment in operation. WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (12) C. All vibrating equipment shall be provided with Flexible pipe connections. Submit for approval prior to installation. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 MECHANICAL 23 00 00 (Consultant 11/21/17) (13) SECTION 26 00 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Work of this section includes everything necessary for or incidental to completing the electrical work, to provide a complete and operable electrical system, except as herein specifically excluded. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical System Characteristics: 480/277V. 3PH, 4W., 208/120V. 3PH, 4W. B. Guarantee: Furnish a written guarantee for a period of one-year from date of acceptance. C. Codes and Regulations: Work done under this Section shall comply with the latest edition of the following: California Electrical Code, State of California Title 24, State Building Standards, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, State of California Title 17 and to all local codes having jurisdiction. In the case where the codes have different levels of requirements, the most stringent rule shall apply. D. Wherever a discrepancy in quantity or size of conduit, wire, equipment, devices, circuit breakers, etc., (all materials), arises on the Drawing and/or Specifications, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing all material and services required by the strictest condition noted on Drawings and/or in Specifications to insure complete and operable systems as required by the Owner and Engineer. E. The General and Supplementary Conditions, as well as Special Conditions apply in addition to items in the Electrical Section. Special attention is directed to the following sections: 1. Drawings and Specifications at the site. 2. Shop drawings and samples. 3. Record drawings. 4. Cutting and Patching. 5. Cleaning up. 6. Guarantee. 7. Tests. F. Additional Work: Refer to Mechanical and Plumbing drawings and specifications for additional Electrical requirements. G. Provide minimum of twenty percent (20%) spare devices (disconnect switches, fuses, occupant sensors, daylight sensors, etc.), outlets (receptacles, switches/dimmers of each type, etc.), LED driver of each type, connectors/terminals for signal and communication systems. H. Testing: 1. Scan: a. Infrascan test of the distribution branch circuit panels shall be required. b. Infrascan certified reports shall be submitted on completion to the Owner and Engineer. c. Scans shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory with total connected loads in operation. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 1 2. Megger: a. New branch circuit - phase, neutral and ground conductors. b. New insulated bonding conductors. 3. Current leakage test between the following: a. Grounding pole of receptacles and exposed conductive surface of non -electrical equipment. b. Grounding pole of receptacles and conductive surface of fixed or portable electrical equipment. 4. All circuits shall be tested for continuity and circuit integrity. Adjustments shall be made for circuits not complying with testing criteria. 5. Grounding System: Shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory to meet resistance specified in Part 3. 1, D.3 of these Specifications. It shall be this Contractor's responsibility to make adjustments, as required, to upgrade non -complying systems to proper and safe operation. 6. All certified testing reports shall be submitted to the Owner at completion of project. I. All Core Cutting, Drilling, and Patching: 1. For the installation of work under this Section, the aforementioned shall be performed under this Section of the Specifications and the Concrete section of the Specifications. 2. No holes will be allowed in any structural members without the written approval of the Structural Engineer, 3. For penetrations of concrete slabs or concrete footings, the work will be as directed in the Concrete Section of Specifications. 4. The contractor shall be responsible for patching and repairing surfaces where he is required to penetrate for work under this contract. 5. Penetrations shall be sealed to meet the rated integrity of the surface required to be patched and repaired. The patched surface shall be painted or finished to match the existing surface. J. Verifying Drawings and Job Conditions: 1. This Contractor shall examine all Drawings and Specifications in a manner to be fully cognizant of all work required under this Section. 2. This Contractor shall visit the site and verify existing conditions. Where existing conditions differ from Drawings, adjustment shall be made and allowances included for all necessary equipment to complete all parts of the Drawings and Specifications. K. Shop Drawings/Product Submittals: 1. Drawings shall be submitted in six (6) bound sets accompanied by Letter of Transmittal, which shall give a list of the number and dates of the drawings submitted. Drawings shall be complete in every respect and bound in sets. 2. The Drawings submitted shall be marked with the name of the project, numbered consecutively and bear the approval of the Contractor as evidence that the Drawings have been checked by the Contractor. Any Drawings submitted without this approval will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. 3. If the shop drawings show variations from the requirements of the Contract because of standard shop practice or other reasons, the Contractor shall make specific mention of such variations in his letter of transmittal. If the substitution is accepted, the Contractor shall be responsible for proper adjustment which may be caused by the substitution. Complete working samples shall be submitted with all requests for substitution. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 2 4. Shop drawings/product data shall be submitted on the following but not limited to: a. Lighting fixtures and drivers. b. Panels. c. Circuit breakers. d. Switches/Occupant sensors/Disconnect switches. e. Receptacles. f. Communication system. g. Fuses. h. Pull boxes. i. Terminal Cabinets. j. Conduit, conduit fittings and supports. k. Wire/conductors. 5. Shop drawings shall include scaled site plans and Floor plans indicating the location of all equipment, devices, interconnecting wire/cable, wiring diagrams and sequence of operation. L. Drawings of Record: The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date, a complete record set of blueprints. These shall be corrected daily and show every change from the original Drawings. This set of prints shall be kept on the job site and shall be used only as a record set. This shall not be construed as authorization for the Contractor to make changes in the layout without definite instruction in each case. Upon completion of the work, a set of reproducible Contract Drawings shall be obtained from the General Contractor and all changes as noted on the record set of prints shall be incorporated thereon with black ink in a neat, legible, understandable and professional manner. Refer to the Supplementary General Conditions for complete requirements. 1.3 WORK IN COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Examine the Drawings and Specifications and determine the work to be performed by the site utilities contractor, mechanical and plumbing contractor and other trades. Provide the type and amount of electrical materials and equipment necessary to place this work in proper operation, completely wired, tested and ready for use. This shall include all conduit, wire, disconnects, relays, and other devices for the required operation of all systems or equipment whether shown on plan or not. B. Provide power and control circuits, conduit and wire as indicated on the Mechanical and Plumbing drawings as required for complete and operable systems. C. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for providing and installing specialty back -boxes for all communication/signal systems. The electrical contractor shall patch, repair and refinish walls, ceilings or floors disturbed by the installation of the subject back boxes. 1.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of all electrical work, this Contractor shall test all circuits, switches, motors, breakers, motor starter(s) and their auxiliary circuits and any other electrical items to insure perfect operation of all electrical equipment. B. Equipment and parts in need of correction and discovered during such testing shall be immediately repaired or replaced with all new equipment and that part of the system shall then be retested. All such replacement or repair shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. WLC11614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 3 C. All circuit shall be tested for continuity and circuit integrity. Adjustments shall be made for circuits not complying with testing criteria. D. All certified testing reports shall be submitted to the Engineer at completion of project. 1.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identification nameplates shall be Micarta 1/8" thick and of approved size, with bevelled edges and engraved white letters 1/4" high minimum on black background. Nameplates shall be provided for all circuits in the distribution switchboards, and selector switches. Inscriptions on equipment shall be identical to those indicated in panels and/or motor control centers and other similar devices. Each nameplate shall be provided with drillings and suitable mounting screws corresponding to finish of the nameplate. The inscriptions in each nameplate shall be as indicated on the Drawings. B. Identification of Air Conditioning Equipment: Equipment to be so identified shall include, but shall not be limited to: Pressure and temperature controllers; switches, equipment motors and boxes or cans housing other control items. Mechanical equipment nameplates shall have letters a minimum of 3/8" high. C. Identification of Signal/Communication Outlet Wall Plates: Outlet wall plates shall be engraved on the backside with its related signal/communication system and its serving conduit origin point. 1.6 MAINTENANCE, SERVICING, INSTRUCTION MANUALS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS A. Prior to final acceptance of the job, the Electrical Contractor shall furnish to the Owner at least four (4) copies of operating and maintenance and servicing instructions, as well as four (4) complete wiring diagrams for the following item(s) or equipment: 1. Communications system. 2. Panelboards. 3. Circuit breakers. 4. Disconnect switches. 5. LED drivers. 6. Occupant sensors, power packs, relay packs. B. All wiring diagrams shall specifically cover the system supplied. Typical drawings will not be accepted. Two (2) copies shall be presented to the Electrical Engineer and four (4) copies to the Owner. 1.7 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. It shall be the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to obtain a complete set of Drawings and Specifications. He shall check the Drawings of the other trades and shall carefully read the entire Specifications and determine his responsibilities. 1.8 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. After all requirements of the Specifications and/or the Drawings have been fully completed, representatives of the Owner will inspect the work. Contractor shall provide competent personnel to demonstrate the operation of any item or system to the full satisfaction of each representative. B. Final acceptance of the work will be made by the Owner after receipt of approval and recommendation of acceptance from each representative. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 4 1.9 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall furnish one set of reproducible record drawings before final payment of retention. 1.10SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitution to specified equipment shall be submitted and received by the Engineer fifteen (15) days after the bid date for review and approval. B. To receive consideration, requests for substitutions must be accompanied by documentary proof of its equality with the specified material. Documentary proof shall be in letter form and identify the specified values/materials alongside proposed equal values/materials. In addition, catalog brochures and samples must be included in the submittal. C. In the event that authorization is given for a substitute equal to bid, after award of contract the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer certified quotations from suppliers of both the specified and proposed equal material for price comparison and delivery dates. D. In the event of cost reduction, the Owner will be credited with 100 percent of the reduction, arranged by Change Order. E. The Contractor warrants that substitutions proposed for specified items will fully perform the functions required. F. Substitutions or requests for substitution shall not be accepted and rejected for failure to comply with items A-E above. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials and Equipment: All electrical materials and equipment shall be new and shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories and bear their label, or listed and certified by a nationally recognized testing authority where UL does not have an approval. Custom made equipment must have complete test data submitted by the manufacturer attesting to its safety. In addition, the materials and equipment shall comply with the requirements of the following: 1. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM). 2. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 5. American National Standard Institute (ANSI). B. Panelboards — Branch Circuit: 1. Branch circuit panelboards shall be of the dead front safety type equipped with thermal -magnetic Bolt- on type 40 deg C. circuit breakers. Enclosure shall be minimum 20" wide and 5-3/4" deep unless otherwise noted on plan. Refer to panel schedule for ratings and quantity of circuits to be provided. Panels shall be provided with copper busses. Branch circuit panelboards shall be Eaton or approved equal Siemens, Square D or General Electric to match the main switchboard manufacturer. Equipment manufactured by third party OEM is not acceptable. 2. Circuit breakers shall be fully rated (not series rated). Circuit breakers shall be the number of poles and current capacity as indicated on the panel schedule with terminals/lugs UL listed for 75°C. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 5 3. Trims shall have doors equipped with Flush type combination lock and catch, two milled type keys supplied with each panel. All locks shall be keyed alike and each door shall have a plastic covered directory frame with a typed identification card of all circuit and panel numbers for branch circuit panelboards and engraved lamacoid nameplates for power distribution panelboards. 4. Provide nameplate for all panelboards, 1/8" thick, Micarta or Lamacoid plate of approved size, with bevelled edges and engraved white letters on black background. Install nameplates on exterior trim of panel, above the panel door. 5. All wiring shall be neatly arranged and laced together. 6. All circuit breakers shall be provided with a device for locking circuit breaker in "OFF' position. 7. Refer to Painting Section of these Specifications for all panel finish. Panel shall be primered for painting. 8. Neutral and Ground bus bars shall be full size, rectangular in cross section constructed of copper and interconnections. 9. Where indicated on plan, panels housing time clocks and contactors for control of lighting shall be provided with an auxiliary section. Panel shall consist of a two -section panelboard with two boxes and one trim/cover, each with their own door/lock. C. Lighting Fixtures: 1. Furnish, install and connect a lighting fixture at each outlet where a lighting fixture type symbol (designated on plans) is shown as being installed. Each fixture shall be complete with all required accessories including sockets, glassware, boxes, spacers, mounting devices, fire rating enclosure, chips and drivers. 2. LED Driver shall be Class 1, 120-277V, 50/60HZ (constant current) with surge protection in accordance with IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 guidelines with a surge current rating of 10,000 amps. Operating temperature for interior fixtures shall range from 0°C to 35°C (32°F to 95°F). Operating temperature for exterior fixtures shall range from -40°C to 40°C (-40°F to 104°F). All defective drivers shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 3. LED chips shall be as manufactured by CREE, Nichia, Osram, Philips or approved equal by the Engineer. 4. Interior fixtures installed in individual rooms shall be provided with LED chips of the same manufacturer. Mixing of chip manufacturers will not be allowed. All fixtures in any one room must be replaced with new fixtures when the fixtures in the room display dissimilar illumination colors. 5. Exterior fixtures shall be provided with LED chips of the same manufacturer. Mixing of chip manufacturers will not be allowed. All fixtures within line of sight must be replaced with new fixtures when the fixtures in the line of sight display dissimilar illumination colors. 6. LED chips shall have 4000° Kelvin color temperature. Interior fixtures shall meet IESNA LM -79-08. Exterior fixtures shall meet IESNA LM -80-08. 7. Where indicated on the Lighting Fixture Schedule, interior light fixtures shall be provided with integral occupancy sensor and/or daylight sensor. Provide two (2) programming/configuration tools for programming the integral control devices. 8. Refer to Architectural reflected ceiling plan for type of ceiling being installed in each room and provide each fixture with required mounting devices and accessories for the particular ceiling. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 6 9. All light fixtures shall be individually supported and properly anchored to the surfaces indicated on the Architectural elevations. 10. Locations of fixtures shall be per the architectural reflected ceiling plan and shall be coordinated at time of rough -in. D. Conduit: 1. Rigid conduit shall be full weight threaded type aluminum or steel, except where specifically required to be steel. Steel conduit shall be protected by overall zinc coating to inside and outside surfaces, applied by the hot dip, metallizing or sherardizing process. 2. Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC), shall be full weight threaded type aluminum or steel, except where specifically required to be steel. Steel conduit shall be protected by overall zinc coating to inside and outside surfaces, applied by the hot dip, metallizing, or sherardizing process. 3. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC), shall be hot -dipped galvanized in accordance with UL 1242 and meeting Federal Specification WWC-581 (latest revision). 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), shall be zinc -coated steel with baked enamel or plastic finish on inside surfaces. 5. Flexible metal conduit shall be constructed of aluminum or hot -dipped galvanized steel strips wound spirally with interlocking edges to provide greatest flexibility with maximum strength. Interior surfaces shall be smooth and offer minimum drag to pulling in conductors. Used only as directed by the Engineer. 6. Liquid -tight conduit (Seal-Tite) shall be galvanized steel flexible conduit as above except with moisture and oil -proof jacket, pre-cut lengths and factory installed fittings. For outdoor installations and motor connection. 7. Non -Metallic Conduit: a. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) rigid conduit, Schedule 40, Type II for underground installation only. b. Conduit and fitting shall be produced by the same manufacturer. 8. Electrical non-metallic tubing (ENT) and metal clad (MC) cable is not permitted. E. Fittings: 1. Condulet type fittings shall be smooth inside and out, taper threaded with integral insulating bushing and of the shapes, sizes and types required to facilitate installation or removal of wires and cables from the conduit and tubing system. These fittings shall be of metal, smooth inside and out, thoroughly galvanized, and sherardized cadmium plated. 2. Metallic condulet covers shall have the same finish as the fitting and shall be provided for the opening of each fitting where conductor do not pass through the cover. 3. Connector, coupling, locknut, bushings and caps used with rigid conduit shall be steel, threaded and thoroughly galvanized. Bushings shall be insulated. 4. EMT fittings, connectors and couplings, shall be steel, zinc or cadmium plated, raintight, threadless, compression or tap -on multiple point, steel locking ring type with insulated throat. 5. Flexible steel conduit connectors shall be malleable iron clamp or squeeze type or steel twist -in type with insulated throat. The finish shall be zinc or cadmium plating. 6. Die cast, set screw or indenter type fittings are not acceptable. 7. Conduit unions shall be "Erickson" couplings, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 7 F. 600 Volt Conductors - Wre and Cable: 1. All conductors shall be stranded copper. Simpull type or equal. 2. Type THHN/THWN thermoplastic, 600 volt, UL approved, dry and wet locations, for conductor sizes up to and including #4 AWG. 3. Type XHHW cross-linked synthetic polymer, 600 volt, UL approved, for dry and wet locations, for conductor sizes #2 AWG. and above. 4. Cross-linked synthetic polymer, XHHW, 600 volts, UL approved, for installation underground, in concrete or masonry. 5. Wire and cable shall be new, manufactured not more than six (6) months prior to installation, shall have size, type of insulation, voltage rating and manufacturer's name permanently marked on outer covering at regular intervals. 6. Wire and cable shall be factory color coded by integral pigmentation with a separate color for each phase and neutral. Each system shall be color coded and it shall be maintained throughout. 7. Systems Conductor Color Coding: a. Power 480/277V, 3PH, 4W: (1) Phase A = Brown (2) Phase B = Orange (3) Phase C = Yellow (4) Neutral = Gray (5) Switchlegs = Purple (Switchlegs shall also be identified separately by numerical tags). (6) Travelers = Purple with Black stripe b. Power 208/120V, 3PH, 4W: (1) Phase =Black (2) Phase B = Red (3) Phase C = Blue (4) Neutral = White (5) Switchlegs = Purple (Switchlegs shall also be identified separately by numerical tags). (6) Travelers = Purple with Black stripe. c Ground Conductors: (1) Green d Communication: (1) As specified in Section 27 13 43. 8. All color coding for #4 conductor and above shall be as identified above, utilizing phase tape at each termination. 9. No conductors carrying 120 volt or more shall be smaller than #12 AWG. G. Outlet Boxes: 1. For fixtures, boxes shall be galvanized, one-piece drawn steel, knockout type equipped with 3/8" fixture studs and plaster rings where required. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 8 2. Unless otherwise noted on plan or specified herein, outlet boxes shall be 4" square x 2 1/8" deep, one- piece drawn steel, knockout type, mounted flush with in wall. Provide with plaster rings and wall plate. 3. For data and combination telephone/data system outlets, outlet boxes shall be 4 11/16" square x 2 1/8" deep, one-piece drawn steel, knockout type, mounted flush with in wall. Provided with plaster rings and leave outlet box ready for installation of Owner furnished wall plate. 4. For all other communication/signal system devices, outlet boxes shall be as recommended by the system manufacturer and provided complete with plaster rings and covers. 5. For locations where standard boxes are not suitable due to number and size of conduit to be terminated, special boxes shall be designed to fit space or meet other requirements and submitted for approval. 6. For surface mounting or exposure to wet or damp locations, outlet boxes shall be heavy cast aluminum or cast iron with threaded hubs; covers shall be watertight with gaskets and non-ferrous screws. 7. Floor boxes shall be cast iron, fully adjustable type, with flange and brass covers suitable for the outlets/connectors specified on plan and in the project manual. Boxes shall be suitable for terminating the conduit specified on plan. Wiremold Omnibox series or approved equal. H. Switches/Dimmers/Sensors: 1. Standard single pole switches shall be flush tumbler, A.C. rated, quiet type, heavy duty back or side wired with binding screws, standard rocker Hubbell #1221, 20A, 120/277V, or approved equal, color as elected by Architect. Two pole three-way and other switches shall be similar. Refer to Device Plate Section of Specifications for other requirements. 2. Low voltage control stations shall consist of buttons programmed to perform raise/lower/on/off functions. Control stations shall be fully compatible with the lighting control system indicated on plan. Control stations shall be provided with integral, factory installed, connectors to accept the system control wiring. Control stations shall be manufactured by the automatic lighting control system manufacturer indicated on plan and shall be fully compatible with the lighting control system. Refer to the plans for control station model numbers. 3. Switches located outdoors or in damp or wet locations shall be the same as the standard switches listed herein, provided with steel locking weatherproof lift cover. 4. Switches controlling or disconnecting single phase motor loads in excess of 1/3HP shall be horsepower rated and approved or motor control service. Switches shall be complete with overload device of proper motor nameplate rating, where required. 5. Disconnect (safety) switches shall be fused, heavy duty type meeting NEMA Specifications. Switches shall be provided with rejection type fuse blocks. Provide switches with the number of poles, the voltage, current and horsepower ratings as required. Provide externally operable, quickmake, quick - break type mechanism with cover interlock and padlockable in either the open or closed position. Unless indicated otherwise, provide switches indoors in NEMA Type 1 enclosure and in NEMA Type 312 rain -tight enclosure where indicated to be outdoors or weatherproof. Provide nameplate indicating equipment served. Provide unit as manufactured by Challenger or approved equal Siemens or Westinghouse. 6. Occupant sensors shall be low voltage, dual technology type, suitable for ceiling or wall mounting. Stand-alone ceiling mounted sensors shall be provided complete with relay/power pack and slave - packs to perform the switching indicated on plan. Sensors that are part of an automatic lighting control system shall be provided with integral, factory installed, connectors to accept the system control wiring. Sensors shall provide minimum 1,000 square foot coverage and provide complete coverage of the areas indicated on plan. Stand-alone sensors shall be as manufactured by Sensor Switch, Watt Stopper or Leviton. System sensors shall be as manufactured by the automatic lighting control system manufacturer indicated on plan and shall be fully compatible with the lighting control system. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 9 7. Wall mounted, switch type, combination sensor and dimmer shall be dual technology type with single or dual circuit to provide the control indicated on plan. Sensors shall provide minimum 900 square feet major motion and 400 square feet minor motion coverage. Sensor shall have a multi -function tap switch with small, raised rocker, for dimmer adjustment. Sensors shall be as manufactured by Lutron Maestro CL dimmer sensor or approved equal WattStopper or Leviton. Custom color as selected by the Architect. The contractor shall ensure the dimmers are fully compatible with the LED drivers being controlled. & All switches, dimmers and sensors shall be listed and certified by the California Energy Commission Receptacles: 1. Convenience outlet shall consist of duplex convenience receptacle mounted in an outlet box in the wall, flush with the finish surface and shall be complete with plate. 2. Receptacles for convenience outlets, unless otherwise indicated, shall be industrial heavy duty type, duplex 3W grounding type, 20A, 125V, Hubbell -Bryant #5362-*. (*) color as selected by Architect. 3. Weatherproof receptacle shall be industrial heavy duty type, ground fault interrupter, 20 ampere, three wire grounding type, 120 volt, Hubbell -Bryant # GF -5362-I, with steel lockable lift cover U.L. listed for ,wet" locations when in operation. 4. Controlled receptacles shall be commercial grade, 20A, 125V, Hubbell -Bryant #-BR20C1 * (*) color as selected by Architect, or approved equal. Receptacle shall be permanently marked as "Controlled". 5. Receptacles located outdoors shall be provided with steel weatherproof box and lockable lift cover U.L. listed for "wet" locations when in operation. 6. Receptacles in indoor damp locations shall be 20A, 125V, Hubbell -Bryant #5362WR or approved equal, color as selected by Architect. Provide with steel locking lift cover, Hubbell -Bryant #96067 or approved equal. 7. Specialty receptacles, identified on plans, for use with Owner furnished equipment shall be provided complete with outlet box, wall plate and receptacle to match the configuration of the plug being provided with the subject equipment. J. Device Plates: 1. Shall be smooth thermoplastic wall plates, for the number of gang and types of openings necessary. Color shall be as selected by the Architect. 2. Plates shall be fitted, when specified for more than two gangs. 3. All switch and receptacle plates shall be engraved with related serving panel and circuit number identification on the front. 4. Plates for interior damp or wet areas, including kitchen/break rooms, shall be stainless steel, weatherproof, complete with neoprene gaskets. 5. Plates for receptacles connect to the emergency power distribution system shall be "red" in color, to match the device color, and shall be engraved with the panel and circuit number. K. Plywood Backboards: 1. Where indicated for telephone or communications system terminals or other equipment assemblies, provide backboards of size indicated. Use Douglas Fir Plywood, exterior grade, finished one side and painted on all surfaces with intumescent gray paint. Unless otherwise indicated, use 3/4" thick plywood. Where terminal cabinets are used, provide full size plywood backboard to mount inside the terminal cab. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 10 L. Painting: 1. Terminal cabinets, panels, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., and conduit installed outdoors and in public view shall be painted with colors selected by the Architect to match the subject exterior surface. Refer to painting section of the specifications for additional requirements. M. Seismic Design and Anchoring of Electrical Equipment: 1. Seismic anchorage of electrical equipment shall conform to C.C.R. Title 24, 2016 CBC. Anchorage details for roof/floor mounted equipment shall be as shown on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Installation of Conduit and Outlet Boxes: 1. All exposed conduit shall be galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRC), or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 2. Rigid conduit may be installed under floor slabs, under concrete sidewalls and as noted on the Drawings. Rigid conduit installed under slabs shall be 1" trade size minimum and shall be wrapped with 20 mil. polyvinyl chloride plastic tape. 3. All conduit except as hereinafter specified, installed in concrete or masonry walls, or damp or hazardous location, or subject to mechanical injury shall be heavy wall, threaded, galvanized rigid steel conduit (GRC), or intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 4. Flexible steel conduit shall only be permitted to be used at light fixture outlets and connections to vibrating electrical equipment. All flexible steel conduit runs shall be less than 6-0". All outdoor installation shall be made using liquid -tight flex with approved fittings. Use of flexible conduit shall be as approved by the Engineer. 5. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC), is approved for use in all locations as approved for GRC or EMT and in accordance with Article 345 of CEC and UL Information card #DYBY. 6. All conduit installed in the dry walls or ceilings of the building shall be steel tube (EMT), Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRC), or Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC). 7. Conduit shall be run so as not to interfere with other piping fixtures or equipment. 8. The ends of all conduit shall be cut square, carefully reamed out to full size and shall be shouldered in fitting. 9. Underground conduit shall be, unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 40 PVC (polyvinyl chloride) installed at depth of not less than 6" below the building slab. Where power and communication/signal conduits are run in a common trench a (12") inch minimum separation shall be maintained between power and communication/signal conduits. The grounding wire in plastic conduit shall be rated in accordance with Article 250 of 2016 CEC. 10. All underground conduit shall be 1" minimum trade size for steel and for PVC. 11. PVC conduit shall not be run in walls. 12. Where underground conduit runs penetrate floor slab, conduit shall terminate 6" above finished floor with a grounding bushing. 13. Where conductors enter a raceway in a cabinet, pull box, junction box, or auxiliary gutter, the conductors shall be protected by a plastic bushing type fitting providing a smoothly rounded insulating surface. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 11 14. Where conduit extends through roof to equipment on roof area, this Contractor shall provide 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal flashing cones with 4" flanges on roof surface. This flashing shall be delivered to the roofing contractor for installation. The actual location of all such roof penetrations and outlet shall be verified by the Contractor. 15. All conduit concealed under floor slabs shall have joints painted with thread compound prior to makeup. No conduit shall be installed horizontally in concrete walls or floors. 16. All conduit shall be supported at intervals not less than 6-0" and within 12" from any outlet and at each side of bends and elbows. Conduit supports shall be galvanized, heavy stamped, two hole conduit clamp properly secured. 17. Where conduit racks are used the rack shall consist of two piece conduit clamps attached to galvanized steel slotted channels, properly secured via threaded rods attached directly to the building structure. Refer to the Architectural and/or the Structural drawings for acceptable means of attaching to the structure. 18. Nail -in conduit supports will not be allowed. One piece set -screw type conduit clamps or perforated iron for supporting conduit will not be permitted. 19. Seismic Conduit Support: a. All conduit shall be supported in such a manner that it is securely attached to the structure of the building. Attachment is to be capable of supporting the tributary weight of conduit and contents in any direction. Maximum spacing of support and braces are to be as follows: CONDUIT SIZE MAXIMUM SPACING 1/2" to 3" Standard incl. 6-0" 3-1/2" to 4" Standard incl. 6-0" 20. All conduit runs shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersection of vertical planes and ceilings. Field made bends and offset shall be avoided where possible. Crushed or deformed raceway shall not be installed. 21. Open knockouts in outlet boxes only where required for inserting conduit. 22. Outlet boxes on metal studs shall be attached to metal hangers, tack welded or bolted to studs; on wood studs attachment shall be with wood screws, nails not acceptable. 23. Recessed panels shall be provided with (4) %" spare conduit stub -ups into accessible ceiling space. Surface mounted panels secured to stud walls shall be secured to wall using 1/2" x 3" screws into steel backing plate provided by the Architect. 24. All boxes shall be covered with outlet box protector, Appleton SB -CK. Keep dirt from entering box or panels. If dirt does get in, it shall be removed prior to pulling wires. 25. All boxes installed outdoors shall be suitable for outdoor installations, gasketed, screw cover and painted as directed by the Architect with weatherproof paint to match building. 26. All conduit entries to outdoor mounted panels, cabinets, boxes, etc., shall be made using Myers "SCRU- TITE" hubs Series ST. 27. All conduit shall have a 200 Ib test poly -propylene pull line left in place for future use in all runs tagged with a plastic tag at terminating end indicating the location of the opposite end of the conduit. 28. All rotating electrical equipment shall be supplied with flexible, liquid -tight conduit with appropriate slack and shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches. WLC11614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 12 29. All multiple conduit runs within suspended ceilings shall be suspended from building structure by means of unistrut hangers/rack, see note 17. Refer to note 16 for support of single conduit runs within suspended ceilings. Conduit shall not be allowed to lay on ceiling or be supported from ceiling suspension wires or other suspension system. 30. Provide complete conduit system for all line voltage systems. Provide conduit for low voltage systems installed over inaccessible ceilings and in rooms with no dropped ceilings. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of inaccessible or open ceilings with the Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan and in the filed with the ceiling contractor. 31. All conduit shall be installed concealed in walls, floors or ceilings. Exposed conduit will not be permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer. When approved by the Architect/ Engineer exposed conduits shall be painted to match the finish of the wall or ceiling to which it is supported to. 32. Provide ceiling access panels for junction/pull boxes in stalled over inaccessible ceilings. 33. Provide required fittings and hardware for line and low voltage connection to the existing underfloor duct. 34. Provide Flush mounted 4 11/16" x 2 1/8" deep back -boxes with grommet and flexible conduit whip for line and low voltage connection to electrified modular furniture. Coordinate the termination of conduits and routing of wire/cables within the furniture with the furniture vendor/contractor. B. Installation of Conductors: 1. All line voltage wire, including control circuits, shall be installed in conduit. 2. All communications wire/cable shall be listed for open wiring (without conduit) and shall be plenum rated. Communications wire/cable shall be supported by "J" hooks installed along the perimeter walls of the building or full -height interior walls. Low voltage wiring installed over inaccessible ceilings shall be installed in conduit. Conduit shall be sized for the quantity of wire/cables contained therein and in compliance with the CEC. 3. All line voltage circuits and feeder wires shall be continuous from the service point to terminal or farthest outlet. No joints shall be made except in pull, junction or outlet boxes, or in panel or switchboard gutters. 4. All low voltage wire/cables shall be continuous from the service point to terminal or farthest outlet. No joints will be allowed. 5. Thoroughly clean all conduit and wire -ways and see that all parts are perfectly dry before pulling any wires. No line voltage joint shall be made except in pull, junction or outlet boxes, or in panel or switchboard gutters. 6. Provide conduit only for routing of HVAC control wiring. Refer to Mechanical drawings for conduit requirements. 7. Install UL approved, fixture wire from all lighting fixture lamp sockets into fixture outlet or junction box. 8. Coordinate the routing and termination of wire/cables within the modular furniture with the furniture vendor/contractor. WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 13 C. Joints in 600 Volt Conductors: 1. Joints in 600 volt conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG shall be made with Scotchlok spring type connectors. Wires No 4 AWG and larger shall be joined together with approved type of pressure connector and taped with #33 3M tape, three (3) layers minimum to provide insulation not less than that of conductor. Connections to switch or busbar shall be made with one-piece copper lugs. Splicing of all 600 volt or less in-line connections #2 AWG through 350 MCM shall be made with 3M brand PST connector. 2. Joints/splices will not be permitted underground. D. Grounding: 1. Provide grounding for entire electric installation as shown on plans and as required by applicable codes. Included as requiring grounding are: a. Conduit. L Neutral or identified conductors of interior wiring system. c. Branch Circuit Panelboards. d. Non-current carrying metal parts of fixed equipment. e. Telephone distribution equipment. 2. Grounding and bonding conductors shall be sized per the latest edition of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, State of California and CEC. 3. Provide and install an equipment grounding conductor in all feeder and branch circuit conduits. 4. Where required to be installed, ground rods shall be 3/4" x 10', copper clad, installed individually or grouped as required to meet the specified resistance. Provide ground rods with all required clamps, fittings, wire and concrete boxes. 5. Building grounding system resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohm E. Prefabricated Equipment: Installation of all prefabricated items and equipment shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer's specifications and installation instruction pamphlets. Where code requirements affect installation of materials and equipment, the more stringent requirements, code or manufacturer's instructions and/or specifications, shall govern the work. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 General Electrical Requirements 26 00 00 (Consultant 10/27/17) Page 14 SECTION 27 13 43 NETWORK WIRE AND CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. All applicable portions of Section 26 00 00 shall apply to this section as though written herein completely. B. The work under this section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and accessories required to furnish and install a complete Network Wire and Cabling System as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. C. All work shall be in compliance with the Police Department I.T. Department. 1.2 RELATED WORK Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and sections of Divisions 1 and 26 of these specifications. A. The work described by this part includes the furnishing of all materials, equipment, supplies, labor and the performing of all operations necessary for the installation of complete and operating systems. B. All conduits, outlet boxes, back boxes, junction boxes, terminal cabinets, backboards, wiring, cables, equipment, devices, etc., shall be furnished and installed complete under this section. Conduit and junction box sizes shall be determined by the Installing Communications Contractor for the particular wire and cable fills required for the systems installed. (Conduit sizes shall comply with the California Electrical Code). The entire responsibility of the system, including the installation, operation, function, testing and maintenance for one (1) year after final acceptance under this section shall be the responsibility of the communications contractor. C. The Installing Communications Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment, cables, devices, and other materials even though not specifically mentioned herein, which are necessary for the proper integration of the system so that the system shall perform the functions listed herein in compliance with all specified requirements. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Installing Communications Contractor shall hold a valid State of California C-7 License, shall have completed at least 20 projects of equal scope, shall have been in business of furnishing and installing communication systems of this type for at least five years, and capable of being bonded to assure the owner of performance and satisfactory service during the guarantee period. B. The Installing Communications Contractor shall be a factory authorized distributor and warrantee station for the brand of equipment offered and shall maintain a fully equipped service organization capable of furnishing adequate repair service to the equipment. The Installing Communication Contractor shall maintain a spare set of all major parts for the system at all times. All circuit boards, amplifiers and control sub systems shall be 100% backed up with stock at contractors' shop. C. Installing contractor shall be a Systimax GigaSPEED certified installer or approved equal Amp DN&I, Panduit Certification Plus, Leviton/Berk-Tek or Belden CDT and shall provide a 20 year application warranty. All products provided and installed by the certified installer shall be of the type and manufacturer required to meet the warranty criteria. 1.4 SUBMITTAL AND MANUALS A. Comply with all requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and applicable sections of Divisions 1 and 26 of these specifications. WLC/1614900 Network Wire and Cabling System 27 13 43 (Consultant 10/31/17) Page 1 B. Additional requirements of this section are: 1. Within thirty-five (35) calendar days after the date of award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect for review, eight copies of a complete submission. 2. The submission shall consist of five major sections with each section separated with index tabs. Each page in the submission shall be numbered chronologically and shall be summarized in the index. 3. The first section shall be the "Index" which shall include the project title and address, name of the firm submitting the proposal and name of the Architect. 4. The second section shall include a copy of the Installing Communication Contractors valid C-10 California State Contractors License, letters of factory authorization and guaranteed service, list of 20 projects of equal scope and list of proposed instrumentation to be used by the Contractor. 5. The third section shall contain the comparative specification listing, including a complete listing of the characteristics of the equipment to be furnished next to all of the specified equipment's features and functions as stated in the specifications and data sheets. 6. The fourth section shall contain an original factory data sheet for every piece of equipment in the specifications. 7. The fifth section shall contain a wiring designation schedule for each circuit leaving each piece of equipment and drawings showing system wiring plans. 8. The submittal shall also include, but not be limited to, floor plans indicating location of equipment, system devices, block diagram, required wire/cable between equipment and devices, wiring/connection diagrams and a written description of the system operation and functions. C. The Contractor shall provide two copies of an "Operating and Servicing Manual" for the system. The manuals shall be bound in flexible binders. All data shall be printed material or typewritten. Each manual shall include the following: Instructions necessary for the proper operation and servicing of the system; complete as -built installation drawings of the system; a wiring destination schedule for each circuit leaving for each piece of equipment; a schematic diagram of major components with all transistor and IC complements and replacement number. PART 2 - EQUIPMENT 2.1 NETWORK WIRE AND CABLE SYSTEM A. Provide all necessary labor, equipment and materials for a complete system. B. Copper Wire Cable (unshielded twisted pairs): 1. Provide Category 6 (4 pair) cables from each data system outlet indicated on the drawings to the nearest IDF/MDF. 2. Category 6 cables shall be copper wire, individually insulated and color coded, with an overall non- conductive, with required rated jacket as manufactured by AMP, WestPenn, Belden, Mohawk, CommScope, Berk -Tek, or AT&T and meet EIA/TIA 5688 wiring standard. 3. All cables installed underground will be duct rated for that use. 4. Cables for data/computer network applications shall have a "blue" outer jacket. 5. Cables for voice/telephone applications shall have a "white/beige' outer jacket. WLC/1614900 Network Wire and Cabling System 27 13 43 (Consultant 10/31/17) Page 2 C. System Outlets 1. Each Data outlet shall be cabled with (2) 4 -pair, category 6, 24 AWG cable indicated on plan. Cable shall terminate on RJ45 jacks equipped with 110 type terminations, and on the data category 6 patch panels, using 110 type hardware. Data terminations will be allocated to specific termination areas and use colored designation strips. 2. Each wall mounted Voice/Telephone outlet shall be cabled with one (1) 4 -pair, category 6, 24 AWG cables terminating on RJ45 jacks equipped with 110 type terminations, and on the 66 blocks. Cable terminations will be allocated to specific termination areas and use colored designation strips. 3. Provide faceplates to accommodate the quantity of cables/RJ45 jack inserts installed at each outlet and provide required blanks. 4. Inserts for data/computer network applications shall be "blue". D. Provide the following rack mounted equipment and networking distribution equipment (MDF): 1. Patch panels, to match existing, as required to terminate all Cat 6 cables indicated on plans plus 20% spare. 2. Provide a Category 6 patch cord for each position in use. E. Copper Wire Cable Installation: 1. Provide 18 inches of cable slack at computer data system outlets. 2. The minimum bending radius for all cables and the maximum pulling tension shall not exceed manufacturers recommendations. 3. Cables installed on terminal backboards shall be installed on wall mounted cable support racks. 4. Provide a full 360 degree loop of cable around pull box interiors. 5. Cable pulling shall use a split mesh grip over the cable jacket, connection directly to copper wire conductors shall not occur. 6. A dynameter to measure pulling tension shall be used on all cable runs in excess of 200 feet or more with 180 degrees in bends. The actual pulling tension value shall be calculated and recorded for each pull. 7. Pulling eyes on copper conductor shall not be used. 8. Cable pulling lubricants shall be continuously applied to all cables and be specifically approved by the cable manufacturer. 9. For each cable pull where a cable direction changes is required, Flexible feed -in tubes, pullout devices, multi-segmented sheaves, etc. shall be used to insure proper cable pulling tensions and side wall pressures. Cables shall not be pulled directly around a short right angle bend. Any device or surface the cable comes in contact with when under pull -in tension shall have a minimum radius 50% greater than the final specified minimum installed cable bending radius. 10. Separation of individual twisted pair to be no more than .5" from termination point. F. Splicing of cables or conductors is not permitted. G. All cables, outlets and terminations shall be labeled and designated in accordance with the Police Department I.T. standards. WLC/1614900 Network Wire and Cabling System 27 13 43 (Consultant 10/31/17) Page 3 H. The labor employed by the contractor shall be regularly employed in the installation and repair of communication systems and shall be acceptable to the owner and architect to engage in the installation and service of this system. I. Each individual copper wire conductor in all terminated and unterminated cables provided in the contract shall be tested after installation, splicing and termination is completed. Testing shall be done by an independent testing laboratory. J. Upon completion of above tests Contractor is to submit a report presenting test results for all measurements. With the report, submit written certification that the installation conforms to specifications. Provide data in Microtest format. K. Test Parameters: 1. Category 6 cables shall be tested to meet EIA/TIA 568-13.1 and 568-13.2, 250 MHz performance specifications and for continuity, opens, breaks, shorts, and grounds, near end cross -talk, impedance, capacitance, and resistance. 2. Any cable not meeting the specifications shall be replaced by the Contractor at no charge to the contract. L. LAN Electronics for Data Network: Provided and installed by the Police Department IT Department. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The wiring of the system shall be executed in accordance with the drawings and the equipment manufacturer's wiring diagrams. Should any variations in these requirements occur, the contractor shall notify the architect before making any changes. It shall be the responsibility of the factory authorized distributor of the approved equipment to install the equipment and guarantee the system to operate as per plans and specifications. B. Maximum distance for UTP cable is 300 feet. Contractor shall verify distances between the IDF/MDF and the system outlets after the installation of the conduits and back boxes is complete. Where distances exceed 250 feet the contractor shall provide an intermediate distribution frame (IDF) to serve the affected outlets. C. Six strand multi -mode fiber-optic cable shall be used for distribution of data communications between MDFs andlDFs. D. Copper CAT 6 cable shall be used to connect each data outlet/connector to the serving MDF/IDF within buildings. E. Furnish all conductors, equipment plugs, terminal strips, etc., and labor to install a complete and operable system. F. The cables within the rack or cabinets shall be carefully cabled and laced with T&B model ty-rap series 500 cable straps. All cables numbered for identification. G. Splices in conductors is not permitted. H. The labor employed by the contractor shall be regularly employed in the installation and repair of communication systems and shall be acceptable to the owner and architect to engage in the installation and service of this system. I. The contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials. All exposed parts of the equipment, cabinets, and other equipment shall be left in a clean condition, unblemished and free of all dirt, dust, smudges, spots, fingerprints, etc., The contractor shall remove all debris and rubbish occasioned by the electronic systems work from the site. The contractor shall thoroughly clean all buildings of any dirt, debris, WLC/1614900 Network Wire and Cabling System 27 13 43 (Consultant 10/31/17) Page 4 rubbish, marks, etc., Caused by the performance of this work. J. The contractor shall provide not less than eight (8) hours for instruction of personnel in the operation and maintenance of the systems. This instruction time shall be divided a directed by the Owner. K. The contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the plans and specifications to ensure each room, where data network equipment is to be installed, has sufficient space to accommodate the system cabinets, equipment and terminations while maintaining code mandated clearances about said equipment. The contractor shall identify problem areas prior to bid, include all costs required for corrective measures in his bid and submit alternate equipment and materials suitable for the installation to the Architect/Engineer for acceptance as part of the product submittal process. 3.2 WARRANTY A. The entire system shall be warranted free of mechanical or electrical defects for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of the installation. Any material showing mechanical or electrical defects shall be replaced promptly at no expense to the purchaser. B. The contractor shall maintain a competent service organization and shall, if requested, submit a service maintenance agreement to the owner after the end of the guarantee period. C. A typewritten notice shall be posted at the equipment rack which shall indicate the firm, address and telephone number to call when service is necessary. The notice shall be mounted in a neatly finished metal frame with a clear plastic window and securely attached to the inside of the door. 3.3 TESTING A. Provide all instruments for testing and demonstrating in the presence of the owner's inspector that the frequency response is as stated in the factory data sheets. Check all circuits and wiring to verify they are free of shorts and grounds. Perform all tests stated in each separate system specification. B. The owner reserves the right to make independent tests of all equipment furnished to determine whether or not the equipment complies with the requirements specified herein and to accept or reject any or all of the equipment on the basis of the results thereby obtained. END OF SECTION WLC/1614900 Network Wire and Cabling System 27 13 43 (Consultant 10/31/17) Page 5 City of Newport Beach Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, California 92660 Issued: April 24, 2017 -- business minded sustainability 0 f #' Healthy Buildings Since 19&7- City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 92660 April 3017 - Project 1513061 SC Page i TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 General Description.............................................................................................................3 1.1 Site Description......................................................................................................................3 2 Documentation Revietv........................................................................................................3 2.1 Limited Asbestos Bulk Survey............................................................................................1 I 3 Operations and Maintenance Program...........................................................................13 3.1 Asbestos ORNI Program Implementation Checklist: .......................................................... 14 4 Work Practices Administrative Policy and Procedures.................................................15 4.1 Asbestos Pro,ram Nlanager................................... ..................15 4.2 Building Owner Agent and/or Employees...........................................................................15 4.3 Asbestos Consultant.............................................................................................................17 4.4 Asbestos Removal Contractor..............................................................................................17 5 REGULATIONS................................................................................................................18 5.1 EPA Regulations..................................................................................................................18 5.2 OSHA Regulations...............................................................................................................19 5.2.1 Class I Asbestos Work.................................................................................................................... 20 ClassII Asbestos Work........................................................._.......................................................20 _52.3 Class III Asbestos Work—Maintenance Workers ......................................................................20 5.2.4 Class IV Asbestos Work............._.................................................................................................. 24 5.3 Cali fornix Regulations......................................................................................................... 25 5.4 California Asbestos Notification Law..................................................................................27 SS California Proposition 65.....................................................................................................30 5.6 Noticeol'Asbestos-Related Work.......................................................................................31 5.7 Cal/OSHA Hazard Communication Standard.....................................................................32 5.8 Notification and Labeling Notification................................................................................33 5.9 Labeling and Signage...........................................................................................................34 6 Surveillance........................................................................................................................35 6.1 Visual Re-Inspection............................................................................................................35 6.3 AirMonitoring,.....................................................................................................................35 6.3 Worker Protection Program................................................................................................36 6.4 Engineering Controls ..........................................................................................................36 6.5 Respirators Protection ....... .... .......................................... ......... .......................................... 6 6.6 Personal Cxposure Nlonitoring............................................................................................37 6.7 Protective Clothing..............................................................................................................37 6.8 Medical Surveillance..................................................................._......................................37 7 Recordkeeping....................................................................................................................38 7.1 Operations and Maintenance Plan.......................................................................................38 7.2 Asbestos Program Participants............................................................................................38 8 Limitations..........................................................................................................................39 Certification State of California Healthy Buildings healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 93660 April 2017 - Project 15 13061 SC Page ii Healthy TABLE OF CONTENTS Buildings 10 Regulator)References.......................................................................................................41 healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Driee Newport Beach. CA 91_660 April 2017 - Project I i 12061 SC PILLe 3 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM I General Description Healthy Buildings Ilealthy Buildings was request to complete an Asbestos Operations and Maintenance (ORNq Program of the 2 -stun local government building, which is a police station. to ascertain the current record of any asbestos or presumed asbestos containing materials. within the building located at 870 Santa Barbara Drive in Newport Beach. California, 92660. The building was built in 1973 and is approximately 48.000 square feet. The purpose of this document was to establish and maintain a system which implements and documents an asbestos control program and serves as the Asbestos ORM Program for the building. Steps to identify asbestos containing material and associated hazards and to minimize the potential exposure to employees and occupants of a building should be implemented, recorded and maintained for future reference using this Asbestos ORM Program. It is the responsibility of the Asbestos Pro -rani Manager(s) (or other designated individuals) to establish and maintain the required controls and record keeping system of known and/or presumed asbestos containing materials within the building. Site Description The commercial building is a 2 -story local government building which is comprised of 48,000 square feet and %vas built in 1973. The building is currently occupied. Documentation Review At the time at which this Asbestos ORNI Progrann was generated, the City of Nei+port Beach had delivered previous asbestos documentation pertainine to the commercial building located at 870 Santa Barbara Drive in Newport Beach. CA. Below is a summary of the documentation that was provided. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability Cite of Newport Beach _ - 870 Santa Barbara Drive_ / Newport Beach. CA 97660 = Apri12017- Project 1512061SC Healthy PaLe40 42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Computer Room On March 29. 1996 Asbestos Detection. Inc. provided the Newport Beach Police Department with a limited asbestos sample results page for the computer room. It appears one ( I ) sample was collected for floor tile and floor mastic. The floor tile tested None Detected for asbestos and the floor mastic tested 1-3% Chrvsotile. -------------------------------------- Sample No. 04L4637 Type of material: Floor tile Type(s) of Asbestos present: 1. None detected Other fibrous material present: bone --------------------------- ADI Lab No. 23964 color: Shite/gray Percentage: other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; quartz Analyst's comment, if applicable: Ashed ------------------------------------------------------------------. Sample No. 04L4637A ADI Lab No. 23964A Type of material: Mastic on 23963 color: Black Type(s) of Asbestos present: 1. Cbrysotile Percentage: 2-3% Other fibrous material present: None Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; tar Analyst's comment, if applicable: N/A healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 370 Santa Barbara Drive s 1 Newport Beach. CA 93660 April 2017 -Project 15 1206 1 SC Healthy Page 5 ol'42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Gym On flay S. 3003 Asbestos Detection. Inc. provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department with a limited asbestos sample results page for the Gvnl Floor. It should be noted that a location for where the samples here taken is not listed on the report except for a handwritten note that says Gvm Floor. It appears one ( I ) sample was collected for floor tile and floor mastic. The floor tile (creanih rav) tested None Detected for asbestos and the floor mastic (black) tested 3-5% Chrvsotile. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sample No. L-7343 ADI Lab Pio. 4205 Type of material: Floor tile Color: Cr=_am/gray TyPe(s) of Asbestos present: 1. None detected Other fibrous material present: N/A Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; quartz Analyst's comment, if applicable: Pshed --—--------------—--—-----------------—--------——------------—------- Sample Pio. L -7343A A.DI Lab No. 4205A TIype of material: Mastic on floor the Color: Black ?'ype(s) of Asbestos present: 1. Chrysotile Percentage: 3-5W Other fibrous material present: N/A Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; tar Analyst's comment, if applicable: N/A Lunch Room On April I. 3003 PW Stevens provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department with a waste manifest for non -friable Floor tile and a certificate of completion Ior the scope of work for "abate V.C.T. flooring tile in lunchroom. Razor scrape and chemically remove mastic. Encapsulate. fog mist and monitor air." healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive a Newport Beach, CA 92660 u 1 April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Healthy Page 6of42 Buildings —Slr[,IYYI — ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Traffic Division On September 6, 2005 Asbestos Detection, Inc. provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department with a consultation report (No. S -5579A) for the traffic division (western side of the first floor of the building). A total of three (3) acoustical surfacing from the ceiling were collected and all tested positive for 2% Chrysotile. The inspection was limited to the areas of the structure that were the subject of reported renovation activity. Non -renovation areas of the structure were not inspected and were excluded from the report. VJ. Bulk sampling. The Traffic Division occupies the westem side of the fttst floor of the building. Acoustical surfacing is present on the ceilings. Three bulk samples of the materials we obtained. SemnkNL,ocation Asbestosoresent I N end of main N -S hallway a 2% 2 SW comer of maw room Ckrysotder10 3 NE comer ofmain room Chrysotile 2% V Floor Lobby/Hallway On September 6, 2005 Asbestos Detection, Inc. provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department with a consultation report (No. S-557913) for the 1 ° Floor Lobby/Hallway (southern side of the building). A total of three (3) acoustical surfacing from the ceiling in the lobby and in the hallway just east ofthe lobby, were collected and all tested positive for 3% Chrysotile. The inspection was limited to the areas of the structure that were the subject of reported renovation activity. Non -renovation areas of the structure were not inspected and were excluded from the report. VJ. Bulk sampling. Entry to the ft floor lobby is from the southern side of the building. Acoustical mfuiag is ofthe materialpresenron the ccftP e obtain in the lobby and m the hallway just east of the lobby. Three bulk samples Sample M foe6on Asbestos nnrsent 4 NWam oflobby 5SE area oflobby Cbrysotile 3% 6 Hallway E of lobby Chrysotile 3% ClrrysodTe 3% heafthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive a _ / l cF Newport Beach, CA 92660 ! 1 April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Healthy Page 7of42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM North Wing Hallway On March 1, 2006 Environmental Monitoring Group (EMG) provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department with a final asbestos air monitoring document for the removal of the acoustic ceiling materials in the Hallway Area. Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) analytical results for one (1) final air clearance and two (1) field blanks were below the PCM clearance criterion of 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cc) based on the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) and OSHA Standards. This document also contained laboratory results for three (3) samples of a white chalky material that tested positive for 3% Chrysotile. There is no sample location listed on the report. This document also contained a Certificate of Completion from PW Stevens for a Scope of Work for "Scrape Asbestos Acoustic Celling Spray from Hallway Ceiling in North Wing Hallway. C/O Work Addit Labor in 1° Floor North Hallway Ceiling. Encapsulate, Fog Mist and Monitor Air." of WW, mise phatxr 02 2/ White Chow 08 a/ White Chalky W %AS8EST08 OTHER MATERU S 8960brysotile tl'1%Noa-b9bivpa 8%Tatal6ebeatos 8%Chrysotile 87%Nva-Fy}mas 3% Total Aabestoa 8% Cbsyevdlo .8,79¢ Non -Fibrous' 3%Tgtal A919a oe heahhybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive a VE\ Asbestos present 1 Newport Beach, CA 92660 None April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Healthy Page 8of42 Buildings Cr @ cuter of S ball None ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Basement Jail Facility On June 14, 2006 Asbestos Detection, Inc. provided the Newport Beach Police Department with a limited asbestos survey report for the Basement Jail Area, specifically the northern and southern hallways, the supervisor's office, the interrogation rooms and the padded cells. A total of fifteen (15) samples were collected and tested None Detected for asbestos. The inspection was limited to the areas of the structure that were the subject of reported renovation activity. Non -renovation areas of the structure were not inspected and were excluded from the report. Sample Location Asbestos present 1 CT @ center of N hall None 2 CT @ S hall outside padded cell None 3 Cr @ cuter of S ball None 4 CT @ E end of pattem in N hall None 5 CT @ center of pattern in N ball None 6 CT @ W end of pattern in N ball None 7 WT @ W wall of supervisor office None S Wr @ E wall of supervisor office None 9 WT @ N wall of supervisor office None 10 WE @ N wall of W interruption room None 11 WC @ S wall of W interrogation room None 12 WF @ N wall of E interrogation room None 13 Padding @ N side of cell in N area None 14 Padding @ NW ride of cell in N area None 1.5 Padding @ S side of cell in N area None healthybuildings.com business minded sustalnabllity City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 93660 April 2017 -Project 1513061 SC Page 9 u1'42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Polygraph Storage Healthy Buildings On February 6. 3013 Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services. Inc. provided the City ol'Netaport Beach Police Department a limited asbestos bulk survey. A total of 15 (fifteen) samples were collected and two (3) samples were positive for asbestos. llte 13" x 12" beige vinyl floor tile had 3% Chrysotile and the mastic had 9% Chrysotile. The inspection was limited to the areas of the structure that were the subject of reported renovation activity. Material Sample Material Material Estimated Approxitnate Percent & Description Number Location Condition Percent Quantity n Typeof Dema ed Asbestos 12 " r 12 Polygraph Bcige Vinyl 7}9,11 Office Storage Good 00ri, 45 SF 3°ro Cluysotile Floor Tile Room Floor Polygraph Mastic 9,I0,12 OticeStorage Good 0% 45 SF 9°r° Room Floor Chrysotile On February 13. 2013 Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services. Inc. provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department an asbestos clearance air sampling (PCM analysis) report for air sampling that took place on February 13. 3013 front inside the contained work area in the Polygraph Storage. The report does not state what material was removed. The document states that airborne liber concentrations fell below the EPA recommended clearance criteria of 0.01 liber per cubic centimeter of air. healthybuiidings.com business minded sustainability City of Ne%%port Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive_ ice' Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 15 12061 SC Healthy Page 1001' Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Lobby Stairs On August 19. 2014 P.W. Stephens Environmental. Inc. provided the City of Newport Beach Police Department kith an invoice and certification ol'completion for it job scope for "stairwell — remove d Pt high bx l wide drvicea]I as marked in stairwell by Steven Berkus. Wet wipe and HEPA vacuum the containment'. The doCUment also contains a laboratory results page from Envirocheck that was submitted by Sunny I -fills Restoration for one ( 1 ) sample i'or a drywall and mud composition that tested positive for <I% Chrysotile. The sample location is not listed on the report. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Page Il of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 2.1 Limited Asbestos Bulk Survey a /1F1 Healthy Buildin5111� "9J_gs The City of Newport Beach had retained the services of Healthy Buildings to conduct a limited asbestos survey on October 3, 2015 (Healthy Buildings Job Number 1510045C). Vista Environmental, in conjunction with Healthy Buildings, performed the Limited Asbestos Bulk Survey Report for the City of Newport Beach Police Department Manager's Office and Dispatch Room. A total of seven (7) asbestos bulk samples were collected and the results of the bulk samples indicate that detectable concentrations of asbestos are present in the building. The table below lists the positive ACCM/ACM that was found during the limited asbestos bulk survey. Table 1.0 Sampling Results (Healthy Buildings/ Vista Environmental Limited Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report) Neu -port Beach Police Department Building (Limited Areae) MATERIAL DF_SCREPTION LOCATION CONTAItIINANT FSTIAUTED QUAN M, UmWhiteteealVJoimt :\slkvtos Compound Syslca, (behind )lama=er'n Omer Throughout u allpal+rr) Note.: SF = square fret LF = linear feet EA = curb NA = not applicable ALM = daltest.-Containing Material. greater than I %of assbe.toe by Polarized Light \lirrasropy (PLM), as Jefiued by VSEPA ACC\I Ie 19:1 = Arbesln.•Coutaining Cnnstrurtion Material. found to contain trace asheetos are subject to regulation by CAL/OGIIA as ACCil . I Order of )lognitude ESTIMATED Quantities and Locations. It 6 the sole n•.Innuibility of the contractor to Verify quantities and locations of hazardous material: in the Path of rna trurtion through eine Visite and contractual bid eel dnrument- including, but not lituited to all specificatious. dramings, and addenda. Any dix-repunrir. brtoven the coulraetnal bid set doruunnttL, and site 6its must be subutitled in writing to the Owner m the (hmri : n•pn•senlat iyr. PRIOR m Lidding. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 93660 W — •.. April 2017 -Project 1513061 SC Healthy Page 12 o1 42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM [['any of the above listed materials are to be removed in the future or any material that has not been sampled, we recommend that it be conducted by a trained and licensed asbestos removal contractor using proper techniques. If this material is to remain in place. the material should be inspected periodically for damage and/or deterioration. If any damage or deterioration has occurred. the affected area should be either be removed by a trained and licensed asbestos removal contractor using proper techniques or repaired using a non -asbestos replacement or patch material. The following pages contain the Asbestos O&M Program for the building. It is the responsibility of the Asbestos Program Managers) (APM) (or other designated individuals) to establish and maintain the required controls and record keeping system of known and/or presumed asbestos containing materials within the building. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 93660 r April 2017 -Project 1513061SC Healthy Va=c 13 otaz Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Operations and Maintenance Program To facilitate the implementation of this O&M Program, an Asbestos Program Manager (APM) has been designated to oversee all asbestos-related activities, including inspections. asbestos O&M activities, and am proposed abatement/removal actions. The APM will be responsible for ensuring that entplovees and/or contractors whose work brims them into direct contact with the ACM/PACM will be appropriately trained. The APbI 1'or the building will be le) ( Date). I lealthv Buildings recommends, though it is not a requirement, that the APM should participate in a United States EPA and California State Certified Building Inspector/Management Planner training course. This 5 -da) course (40 hours) will satisfy the above-mentioned Asbestos O&M Planner requirements. This accreditation is under the United States EPA Asbestos Hazard &nergencv Response Act (AHERA) and the California Department of Industrial Relations Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA). A properly trained, experienced, and accredited consultant should be considered for guidance when necessary. This Asbestos O&M Program should remain in an easily accessible location in the APM's office and will be read by all appropriate personnel involved in building management and maintenance. 'File checklist below outlines the procedures that should be implemented as part of the Asbestos O&M Program. These procedures include immediate and on-going activities for proper management of ACM/PACM at the site. Upon implementation of the Asbestos O&NI Program, the designated APM shall check -off each of the activities listed within the Asbestos O&M Implementation Checklist. The APM shall check that each of the activities/programs listed below has been completed or is being implemented. The report section(s) accompanying each activity/program provides further description: healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 1512061SC Past 14 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM I I Asbestos O&M Program Implementation Checklist: Healthy Buildings ❑ Recommended - United States EPA and California State Certified Building Inspector/Management Planner training course. ❑ Annual visual re -inspection of the site. ❑ Testing of presumed asbestos containing materials prior to any renovation and/or disturbance of building materials. ❑ Ensure contractors are properly trained to work with ACM. ❑ "In-house" General Maintenance and Custodial Personnel (if applicable) — 2-11our Awareness Course ❑ Tenant and Contractor Notifications ❑ Work Control/Permit Svstem ❑ Asbestos Labeling and Signage Requirements (as necessary) healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Page 15 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Work Practices Administrative Policy and Procedures (Responsibility of Key Participants) 4.1 Asbestos Program Manager 4.2 Authority for all asbestos related activities has been designated to: Name / Title Date Healthy Buildings —S.... wus • The Asbestos Program Manager should be actively involved and oversee all asbestos related activities. • Recommended - United States EPA and California State Certified Building Inspector/Management Planner training course. • The Asbestos Program Manager shall ensure the Asbestos O&M Program is made readily. • The Asbestos Program Manager shall provide notification to; employees, visitors and contractors concerning any asbestos related issues. • The Asbestos Program Manager shall be responsible to review and update the Asbestos O&M Program on an annual basis and as needed. Building Owner Agent and/or Employees Building owners of buildings and employers shall identify TSI and sprayed or troweled on surfacing materials in buildings as asbestos -containing, unless they determine in compliance with subsection (k)(5) of Occupational Safety and Health Association (O.S.H.A.)8 CCR 1529 that the material is not asbestos -containing. Asphalt and vinyl Flooring material installed no later than 1980 must also be considered as asbestos -containing unless the employer, pursuant to subsection (g)(8)(A)9 of 8 CCR 1529 that it is not asbestos -containing. Once asbestos has been identified within a building, regardless of the building age, it must be managed under an Asbestos O&M Program for life of the building or until abated. Identification and recordkeeping of potential hazards is required. Notification by means of signage to warn of potential asbestos hazards as well as the communication of information as to potential asbestos hazards is required. If work is to be performed involving asbestos containing material(s), the building owner (agent) shall ensure that only qualified asbestos contractors may conduct the work and that all required notifications to local, state, and federal agencies have been completed. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability Cite of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 92660 April _1017 - Project 15 1 _'061 SC I'agc 16,1!2 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Healthy Buildings healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Page 17 of 42 4.3 4.4 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Asbestos Consultant Healthy Buildings Healthy Buildings has developed this Asbestos ORM Program specifically for 870 Santa Barbara Drive in Newport Beach, CA. As part of the annual update until all ACNI/PAC1v1 has been removed, a qualified environmental consultant will review the success of the Asbestos ORM Program implementation and Update/amend the Asbestus ORM Program as needed or required by chmtges in federal, state and/or local regulations. Asbestos Removal Contractor Amcontractor hired to perform activities at the site. which may come into contact with ACM/PALM. shall follow the standards and procedures of this Asbestos ORM Program as well as applicable laws and regulations. Asbestos Abatement Contractors shall be fully licensed and are responsible for all asbestos cleanup, repair and abatement in accordance with all federal, state and local regulations and within generally accepted standards of the asbestos abatement industry. A third party consultant (Healthy Buildings or other designated environmental consultant) will (I) monitor large abatement projects. (2) observe the work of abatement contractors. (3) inform applicable employees of the presence of ACM/ACCM prior to the abatement work being performed. (4) conduct air monitoring before, duringand after abatement projects. as appropriate. and (5) prepare and submit final abatement project reports. Preparation ora specification or detailed scope of work will be necessary for major asbestos abatement activities. The specification shall be site specific and detailed for a particular project or operation. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Page 18 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM REGULATIONS 5.1 EPA Regulations Healthy Buildings -5tr,,119J- The Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) established rules for identifying, evaluating, and controlling ACM in schools (40 CFR 763). The AHERA regulations do not specifically apply to public or commercial non -school buildings, however, the procedures for maintenance of ACM established by these regulations are widely regarded as reasonable standards and have been used as guidelines for this O&M Program. The Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthorization Act (ASHARA) required the USEPA to develop a Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) for the training of asbestos professionals in public and commercial buildings. All contractors working with ACM must be accredited in accordance with the guidelines in the MAP. The term "asbestos -containing materials" is used to describe materials that contain greater than I percent asbestos fibers. The USEPA has created three categories of ACM used in buildings: • Surfacing Materials — "material that is sprayed, troweled -on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes)." • Thermal System Insulation — "ACM applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts, or other structural components to prevent heat loss and gain'. • Miscellaneous Materials —1t includes any asbestos -containing material, not considered a surfacing or thermal system insulation, such as; floor tile and mastic, vinyl sheeting flooring material, coving mastic, ceiling tiles and mastic, drywall/gypsum board, taping mud, asbestos -cement products (Transite), roofing products, gaskets, vibration joint cloths or expansion joints". The federal National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs) regulations mandates the application, removal, and disposal of ACM (40 CFR 61). If any demolitions or renovations will involve the disturbance of certain amounts of friable ACM or the disturbance of non -friable ACM in such a way that it will become friable, the NESHAPs regulations require that all ACM that will potentially be disturbed be removed and/or appropriately handled prior to renovation activities. The NESHAPs regulations provide requirements for notification, work practices, packaging, labeling, and disposal activities. Those portions of the NESHAPs regulations that may apply to the site are included in this O&M Program. The NESHAPs regulations require notification to the USEPA prior to the following: • Removal of 260 linear feet of ACM/PACM on pipes or at least 160 square feet of other ACM/PACM. • Removal of 35 cubic feet of ACM/PACM where length of the area could not be measured. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061SC Page 19 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.2 OSHA Regulations e Healthy Buildings —5" ",_ Employee exposure to asbestos is regulated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1910.1001 (General Industry Standard) and 29 CFR 1926.1101 (Construction Industry Standard). The Construction Industry Standard applies not only to those employers engaged primarily in construction work, but to any employer whose employees perform demolition, renovation, alterations, maintenance, or repairs to ACM/PACM. The General Industry Standard addresses any employee activity involving asbestos that does not fit within this broad definition. Despite this division of authority, the rules overlap in several circumstances and share many of the same basic priorities. OSHA prescribes a permissible exposure limit (PEL) for employee exposure to airborne asbestos fibers. The permissible exposure concentration is 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter (f/cc) of air as an eight-hour, time -weighted average. For short -duration work, the PEL is 1.0 f/cc over a period of 30 minutes. This is known as the "excursion limit." The PEL and excursion limit are keystone requirements of the OSHA asbestos regulations and are the basis for requiring respirators, wet removal methods, and other systems for reducing worker exposure to airborne fibers. OSHA requires that personal air sampling be conducted to determine the potential exposure of workers during any construction work involving ACM or work in areas where the PEL is likely to be exceeded. For most construction activities involving ACM/PACM, and for any activities conducted in an area where exposure to airborne asbestos concentrations exceeds the PEL, OSHA requires a regulated area to be established. The "regulated area" demarcates an area where airborne asbestos concentrations exceed, or there is a reasonable possibility that they will exceed, the PEL. The purpose of the regulated area is to minimize exposure to asbestos fibers and to restrict access to authorized personnel. Four classes of ACM/PACM-related work are delineated in the construction industry standard for identifying controls and work practices for various types of operations. For all asbestos-related construction activities, a "Competent Person" must be appointed to supervise the activities. A Competent Person is defined under OSHA as one who is capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards in the workplace and selecting appropriate control strategies and who has authority to take prompt corrective measures. The Competent Person must also have specific training for the particular class of work to be supervised. The four classes of ACM -related work and the associated OSHA requirements are as follows: healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive / Newport Beach, CA 92660 r Lc April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Healthy Page 20 of 42 Buildings —$Ine YY] ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.2.1 Class I Asbestos Work Class 1 asbestos work includes removal of TSI or surfacing ACM/PACM. Workers performing Class 1 activities must be trained in the USEPA AHERA Worker Course, or equivalent. The Competent Person supervising Class I activities must be trained in the USEPA Supervision Course, or equivalent. Respiratory Protection. Respiratory protection must be provided for all workers conducting Class 1 activities. Medical surveillance must be provided for workers who work more than 30 days per year on Class 1 activities, workers who are exposed to airborne concentrations above the PEL, and for workers who wear negative pressure respirators. Protective clothing must be provided for workers removing more than 25 linear feet of TSI or 10 square feet of surfacing ACM/APCM, workers who are exposed to airborne concentrations above the PEL, and for workers conducting activities in an area for which a previous negative exposure assessment was not produced. All Class I activities must be conducted within a regulated area. 5.2.2 Class II Asbestos Work Class 11 asbestos work includes removal of ACM that is not TSI or surfacing material, which typically includes materials such as wallboard, siding, shingles, Transite® panels, and construction mastics. Specifically excluded are intact cements, mastics, coatings and flashings. Workers performing Class 11 activities must be trained in the USEPA AHERA Worker Course, or equivalent, unless the Competent Person determines that a lesser amount of training is appropriate for the job. The Competent Person supervising Class 11 activities must be trained in the USEPA Supervision Course, or equivalent. Respiratory protection must be provided for workers who are exposed to airborne concentrations above the PEL, workers conducting activities in an area for which a previous negative exposure assessment was not produced, and if work is being conducted without using wet methods. Medical surveillance must be provided for workers who work more than 30 days per year on Class II activities, workers who are exposed to airborne concentrations above the PEL, and for workers who wear negative pressure respirators. Protective clothing must be provided for workers who are exposed to airborne concentrations above the PEL, and for workers conducting activities in an area for which a previous negative exposure assessment was not produced. All Class It activities must be conducted within a regulated area. 5.2.3 Class III Asbestos Work — Maintenance Workers Employees who, during the course of their work, do repair and maintenance operations where ACM or PACM is likely to be disturbed must be protected from exposure to asbestos fibers. The work as described above is classified a Class III asbestos work under the OSHA Asbestos Construction Standard 29 CFR 1926.1101 (g) (9). Under this regulation an operation fitting this description must be conducted and demarcated within a regulated area. The use of signs, critical barriers or negative pressure enclosures is considered adequate methods of demarcation. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 93660 April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Parc 21 ora_2 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM / 'R.' Healthy Buildings • Proper training and respirator) protection of workers is required where the C.S.H.A. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air as an 8 hour time weighted average or 1.0 fibers per cubic centimeter of air during a 30 minute period is expected to be exceeded as a result of the work. • Eating, drinking, smoking chewing tobacco or;um, or applying cosmetics in the regulated area is not permitted. A competent person must supervise all work involving the disturbance of ACM or PAC M. A competent person is an employee who is knowledgeable about construction safety and health and who is capable of identifying asbestos hazards, selecting the appropriate control strategy, and will take prompt action to correct or eliminate problems. The competent person who supervises Class III asbestos work must receive training equivalent to EPA's 16 hour operations and maintenance training and atmual refresher training at no cost to the employee. • Training must focus on the locations of suspect materials. work practices. job assessment and methods of control. • An initial exposure assessment must be conducted by a competent person to determine whether or not airborne asbestos fibers in excess of the PEL may be present. • The following work practices and engineerin_ controls are required for all Class III work: • Vacuum cleaners with FIEPA filters • Wet methods or wetting agents • Clean-up and disposal using leak tight containers • Impermeable drop cloths and isolation methods such as mini -enclosures or glove bag systems must be used where the disturbance involves drilling, cutting. abrading. sanding, chipping, breaking or sawing ACM or PACM. • The work area must be contained using a critical barrier or the operation must be isolated using a control system such as a negative pressure enclosure or glove bag. • Protective clothing is required when it is expected that the PEL will be exceeded by the work or where a negative exposure assessment is not produced. • f 1%Liene practices are required when it is expected that the PEL will be exceeded by the work or where a negative exposure assessment is not produced. Hygiene practices include an equipment room or decontamination area. which guards against contamination beyond healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach a_ 870 Santa Barbara Drive I _ \ Newport Beach, CA 92660 / 9 i April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Healthy Page 22 of42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM the work area. Work clothing must be vacuumed and equipment must be cleaned prior to removal from the work area. • Employees who perform Class 111 asbestos work must receive 16 hours of EPA required operations and maintenance training. The training shall be equivalent in curriculum, method and length to the EPA Model Accreditation Plan. Annual refresher training for this group is required without specific duration. • Medical surveillance is required for all workers who perform Class I, II, 111 work for a cumulative total of 30 days or more per year, or whoever wears a negative pressure respirator, or whoever is exposed above the PEL for 30 days or more per year. The 30 day limit excludes days in which less than one hour is spent in Class III work when required work practices are followed. • The following work practices are prohibited: • The use of high abrasive disk saws without HEPA filtered exhausts or point -of -cut ventilators. • The use of compressed air without an enclosed ventilation system such as a capturing device. • Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up method. • Employee rotation to circumvent the PEL. For workers who do any Class Ill asbestos work where an initial exposure assessment indicates the possibility that airborne asbestos fibers may exceed the PEL of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air as an 8 hour time weighted average or 1.0 fibers per cubic centimeter of air during a 30 minute period, the following applies: • Air sampling that represents a full shift exposure must be conducted periodically over the course of a job to determine accurate concentrations of airborne asbestos fibers. Air monitoring may be discontinued if it shows exposure to asbestos fiber concentrations less than the PEL and this condition are expected to continue. • Appropriate respirators are required. • Appropriate protective work clothing and equipment, at no cost to the employee, must be provided. • An equipment room or area must be established next to the regulated area for decontamination of employees and their equipment. All personal protective equipment and heafthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach re -- 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 93660 'r= April 2017-Prgject 1512061 SC Healthy t'a'-e23of42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM clothing must be decontaminated and all persons must enter and exit the reeulated area through the equipment/decontamination area. • The regulated work area must be enclosed by critical barriers or the work operation must be isolated using a control system such as glove bags or a negative pressure enclosure. Ventilation and dust collection systems most be equipped with HEPA filters. Medical surveillance is required for all workers who wear negative pressure respirators or who do Class 1. IL or III asbestos work for 30 or more days per year. Days in which less than one hour is spent in Class III asbestos work when work practices are followed are not included in the accumulation of 30 days per year. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach a 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 ! c 1 April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Healthy Page 24 of 42 Buildings —ivan xro- — ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.2.4 Class W Asbestos Work Employees who, during the course of their work, may clean up dust or debris after work that involved disturbance or removal of ACM or PACM must be protected from exposure to asbestos fibers. The work as described above is classified as Class IV asbestos work under the OSHA Asbestos Construction Standard 29 CFR 1926.1101 (g) (10), if the work is the result of Class 1, 11 or III asbestos work. Under the regulation as described above, a competent person must supervise all Class IV asbestos work involving contact with and cleanup of ACM or PACM. A competent person is an employee who has received specialized training to identify asbestos hazards, to select the best control strategy and to take prompt action to correct or eliminate problems. The competent person who supervises Class IV asbestos work must receive training equivalent to EPA's 16 hour operation and maintenance training and annual refresher training at no cost to the employee. Training must focus on the locations of suspect materials, work practices, job assessment and methods of control. • An initial exposure assessment must be conducted by a competent person to determine whether or not airborne asbestos fibers in excess of the PEL may be present. • Employees who do asbestos construction cleanup work must receive annual asbestos hazard awareness training at no cost to the employee. • Smoking is not allowed in the work area. • Wet methods and/or wetting agents and appropriate work practices must be followed. • HEPA vacuums must be used. • Prompt clean up and disposal of debris in leak proof containers is required. • The following work practices are prohibited: • The use of high speed abrasive disk saws without HEPA filtered exhausts or point of cut ventilator. • The use of compressed air without a capture device. • Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean up method. • Employee rotation to circumvent the PEL. Medical surveillance is required for all workers doing Class IV asbestos work who are exposed to asbestos above the PEL for 30 days or more per year. The 30 day requirement excludes days in healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive _ \ Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061SC Healthy Page 25 of 42 Buildings —Slrce+vYJ' — ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM which less than one hour is spent in Class III asbestos work when required work practices are followed. • For workers who clean up any job where the exposure assessment indicates the possibility that airborne asbestos fibers may exceed the PEL of 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air over an 8 hour time weighted average or 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air averaged over a 30 minute period. Periodic exposure monitoring, which represents full shift exposures, must be performed at the work area to determine the airborne asbestos fiber concentration. Monitoring may be discontinued if it shows asbestos fiber concentrations less than the PEL. Negative pressure air purifying respirators or higher level protection is required. Appropriate protective work clothing and equipment must be provided at no cost to the employee. Work clothing must be HEPA vacuumed and equipment decontaminated on a plastic drop cloth. If Class IV clean up takes place in a regulated area, the cleanup must comply with the hygiene required in a higher classification of asbestos work. A regulated area must be established and demarcated in any manner that minimizes the number of persons in the area and protects persons outside the area from exposure to airborne asbestos. Signs must be provided and displayed. Medical surveillance is required for all workers doing Class IV work who are exposed to asbestos above the PEL for 30 days or more per year. The 30 day requirement excludes days in which less than one hour is spent in Class III work when the required work practices are followed. 5.3 California Regulations The California Division of Occupational Safety and Health (CaVOSHA) has, in accordance with Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Fed/OSHA) regulations, adopted safety standards for work involving asbestos. There are two separate asbestos standards, one for the construction industry and one for general industry. The Construction Industry Standard (8 CCR 1529) applies to all kinds of asbestos-related construction work, including such activities as demolition, renovation, alteration, repair, excavation, construction maintenance of fixed structures, and even routine facility maintenance. The General Industry Standard (8 CCR 5208) applies to all occupational exposures to asbestos other than construction work. In general, most activities that intentionally disturb asbestos fibers are governed by the construction standard while activities that may contact but do not disturb asbestos would be governed by the general standard. Some of these activities include: housekeeping (e.g., cleaning asbestos -containing material (ACM) or presumed asbestos- containing materials (PACM) like floors or walls); repairing or replacing automotive brakes and clutches; or the manufacturing of asbestos -containing products. The following information concerning asbestos hazards during construction activities must be communicated to comply with the Cal/OSHA asbestos construction industry standard. Because most asbestos-related construction activities involve previously installed building material, healthybuildings.com business minded sustainabll'tty City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 92660 April 2017 -Project Ii 12061 SC Healthy Page '6°r "- Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM building owners are often the best and/or only source of information concerning them. Therefore, building owners. along with employers of potentially exposed employees. are .signed specific information conveying and retention duties underthe Cal/OSHA Asbestos in Construction lndustr% Standard (8 CCR 1529). Before construction work (including demolition, renovation, alteration. repair. excavation. and maintenance) commences. building and facility owners shall determine the presence. location, and quantity of asbestos -containing material (ACM) and/or presumed asbestos - containing material (PACIIVI). Building and/or facility owners shall notit'y the following persons of the presence, location, and quantity of ACM or PACM, at the work sites in their buildings and facilities: • Prospective employers applying or bidding for the work whose employees reasonably can be expected to work in or adjacent to areas containing such material. • Employees of the owner who will work in or adjacent to areas containing such material. • On multi-employer worksites, all employers of employees who will be performing work within or adjacent to areas containing such materials. • Commercial tenants who will occupy areas containing such material. Notification either shall be in writing. or shall consist of a personal communication between the owner and the person to whom notification must be given or their representative. At the entrance to mechanical rooms or areas in which employees reasonably can be expected to enter and which contain thermal system insulation or surfacing ACM or PACM, the building owner shall post signs which identify the material which is present. its location. and appropriate work practices which if followed, will ensure that ACM and/or PACM will not be disturbed. The employer shall ensure, to the extent feasible, that employees who come in contact with these signs can comprehend them. Means to ensure employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages. pictographs. graphics. and awareness training. When a building owner. or employer. identifies preN iously installed ACM and/or PACK -l. labels shall be affixed on that product so that employees �\ill be notified of what materials contain ACM and/or PACNI. The employer shall attach such labels where employees who are likely to be exposed will clearly notice them. Signs may be posted in lieu of labels so long as they contain the information required for labeling. The employer shall ensure. to the extent feasible. that employees who come in contact with these signs can comprehend them. Means to ensure employee comprehension ntay include the use of foreign languages. pictographs, graphics. and awareness training. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061SC Page 27 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.4 California Asbestos Notification Law EN 1 Healthy Buildings Asbestos Notification Law provides that any `owner' of a "building" constructed prior to 1979 who knows that the building contains asbestos -containing construction material (ACCM) must give specified written notices to "employees" working at the building within prescribed time periods. The Asbestos Notification Law contains a number of unusual definitions resulting in meanings, which might not be expected from the words alone. • "Owner" is defined as an owner, lessee, sublessee, or agent of the owner of a building or part of a building, including, but not limited to, the state or other public entity. • "Employee" is defined to include employees (in the traditional sense) as well as any other person contracting with an owner for the performance of services in the building other than on a casual or incidental basis. "ACCM" is defined as any manufactured construction material, including structural, mechanical and building material, which contains more than one- tenth of one percent (0.1%) asbestos by weight. • "Building" means all or part of any public and commercial building except schools and apartment buildings of fewer than 10 units. Residential dwellings are specifically exempted from the definition of "building". It is unclear whether the residential dwelling exemption would apply to an apartment building of 10 or more units, which would otherwise be covered by the law. It may be that the individual residential dwelling units would be exempt, but that other parts of the apartment building would be covered (such as any management office, common areas, or maintenance workshop). Where the owner of an apartment complex, or mixed-use building, provides notice to employees, the owner should consider whether withholding similar notice to the residential tenants is justifiable even if not expressly required by this particular statute. Warning might be required under other laws (such as Proposition 65) or legal principles (such as the common law duty of a landlord to repair or wam of dangerous conditions). Notices generally must include: • The results of any asbestos survey of the building • A description of specific locations where asbestos is present • Handling restrictions and safety instructions • The results of bulk sample analysis or air monitoring and potential health risks. If an owner has no special knowledge of safety precautions or potential health risks, the owner need not include such information in the notices, but must then advise the employees of that fact and healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive; Newport Beach. CA 93660 April 2017 - Project I i 12061 SC Healthy Page 28 of 42 Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM encourage them to contact local or state public health agencies. In addition, owners are required to post clear and conspicuous specified warning signs in areas where construction, maintenance, or remodeling iwrk is conducted Keith potential for employees to come in contact with, release. or disturb ACCNI. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive &. _ Newport Beach. CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 15 1206 1 SC Healthy °" '9i1' Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM An Example of a Posted Waring Notice for Construction. Maintenance or Other Work Under California Asbestos Notification Law: CAUTION ASBESTOS CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD DO NOT DISTURB WITHOUT PROPER TRAINING AND EQUIPMENT (Notice shall read in print. Which is readily visible because of its large size and bright color). Written notices must be given individually to an owner's employees within 15 days after the owner receives information identihing the presence or location of the ACCM, and annually thereafter. In addition, m0henever new information of the kind, Which must be included in a notice, has been obtained Within 90 days after the required notice is provided or any subsequent 90 -day period, then a supplemental notice must be provided Within 15 days of the close of that 90 -day period. Notice to new employees must be given within 15 days of commencement of work. Owners must also make available to enmployces (and certain employee representatives) ror review and photocopying, asbestos survey and monitoring data and any asbestos management plan prepared for the building. The Asbestos Notification Law (Health & Safety Code §§ 35915-_'5919.7) is separate and distinct from, and applies in addition to. Proposition 65 and Cal/OSTIA requirements. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 93660 April 3017 - Project 1512061 SC Page 31) u1'42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.5 California Proposition 65 Healthy Buildings The California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 were enacted by state voters, are commonly referred to as 'Proposition 65", and have no federal analogue. Proposition 65 seeks to control public exposure to chemicals that the state has determined to cause cancer or reproductive harm. Presently, nearly 600 chemicals have been identified and included in the state's list of such chemicals. Asbestos is a listed chemicals under Proposition 65. Proposition 65 has two principal parts: ( I) a prohibition on the knowing discharge of listed chemicals when they are likeh to pass into any source of drinking water: and (2) a requirement that a business exposing any person (including employees, consumers, and the general public) to anv listed chemical above specified amounts provide clear and reasonable warnings prior to exposures. An occupational exposure is an exposure, in the workplace of the employer causing the exposure. to any employee. The method used to transmit the occupational notice can include a Learning sign in the workplace posted in a conspicuous area and under conditions that make it likely to be read and Understood by employees and other individuals prior to the exposure for which the warning is given. An environmental exposure is an exposure which may foreseeably occur as the result of contact with an environmental medium. including, but not limited to, ambient air, indoor air, drinking water, standing water, running water, soil, vegetation, or manmade or natural substances, either through inhalation. ingestion. skin contact or otherwise. Environmental exposures include all exposures that are not consumer product exposures, or occupational exposures. The method used to transmit the environmental notice can include a warning mailed or otherwise delivered to each occupant in the affected area. Such a notice shall be provided at least once in any three-month period. The Proposition 65 warning requirement overlaps with hazard communication requirements. When an exposure is subject to both Proposition 65 and hazard communication. the employer must comply with the Cal/OSHA Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Standard (8 CCR 5194). and such compliance kill be deemed compliance with Proposition 65. When an exposure is subject to Proposition 65 only. the employer has the option of complying with the warning requirement under regulations implementing Proposition 65 or with the HAZCOM standard. Proposition 65 (Health & Safety Code §§ 35349.5-25219.13) is separate and distinct front. and applies in addition to, the Asbestos Notification Law and Cal/OSI-IA requirements. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Page 31 of 42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.6 Notice of Asbestos -Related Work Healthy Buildings —5i,ce Ms - Asbestos-related work includes any activity that, by disturbing asbestos -containing construction materials (ACCM), may release asbestos fibers into the air (such as remodeling, demolition, or maintenance activities). "ACCM" is defined as any manufactured construction material, including structural, mechanical and building material, which contains more than one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) asbestos by weight. Under California Labor Code §§ 6501-6510, building owners must make a good faith effort to determine whether asbestos is present before asbestos-related work is begun, and a contractor or employer about to perform such work must first inquire of the owner whether asbestos is present in a structure. Prior to asbestos-related work, a safety conference should be held between representatives of the owner, contractor, and the asbestos consultant, to discuss the employer's safety program and the practices to use in providing workplace safety. Under Health and Safety Code §§ 25914-25914.3, asbestos-related work and hazardous substance removal must be performed under contracts separate from any other work to be performed if the presence of asbestos or hazardous substances is not disclosed in the bid or contract documents. If disclosed, separate contracts are not required. If a contractor encounters materials reasonably believed to be asbestos or a hazardous substance that has not been rendered harmless, the contractor must cease work and provide a written report of the condition to the owner, the owner's representative or architect and the asbestos consultant, but the contractor may continue to work in unaffected areas reasonably believed to be safe. All disturbances and/or removal operations of ACMs/ACCMs must be performed by a Cal/OSHA registered and State licensed asbestos removal contractor in accordance with Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, Section 1529 (8 CCR 1529). Notification must be provided to Cal/OSHA 24 hours prior to commencing such activities in accordance with 8 CCR 5203. All disturbance and/or abatement operations should be under the direction of a California Certified Asbestos Consultant. Regional air districts in California implement notification requirements under the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for asbestos. Should the removal of identifiable ACMs involve at least 100 square feet, then a written notification to the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) must be provided 14 calendar days prior to any activity, including site preparation, that would break up, dislodge or similarly disturb the ACMs in accordance with Rule 1403. Notification to employees and contractors working within the building should be made in accordance with the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25915 et. Seq., and Proposition 65. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 92660 April 2017 -Protect 1512061SC Page 32 ot'az ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.7 Cat/OSHA Hazard Communication Standard Healthy Buildings Under the Cal/OSHA Hazard Communication (HAZCONf) Standard (8 CCR 5194) employers must pro\ ide information to their employees about the hazardous substances to which they may be exposed. by means of a hazard communication program, labels and other firms of warning. material safety data sheets, information, and training. There are my separate asbestos standards. one for the construction industry and one for general industry. Asbestos awareness training under the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) program (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) is deemed in compliance with HAZ_COM training requirements under both asbestos standards. For all maintenance and custodial staff' who contact asbestos, an employer must. at no cost to the employee, provide asbestos awareness training of at least two hours, and ensure their participation in the program. Training must be provided in a manner. which the employee is able to understand, prior to or at the time of initial assignment. and at least annually thereafter. Additional asbestos training is required for all employees who intentionally disturb any amount of asbestos. According to HAZCOM, an employer must provide employees with information and training on hazardous substances in their work area at the time of initial assignment. and whenever a new hazard is introduced into their work area. The duration of such training is not specified by HAZCOM. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Ne%%port Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 15 12061S Page 33 ol'32 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.8 Notification and Labeling Notification /= %-� Healthy Buildings 1 his section is intended to comply with the Hazard Communication requirements or the OSHA Occupational Exposure to Asbestos Rule. Persons who use. occupy. or are affected by an area where ACM/PACM work will occur should be notified prior to the start of work. The OSHA regulations include mandatory notification of certain personnel prior to performance of work regulated by OSHA. All employees and building occupants who might potentially be exposed to ACM/PACM during work activities will be informed of the presence of ACM/PACM and the potential of their exposure. This will primarily include those employees and subcontractors who perform maintenance (repair) or custodial activities that will result in the potential contact of suspect materials, or occupants within or adjacent to the regulated work area. The APNI shall notify the following persons of the presence, location, and quantity of ACM/PACM at the site: • Prospective employers applying or bidding for work whose employees reasonably can be expected to work in or adjacent to areas containing ACM/PACM. • Employees of 870 Santa Barbara Drive in Newport Beach, CA who will work in or adjacent to areas containing ACM/PACM (printarih maintenance and custodial personnel). • On multi-employer taorksites, all employers of employees who will be performing work within or adjacent to the ACM/PACM. • Employers of the employees of commercial tenants who will occupy areas containing ACNI/PACM. • Commercial tenants who will occupy areas containing ACM/PACM. Notification shall be in writing or shall consist of a personal communication, between the APNI and the person to whom notification must be given or their authorized representative. In either case, record ofthe notification shall be included in the Asbestos O&M Program files (see Appendix C). healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 -Project 151206 IS( Page 34 ol'42 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 5.9 Labeling and Signage Healthy Buildings In order to inform maintenance. custodial. and other personnel of potential asbestos hazards. asbestos labeling and/or signage may be necessarN at the site. II'easilN damaged ACM/PACM is present in maintenance areas (boiler rooms, mechanical rooms. elevator closets. etc.) on the site. labels should be affixed directly to the ACM/PACM or warning signs should be posted. Easily damaged ACNI/PACM includes TSL surfacing materials or any other friable materials. If ACNI/PACM labeling is conducted. then labels shall be al7ised to all friable ACNI/PACM within the mechanical or other building areas that is not accessible to the public, but is accessible to the maintenance, custodial or contracted personnel. Labels shall bear the following information: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability Cite of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 93660 April 2017 - Project 15 13061 SC Page 3n ol'42 W 6.2 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Sun-eillance Visual Re -Inspection Healthy Buildings Even six months to a year. a visual evaluation of the ACM or PALM shall be performed. The re -inspection shall be performed by an accredited asbestos inspector or the asbestos program manager. Observations and any changes in condition should be noted and reported to the Asbestos Program Manager. Documentation of the visual observations must be incorporated into the Asbestos O&M Program. Recommendations on the course of action regarding the ACM or PALM shall be provided. Air monitoring for the presence of airborne asbestos fibers should be perforated in conjunction with the re -inspection, if applicable. Air Monitoring Air monitoring for the presence of airborne asbestos fibers should be perl'ormed in conjunction with the re -inspection of ACM or PACbI. if applicable. Air monitoring may be perf'onned at any time in the vicinity of known asbestos containing material. Observations in the condition of ACM or PACM in the vicinity of the air monitoring shall be done. A kno%%Iedgeable and experienced individual should be consulted to desiLn a proper air sampling strategy. Documentation of the observations and air analysis results must be incorporated into the Operations and Maintenance Program. Note: Air Monitoring does not replace visual re -inspection. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Page 36 of 42 6.3 6.4 6.5 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Worker Protection Program s c Healthy Buildings The worker protection program is a system of procedures, including engineering controls, personal exposure monitoring, medical surveillance, and respiratory protection to ensure exposure to asbestos fibers is eliminated or limited to levels prescribed by applicable regulations. As stated above, few employees will be exposed to the ACM/PACM during their normal work operations. The following presents a discussion of the worker protection program for employees who will become involved in Class IV activities (primarily maintenance employees). The APM is responsible for ensuring that outside, licensed contractors hired to perform any class of asbestos work have adequate worker protection programs in place. Engineering Controls For all Class I-111 activities and certain Class IV activities conducted in an area where exposures to airborne asbestos concentrations are likely to exceed the PEL, a regulated area will be established. Each person entering such an area will use a respirator and employees will not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area. Basic Asbestos O&M procedures to minimize and/or contain asbestos fibers may include wet methods, glove bags, mini -enclosures, use of portable power tools equipped with special ventilation attachments, and avoidance of certain activities such as sawing, sanding, and drilling ACM/PACM. The APM will determine the appropriate O&M procedures based on the type of work to be performed. Respiratory Protection • Appropriate respirators shall be used by contractors or any persons who perform certain activities which may reasonably expose them to asbestos fibers. (Typically a NIOSH and MSHA approved half -face or full -face negative pressure, air purifying respirator equipped with HEP A canister filters for asbestos dusts, mists and fumes) • Any contractors or persons who wear a respiratory, shall have access to a respiratory protection program according to the O.S.H.A. respirator standard 29 CFR 1910.134 and it should include: (a) Written operating procedure for respirator use (b) Personnel responsibilities for respirator cleaning, storage and repair (c) Medical examinations of workers for respirator use (d) Training in proper respirator use and limitations (e) Respirator fit testing (f) Respirator cleaning and care (g) Work site supervision healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability Cit of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive _: = Newport Beach, CA 92660 / 6 - April 2017 -Project 1512061 SC Healthy t'°&c37ot'4' Buildings ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM • Air monitoring shall be performed in the form of personal air sampling to verify that the respirator protection level is adequate. • The respiratory protection program shall be administered by the APIVI. 6.6 Personal Exposure Monitoring Personal exposure monitoring is designed to measure an individual worker's exposure to fibers while the worker is conducting tasks that may disturb ACNI/PACM. The sampling device is wom by the worker and is positioned to sample air in the worker's breathing zone. The APM will ensure personal air sampling is performed prior to and during all Class I and Class II work, as well as any other operations where exposures are expected to exceed the PEL. If possible, given specific work site conditions, a negative exposure assessment will be performed during Class II. III. or IV work to demonstrate that low exposure to asbestos fibers is likely. thus eliminating the need for additional personal air sampling. (Note: personal exposure monitoring will be conducted during Class III or IV work only when a previous negative exposure assessment has not been performed or exposures are expected to exceed the PPL. A negative exposure assessment �\ould demonstrate that employee exposure during an operation is expected to be consistent]\below the PEL.) 6.7 Protective Clothing Protective clothing consists of coveralls, a head cover and foot cover made of a synthetic fabric which does not allow asbestos fibers to pass through. Workers shall %rear protective clothing whenever they are exposed or likely to be exposed to asbestos fiber levels above the OSHA PEL. 6.8 Medical Sumeillance Medical documentation shall be provided to the City of Newport Beach for contractors who pertonm certain activities which may reasonably expose them to asbestos fibers. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 370 Santa Barbara Drive New port Beach. CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Page 38 ul'J? 7.1 7.2 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Recordkeeping Operations and L[aintenance Plan Healthy Buildings • The Asbestos O&M Plan along with the designated APM Name. Address and Phone Number shall be kept updated and on tile. All previous inspection and assessment reports. documentation regarding the removal or PACM and/or ACNI. and maps and/or photos identifying the locations of ACM or PACM shall be kept on file. Asbestos Program Participants 'file name, address and phone number of the building owner (agent) shall be kept updated and on tile. Anv and all accreditation and training certifications of the APNI. maintenance workers and custodial staff for asbestos shall be updated annually and kept on tile. Personal air monitoring documentation shall be kept on file for the length of employment plus 30 years. Documentation of medical surveillance records for any employee shall be kept on file far the length of employment plus 30 years. Documentation for any employee required to wear a respirator shall be updated annually and kept on tile. • Employee Training Most, or all, employees at 370 Santa Barbara Drive. Newport Beach. CA will not perform any of the OSHA classes of asbestos work, as their normal job activities w ill not bring them into direct contact with the ACM/PACM. But before any maintenance personnel become involved in repair activities that will disturb ACM/PACNI, they will be trained and equipped appropriately. ACM/PACM work will not be conducted by untrained personnel. AC rvl/PACM work will not be performed by outside contractors using untrained personnel. • Awareness Training All "in-house" custodial and maintenance employees Will be trained in safe work procedures through a 2 -hour Asbestos Awareness Training course. This training Will be administered by the APM (subsequent to APNI training) or by an outside consultant. The information presented in the training Will include the following, at a minimum: • 370 Santa Barbara Drive in Newport Beach. CA Asbestos O&NI Program • Background information on asbestos • Health effects of asbestos • Worker protection programs healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 1512061 SC Page 39 oI J? ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM • Locations of ACM/PALM in the site buildings • Recognition of ACM/PALM damage and deterioration • Proper response for fiber release episodes Healthy Buildings Any other "in-house" employees whose routine job activities will bring them into contact with ACM/PALM without disturbing it (i.e.. Class IV work) will participate in the two-hour awareness course. Records of training "ill be kept in each employee's personnel file for the duration of employment and one year beyond the last date of employment. The workers must be provided with asbestos awareness trainin, each year. This training must be provided regardless of the expected exposure levels to housekeepers. • Abatement Worker Traininu No Class I. Class 11. Class III or Class IV work will be performed by building personnel. Any construction activities falling into these categories will be performed by an outside. licensed contractor. The APNI will ensure that all employees of the contractor are appropriately trained under the USEPA's asbestos abatement worker course and are supervised by an adequately trained and certified asbestos supervisor. 8 Limitations The information contained within this report was prepared for the exclusive use and reliance of City of Newport Beach and Healthy Buildings. This information is based on the specific parameters of the scope of work for this project and the regulations in force at tte time of this report. Healthy Buildings accepts no responsibility for the use. interpretation. or reliance by other parties on the information contained herein without the written authorization of Healthy Buildings. Often asbestos containing materials are located in confined or inaccessible locations with little or no visible manifestation of their presence. These materials may be found in various areas under existing Flooring materials. above ceilings. behind walls, materials x�ithin fixtures, electrical wire casino. or buried pipes and wires. Because of the potential for hidden materials. it may not be possible to determine if all suspect building materials have been identified, located. and subsequenth tested. Destructive measures to access these potentially hidden materials were not employed b Healthy Buildings as part of this project. However. Healthy Buildings does warrant that its investigations and methodology reflect our best efforts based upon prevailing standard of care in the environmental industry. healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 370 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach. CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 15 12061 SC Page 40 ol'43 ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 9 Certification State of California Asbestos Inspector Name: Danielle Summer Neumann State of California Certified Asbestos Consultant 9: CA 10-4670 Expiration Date: 03/16/2013 Healthy Buildings I certify that to the best o11ny ability. I followed the Standards. Rules and Regulations ot'the State ot'Califomia in the performance of this inspection and have read the final version of this report and agree kith all inforniation herein contained. Danielle Summer Neumann Senior Project Mana_er, CII -I. CAC. LRCIA Healthy Buildings I Testing R Diagnostics Group I Western Region healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability City of Newport Beach 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 April 2017 - Project 15 12061 SC Naue 41 of a? ASBESTOS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 10 Regulator - References Federal. State and Local Agencies Governing Asbestos Policies Healthy Buildings • U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations for Asbestos. Title 40 CFR. Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants. Subparts A and ivI • U.S. EPA Asbestos Model Accreditation Plan, Title 40 CFR 736.92(a)(2) • U.S. EPA Worker Protection Rule. Title 40 CFR 763 Subpart G • Occupational Safety and I lealth Administration (OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor. Title 29 CFR. Section 1936.1 101 • OSHA. U.S. Department of Labor. Title 29 CFR. Section 1910.34 • OSHA. U.S. Department of Labor. Title 29 CFR, Section 1910.20 • OSHA. U.S. Department of Labor. Title 39 CFR. Section 1926.59 • Transportation. Title 49 CFR. Parts 171 and 172 • South Coast Air Quality Nlana.:ement District (SCAQMD) healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability Appendix A AD ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 220 Garden Grove, CA 92643 (714)530-1922 LABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORTS No. L-4637 BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS (40 C.F.R. Part 763, subpart F. Appendix A, pages 293-299 Client Name: Newport Beach Police Department Client Address: P.O. Box 7000 Newport Beach, CA 92658-7000 Estimated percentages by area. Client ref.: Computer room Detection Limit 1% asbestos This report pertains to samples investigated and does not necessarily apply to other apparently identical or similar materials. This report is not to be reproduced without the express permission of Asbestos Detection Co., Inc. Sample No. 04L4637 ADI Lab No. 23964 Type of material: Floor tile Color: White/gray Type(s) of Asbestos present: 1. None detected Percentage: other fibrous material present: None Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; quartz Analyst's comment, if applicable: Ashed --------------------------------------------------------------------- Sample No. 04L4637A ADI Lab No. 23964A Type of material: Mastic on 23963 Color: Black Type(s) of Asbestos present: 1. Chrysotile Percentage: 2-3% Other fibrous material present: None Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; tar Analyst's comment, if applicable: N/A ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1-96 R. Frauenberaer Date Analyst Approved By AD NO. L-4637 ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 220 O Garden Grove, CA 92643 O (714) 530-1922 FAX (714) 530-3756 CLIENT: Newport Beach Police Dent. BILL TO: Newport Beach Police Dept. Attn: Todd Hickerson P.O. Box 7000 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92658-7000 Newport Beach, CA 92658 (714) 644-3655 TELEPHONE SERVICE REQUESTED: ANALYSIS OF 1 BULK SAMPLE(s) ANALYSIS OF AIR SAMPLE(s) Samples Received via Il Received By: Date Received Mail DC 11 3-29-96 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: Client ref.: Computer room PROVIDED BY: Asbestos Detection Co., Inc. reserves the right to reject any sample submitted for based upon its condition upon receipt size, weight, packaging, or means of delivery. rejection is within the sole discretion of Asbestos Detection Co., Inc. analysis Any said Subject to the provisions hereof, Asbestos Detection Co., INC. shall perform the services hereinabove requested. Asbestos Detection Co.,Inc. makes no express or implied warranties concerning the physical composition of any material other than the sample(s) which are the subject of microscopic analysis. Asbestos Detection Co., Inc. makes no express or implied warranties concerning the health effects, or potential health effects, resulting from exposure to any material inspected or microscopically analyzed, or from any fiber count determined during said services. All microscopic examinations are conducted pursuant to procedures established by the entities referred to on the Laboratory Analysis Report, and said examinations are performed solely by technicians certified in the performance of such operations. Unless otherwise directed by the client, Asbestos Detection Co., Inc. will not retain any sample submitted for analysis and is authorized by the client to dispose of said sample at the completion of the analytic procedure. STATEMENT OF SERVICES Laboratory Analysis Bulk Samples @ $ 25.00 S 25.00 Air Samples @ TOTAL CHARGES S 25.00 AMOUNT PAID -0- BALANCE DUE $ 25.00 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Please detach and return with remittance Mail to: NO. L-4637 ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 GARDEN GROVE HLVD.,SUITE 220 Garden Grove, cal. 92643 TOTAL PAYMENT A0 ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd.. Suite 220 Garden Grove, CA 92843 (714)530-1922 LABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORTS No. L-7343 BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS t40 C.F.R. Part 763, Subpart F. Appendix A, pages 293-299 Client Name: Newport Beach Police Department Attn: Lisa MCBrOOm Client Address: 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Estimated percentages by area. Detection Limit 1°s asbestos This report pertains to samples investigated and does not necessarily apply to other apparently identical or similar materials. This report is not to be reproduced without the exppress permission of As Detection Co., Inc. This report shall not be used to claim any product endorsement by N.V.L.A.P. or any other agency of the United States government. ------------------------------------------------------ -------------------- Sample No. L-7343 ADI Lab No. 4205 Type of material: Floor tile Color: Cream/gray Type(s) of Asbestos present: 1. None detected Other fibrous material present: N/A Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; quartz A-alyst's comment, if applicable: Ashed ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sample No. L -7343A ADI Lab No. 4205A Type of material: Mastic on floor tile Color: Black Type(s) of Asbestos present: 1. Chrysotile Percentage: 3-5% Other fibrous material present: N/A Other non-fibrous material present: Granular minerals; tar Analyst's comment, if applicable: N/A -------------------------------------------------------------- -- ----------- 5-5-02 R. Frauenbergpr Date Analyst Approv d By IVVIAONNf�VTAL P.O, 7316 OM"kT/iCZ'ORs San Bernardino, CABox92411 7US Phone (909) 68a,�//����'��ap fax(909) 88N�N-H/'1ZFIRDOIJs7 1.Gene2leAID No. hlani/est Rx: No. 2Page 1 WASTE MANIFEST 11380 of 3.. Generator's Name and Mailing Address N WPORT EAC POLICE DEPARTMENT OR-028662 8„ `„_�A � @A BABA R 4 ca r n CH )CA �26 5. T,ransporter7 compan y N2me 6. US EPAID'Number' A. Transpoilers Phone. 7. Twspoiter CaTmpaanyNa�{ me trx 0: r LS EPA ID Numtier B. Trenspor(89eesP one �Dz$ C R 0.0 0 0 4 9 0 6"4 909 BM-_7424 esigoStedFacilily Nameend She Address - - - 10.- US EPA ID Number C. fadlitys Phode _ - AZUSA LAND RECLAMATION I W- GIA NE .. NON FRIABLE ASBESTOS WASTE .: � ) :L 7L I 141) Y :c. - - D-Additional Descdption forMatedala UsledAbove. E.Handling Codes for Wastes Lisa d Ahave - A5. Special Handling lnstrucg,naand Additicnal Information - - .24-HR EMERGENCY NUMBER (800).535-5053 E.C:T.I. 953 W. REECE ST., SAN BERNARDINO, CA 92411 EPA REGION IX 75 HAWTHORNE, SAN FRANCISCO CA SCAQMD 21865 E. COPLEY DR., DIAMOND BAR, CA 91765 (909) 396-2336 '- '. •/SI9naWm PdntedlTyped Nam ;� 11 t (` , _ i —Sl9iraluhe 1— 1 [ PdnteglTyped Name'. . .. Signature � ,�..,..o•r "rvo T '19.' Disuepzhcy Indication Space - - Pdn Name ,• "Sinature., GENERATOR'S COPY z 0 N «S of ro wN O N H� U ca Y r}y 4T u U N � w V U V) l9 E 0 0 a�Ecai T a U OE N -r- cm V cm LO C .• 'y a) E U c Ncu O _y E 0) � � O O20 d (6 CL cu a)W O O H U a) 15 Q 01/29/2003 23:52 7145303756 ADI ?AGE Ol No. S-5579 AD INVOICE ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 • Garden Grove, CA 92843 a (714) 530.1922 a Fax (714) 530-3756 Client: Newport Beach Police Department Project Attn: Lisa McBroom, Facility Manager address: 870 Santa Barbara Dr. 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA Newport Beach, CA 92660 (949) 644-3693 fax Ordered by: Lisa McBroom (949) 644-3655 Order taken by: Date takar _ consultant: RF 9 -02 -OS `pen date: inspection time: CA 9-06_Q5 10:00 n.m. Service requested: Demolition inspection Renovation inspection xx Air Standard residential inspection _ Other monitoring __._-r"–'–.,,,,�,,,, w-vwuwr ccrulrb IDa[erlal In tle$LgIlatOd areBS. See section V. Of the report. $nbJeoL to the pmviainns hems[ Ashrntns D,teeri Inc. .shall perfomh the services he eirvlbow q". on, Aabesros DCLeotion, —� Inc. makes no expmaa or implied wamsmics conceahmg the wicel eam sition of sub'cct n(m c Ph1 po asrY mptetipl other than the semple(s) which em [he J i rooidtin from . A.ahasLos Detcedon, too. makes no exp,esa or implied wmmnaea concerning the health off=,. or potmtinl bralrh effpets, scsultin linin any 81 inspeotal or mieroseopienay mhsly�N. All micro,e a cxami au g established y h lies m opt n• ons a R coed by ptnunnl to proccdurvp established by the rnliria reFrncd b on the 4abomfory Ahwlysis Report, mrd said naminmions arc perfom,cd leetmicians certified in she pafamanx nfeach too. A.abestos Dctccaon, inc, shall nut be liable for ray claim m dm age arising Rom Lic arnicas rendered, ivduding incidrntat damage sr bulk somplmg aitca dining any ouaitc inspzdan and auraev. Personnel and report fee $ 225.00 Laboratory Analysis Fees 6 Bulk sample PLM analysis @ $25 per sample $ 150.00 TOTAL CHARGES $ 375.00 AMOUNT PAID $ -0- BALANCE DUE $ 375.00 Plcnsc detsch and retain with rcmitrance Mail to: ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 Garden Grove, CA 92843 NO. S-5579 TOTALPAYMENT Ell/ -19/2003 23:52 7145303756 AV ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 Garden Grove, CA 92843 (714)530-1922 ADI PAGE o2 CONSULTATION REPORT NO. S -5579A Traffic Divisiont 870 Sante Barbara Dr., Newport Beach, CA L Client Newport Beach Police Department Atter Lisa McBroom, Facility Manager 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 U. Project address. Traffic Division 870 Santa Barbara Dr, Newport $each, CA M. Date of service. September 6, 2005 W. Inipector. Charles Ay, Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 93-1 o30 V. Structure(service requested. The client reports that acoustical surfacing will be removed from the ceilings in the Traffic Division area of the Newport Beach Police Department. The inspection was limited to the areas of the structure that are the subject of reported renovation activity. Non -renovation areas of the structure were not inspected and are excluded from this report. The sampling protocol is designed to melt the requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1403. This report pertains solely to the accecsrble and visible acoustical surfacing in the Traffic Division areas and should not be deemed to constitute a general inspection for other possible sources of asbestos materials in the stuctme. VL Bulk sampling. The Traffic Division occupies the western side of the first floor of the building. Acoustical surfacing is present on the ceilings. Three bulk samples of the materials were obtained. Samnleit Location Asbestosoresent I N end of main N -S hall 2 SW comer of main Chrysotile2o Chrysotile 2% 3 /o NE comer of main room Chrysotile 2% VII. Laboratory analysis: Laboratory results are summarized in section VT. above. Refer to the attached laboratory report sheets for specifics. Analysis was performed by polarized microscopy (PLM) utilizing the method described in 40 C.F.R. ChVtcr r (.1-8-87 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A pages 293-299. The Environmental Hazard Services, hoc. laboratory is accredited in this method under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program administered by the National Institute of Standards and 0101852-0), and by the Department of Health Technology, United States Department of Commerce Scrvices of the State of California (42319). VIII. Conclusions. Laboratory analysis of the bulk samples obtained at the site leads to the following conclusion: Acoustical ceiling surfacing in the Traffic Division areas is asbestos -containing material (ACr t). 01/29/2003 23:52 7145303756 ADI PAGE 03 Report No. S -5579A Page 2 ofnartative NHPD Traffic Division if applicable, the client may incorporate this report or its conclusions into a notice pursuant to the State of California .Health and Safety Code Section 25915 et seq. or ,into notification pursuant to SCAQMD Rule 1403. SCAQMD Rule 1403 mandates that, where a renovation will involve 100 square feet or more of a sbes<os-cootatamg materials, or in any demolition activity, the properly owner or rmovatiotddemobhon contractor shall provide wnren notice of said activity to SCAQMD fourteen calendar days prior to the commenc=cnt ofthe renovation/demolition. Date: September 8, 2005 ASBESTOS DETECTION CO., INC. ,%L J Charles w. Ay Certified Asbestos Consultant #93-1 3 01/29/2003 23:52 7145303756 AV ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 Garden Grove, CA 92843 (714)530.1922 ADI PAGE 04 CONSULTATTON REPORT NO. S -5579B NBPD Lobby; 870 Santa Barbara Dr„ Newport Beach, CA L Client. Newport Beach Police Department Attn: LisaMcBroom, Facility Manager 870 Santa Barbara Dr_ Newport Beach, CA 92660 IL ProJectaddress. Lobby/hallway 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA W. Date of service. September 6, 2005 W. Inspector. Charles Ay, Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 93-1030 V. Structure/service requested. The client reports that acoustical surfacing w ll be removed from the main lobby and hallway on the first floor of the Newport Beach Police Department The inspection was limited to the areas of the structure that are the subject of reported renovation activity. Non -renovation areas of the structure were not inspected and are excluded from this report. The sampling protocol is designed to meet the requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 1403. This report pertains solely to the accessible and visible acoustical surfacing in the fust floor lobby and adjacent hallway. The report should not be deemed to constitute a general inspection for other possible sources of asbestos materials in the structure. VL Bulk sampling. Entry to the first floor lobby is from the southern side of the building. Acoustical surfacing is present on the ceilings in the lobby and in the hallway just east of the lobby, Three bulk samples of the materials were obtained Sample # Location Asbestos 4 larrsen NW area oflobbYo 5 SE area of lobby Chrysotile 3 6Chrys Hallway E of lobby rrtile3% Chrysotile 3% VIL Laboratory analysis.- Laboratory results are summarized in section VI above Refer to the attached laboratory report sheets for specifics. Analysis was performed by Polarized microscopy (FEV1) utiliz ng the method described in 40 C.F.R Chapter I (1-8-87 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A pages 293-299. The Environmental Harard Services, Inc. laboratory is accredited in this method under the National Voltmtary Laboratory Acctcditation program administered by the National institute of Standards and Technology, United States Department of Commerce (#101882-0), and by the Department of Health Services of the State Of California (#2319). VILE Conclusions. Laboratory analysis of the bulk samples obtained at the site leads to the following conclusion - Acoustical ceiling material in the lobby/halfway area is asbestos -containing material (AC141), 01/29/2003 23:52 7145303756 ADI PAGE 05 Report No. S•5579B Page 2 of narrative NBPD Lobby/HaU If applicable, the client may incorporate this report or its conclusions into a notice pursuant to the State of California Heahh and Safety Code Section 25915 et seq. or into notification pursoant to SCAQMD Rule 1403. SCAQMD Rule 1403 mandates that, where a renovation will involve 100 square feet or more of asbestoscontaining materials, or marry demolition activity, the property owncr or renovation/demolition contractor shall provide written notice of said activity to SCAQMD fourteen calendar days prior to the commencement of the renovation/demolition. Date: September 8, 2005 ASBESTOS DETECT IDN CO., .INC. t.� . Charles W. Ay Certified Asbestos Consultant #9.3-te 12fOd3a d0 AN3 - LO W t0 ROW • avy/LNmtlOu4avw.wrr .^r papalsa s°isagse ou � AVrr AN3J3T 'a88t •aB0'OZ02a-=oq P°9WW vdvmoas=A i48rt P�el4d lq PezRleue aaiduu=s el ::°It@9 W s ' 'aa) feuoyPPs ua Igaige�eAs d18 se�xrea gio8 'lwTdi /dmscn.w W% PB7P� lq sopagss (%op.) Wawad Uw us<N 0901—U elu0° q Puna Pue (OUeuiAod !n/ 60FU 1BanaBLa uo*U3 Ieuo9sN) dVH83N Vd3 BIP Eq Paislnew somw -q*UMt (eagMdw UoWOM Paauqua Jq M .uplSapl wmj. ja (ugpwgquenb eproan mw jq) iunso l!4Bd lq OrAEUM spuewluoasl -3'1•1 '"YUOS. *sm" gluewualAO3 •uogoago��wsa6usuUe}IPdl?u�oP'J"I"1'a�°lti+B9eN�1iWWawuo?uw3'RPoisnO i°-19sg0 ud Au°q B9 neo atUN Fue +aiep 'U°9eool Eknjdwes 8upuopu0o Ua9es:IgUl tl>i 'Yt1t L� ddl3 AN etST.ffi uo°0 'gwo}ge0 '0'T4'cBalNe3 BWe�H Iquswuoxnu3 je luasllos uaN,uNI"eyl inol9uT'ttnl W >daPm pxmpalder aq i°u peyo nodal sig1 Tueuduena0 '8 (1 Bqi W �aueBa• N+s �o dVTM1 Lq.luewaelopua pnpad wisp of We90 elp II9 Pees aq WUUaa itBdel S!41 7se�1° a19 Aq papiAad sau'rain'awegon'sa:s'uo>Jdtnaep'uoyesq Bldwes Tuella Byl lq Pa3 ugna saldwes to slslieua eyl tuasardw sUnsm! Tlodal ajytuo paigd asgualNO osalUn Iaaaiald Nge•199e1 iad 1dla�e/ uodn elge)daaos safM pazdleue sq¢waa Bull° II°.a1W°a Bllt 10}�H.7(('jWrINfJ9j '6XI '�1C ��' 'appip+000 aaua MOW AIII nb 94 °d owl . leEnu°,lytarauaE7'+°�DAWD°10S - • svlaae�,Uotnuagerj$d➢7•a!lHsH't't�>% . :iUoisuBl,S peauolpnb"le PdMel�a . •. ,. .:��aigs88ogssaRaD1 , ' :1SATVNt6 a 9YL/80'$/009 P°R9elq.yda lcT =jk A4oPI pG=gOd:A0Hl3W e°leagoV %t :l kl'tl JNIlaOdU . se PagA 99ST 11S 9 :HNV 19 Ob • 5�68i•ZY•I '�d68V$ Ob L2='),a=AA . s%segeV Is3cy %S 80 mugff-UGH %G6 amo"a %a 9 - soisegay Ysi°Z 968 �iIBRa OlPYM mWia-U014 %LS °I!7og taga %S fd 50 toolm aalsagBV.Iml %8 TO snojgW-uoH aAI6 a os6agD %S A M VllAlaJa➢4 aa�+o.+, ��+v+�w.. 91VWOIVW ViH1O SO1S98bY % !A 3'Id6YV3 ALN QdSN •i�6L=a9:9 95[0,90,60 v 'ssoi-s 9002 dag eft .:"Odn 90 alVa SY8Z6 V0 �O#OXD tPmib 9008 d$B La :SISA. IVNV 46 3SVA 065 pii°8'•Pkta il"O aevnt) S99U Soba-dZS LO :1d1HO3a d0 31VOaaI'QO. a g ARM ns 1sAivMI.aav sotsa�sv N,n O $H3 :109roaa :u 1a�roaa sHa :aaet>tnN lai3n� :l.N3n0 ZO'd 94:5t 5r 9 oaS [0665[2609:ve,Y YZVH TVIN3NNOVAN3 toolm IOD SNOZIUOII 009T C99 VIL M OT:LT 9 Ci a d Wkic Environmental Monitoring Group March 1. 2006 Ms. Lisa McBroom Newport Beach Police Department 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 RE: Newport Beach Police Department—Hallway area 870 Sauta Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 EMG PROJECT # PK925679 Dear Ms. Lisa McBroom: On Wednesday March 1, 2006. EMG performed final asbestos air monitoring for the presence of airborne fiber at the property reference above. Air samples were collected after following wet removal of acoustic ceiling materials inside work area. Air moititors were randomly set inside. All samples were analyzed by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM). Phase Contrast Microscopy, NIOSH 7400 Method, is the analytical method specified in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Asbestos Standard (29 CFR 1910.1001). PCM is a technique using a light microscope equipped to provide enhanced contrast between the asbestos fibers and the background. Samples for PCM were collected on mixed cellulose ester, 0.8 micron pore size membrane filters. Filters are then mounted and cleared with a chemical solution so that trapped particulate can be viewed through the microscope at a magnification of approximately 400X. Final air clearance samples fell below the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) and OSHA Standards. Please see attached Laboratory Report. If you have any questions or I can be of any further service to you, please do not hesitate to call. Respectfully Subn EMG Companylrzo''�\% �' Expires: 7 Ut Thi Doan ' s?(Te _ 4\Foa Industrial Hygicnis ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT 7Fnn CTT71 T.ANR, WRRTMTNRTF.R CA Q9.C,RR o TFT. (71A) R92-151ftR FAX- (7141 893-15872 wkj4c ,nvironmental Monitoring Group CERTIFICATE OF PHASE CONTRAST MICROSCOPY ANALYTICAL REPORT —LIEN TNAME: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT E1\ -IG Project HPK825679 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 PROJECT SITE: Newport Beach Police Department 870 Santa Barbara Drive Nezrpo! t Beach, CA 92660 Date Reported: 03/01/06 The sampling and analytical methods described below present the elements of the available methods such as NIOSH 7400 method which OSHA considers to be assential to achieve adequate employee exposure monitoring. All employers who are required to utilize analytical laboratories that use this procedure for collecting and analyzing samples. E.P.A.recommends re -occupancy level of 0.01 flet or less before clean up is considered complete. If employees of E.M.G Company did not collect the samples, the flow rates and calibration information used to calculate the results were provided by the client. Al1t SA111PLE RESULTS Sample no. Lab noTmple ype Sample Dale Sample Location I Social Security No. Total Volume Fibers I Field/100 81TWA f/cc 01 140204 F 03/01/06 Final air clearance inside work area 1200.0 7.0 0.000 0.002 02 140205 K 03/01/00" Field Blank 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 03 140206 K 03/01/06 Field Blank 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 Note: F = Final Clearance A = Half Face Gross Removal "F.. L..I ficc Clearance Level <= 0 01 17cc Our policy is:o dispose of samplas unless written nolilication is received in our office within 90 days of this report. By: Thi Doan Laboratory Analyst Page:1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT 7500 SUM LANE., WESTMINSTER, CA 92683 m TEL: (714) 893-5166 FAX: (714) 893-5872 N o > I s ti Q Hz zU U � zr z3 as U QHS C xoz 000 Q o �xz 0 o zao �Qa �Q 00 OU Cy cn n3 UO Lu Q Q. x Uz N o > I s ti Q JV i No. S-5734 INVOICE ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 m Garden Grove, CA 92843 e (714) 530-1922 a Fax (714) 530-3756 Client: Newport Beach Police Deprmnent Ann: Lisa McBroom, Facility Manager 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 (949) 644-3690 fax Project' T✓J address: 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA Ordered by: Lisa McBroom (949)644-3655 ---- i-onanunur uspecuan tune: Inspection tune: RF 6-13-06 CA 6-11-06 1:30 p.m. Sernce requested: Demolition inspection _ Renovation inspection XX Air monitoring Standard residential inspection Other Special instntctions: Sample / analyze acoustic ceiling the panels in designated areas. See section V. of the report. Subject to the provisions hereof, Asbestos Detection, Inc. shall perfomh the scrvicas hereinabove requested. Asbestos Detection, Inc. makes no express or implied reamnties concerning the physical composition ofanv material other than the sample(s) which are the subject of microscopic analysis. Asbestos Delectiou, Inc. makes m express or impLed vvanaries concerning the health effects, or potential health eflcets, resulting from cxpasure to any material inspected or microscopically analyzed. All microscopic examinations are canducted pursuant to procedures established by the entities referred to on die Laboratory Analysis Report, and said examinations are parfomhed by technicians certified in the perlimass nw oCeach operation. Asbestos Detection- Inc. shall not be liable for any claim or damzne ansmg from the services rendered, including incidental damage at hulk sampling sites dorm- any on-site inspection and survey STATEMENT OF SERVICES Personnel and report Fee $ 225.00 Laboratory Analysis Fees 15 Bull: sample PLM analysis @$25 per sample $ 375.00 TOTAL CHARGES S 600.00 AMOUNT PAID S -0- BALANCE DUE $ 600.00 House demo), and retum vult remjllancn Mail to: NO. S-5734 ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 Garden Grove, CA 92843 TOTAL PAYMENT 06/21/2006 08:35 7145303756 ADI PAGE 01 AD ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC. 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 • Garden Grove. GA 92843 • (714) 530.1922 • Fax (714) 530-3756 FAX TRANSMISSION SHEET Date: June 21, 2006 PLEASE DELIVER T1-IIE.FOLLOWiNG PAGES TO: Company: Newport Beach Police Department Fax no.: 949-644-3693 Attention: Lisa McBroom, Facility Manager Total number of pages, including cover I etter: Six (6) Attached is ADI report no. S-5734 regarding the recent bulk sampling in the basement jail facility. The original documents and the invoice are being mailed today. As you can see, all bulk samples were negative for asbestos fiber. Please call if you have any questions. The information contained in chis Imnsmission ie rsmfidential and private. It is intended only for use of the indrviduol of entity to whom it is addressed The infurtnntion may be privilcgal, pmprictary, and ctempi from disclosure under opphcable federal, me. or oiherlow. Any recipient urfis rax other then the intended recipient or the employes or agent dxtcof is hmhy notified not to dincloso, disribute orurpy this fox. nlhisdmtmmthaa hen ltunsmitted in error. plrnse nnti Fy the sends itttmedia:dy by telephone orraxtoarrangepmmptmwmofthctmnsmittcdditmmt Thank you rer your conrention. 06/21/2006 C3:35 7145303756 AD ASBESTOS DETECTION, INC, 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 290 Garden Grove, CA 92843 (714)530-1922 ACI CONSULTATION REPORT NO, 5-5734 Basement jail area; Santa Barbara Dr., Newport Beach, CA I. Client Newport Beach Police Department Attn: Lisa McBroom, Facility Manager 870 Santa Barbar Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 Ib Projectaddress, Basementjailfacility 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA III. Date of service. June 14, 2006 TV. Inspector. Charles Ay. Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 93.1.030 PACE 02 V. StructureAservice requested. The project involves designated areas of the jail facility located in the basement level of the building. The client reports that renovation activities will include 1) two patterns of ceiling file panels in the northern. hallway, 2) file panels affixed to the walls of the supervisor's office, 3) ceiling tile panels in the southern hallway, 4) tile panels affixed to the walls of the two interrogation rooms on the south side of the facility, and 5) the padding on the walls of the padded cells that are located on the inid-norther area and die mid-southem area of the facility. The inspection was limited to the designated materials in the designated areas of die structure that are the subject of potential renovation activity. Non. -renovation areas of the structure were not inspected and are excluded from this report. The sampling protocol is designed to meet the requirements of South Coast Air QualityManagenicntDistrictRulc 1403. This report should not be deemed to constitute a general inspection for other possible sources of asbestos materials in the structure. VT. Bulk sampling. The designated materials/areas include: Northern haltway. Tito majority of the northern hallway has 1' square ceiling panels with perforated holes in the surface. This is the sample pattern of tile panels that are found in the southern hallways. The primary pattern in the northern. hallway and the pattern in the southern hallways are deemed to be a homogeneous material (sample nos. 1-3). A localised area in the central portion of the hallway has panels with a smooth white surface (sample nos. 4-6). Supervisor's office. The walls of the supervisor's office have 2' x 4' panels affixed to the walls (sample nos. 7-9). Southern hallways. The hallways on the southern side of the facility have the same ceiling panels that are the predominant pattern in the northern hall. The pattern was sampled as one homogenous material (sample nos. 1-3). Interrogation rooms. -Che two interrogation rooms on the south, side of the facility have 2' x 4' panels affixed to the walls. The panels in the two rooms are deemed to be a homogeneous material (sample nos. 10-12). Padded cells. Tho walls of the padded cells located on the mid-nordiem area and the mid -southern area are covered with a padding material that visually appears to be a foam material. The client requested 06/21/2006 08:35 7145303756 ADI PAGE 03 Report No. S-5734 PW 2 of narrative NBPD that the material be sampled. Due to logistical issues, all. samples were obtained from one of the cells on the mid -northern side of the facility. Sampling. For purposes of this section, "CT^ denotes a ceiling file panel, "WT' denotes a wall tile panel. Sample nos. 4-6 come from a localized area in the central portion of the northern hall. Sample Location Asbestos Pment I CT @ center of hall None 2 Cf @ S hall outside padded cell None 3 CT @ center of S hall None 4 CT @ E end of pattern in N hall None 5 CT @ center of pattern in N hall None 6 CT @ W end ofpatt nt in N hall None 7 WT @ W wall of supervisor office None 8 WT @ E wall of supervisor office None 9 WT @ N wall of supervisor office None l0 WT @ N wall of W interrogation room None 11 WT @ S wall of W interrogation room None 12 WT @ N wall of interrogation room None 13 Padding @ N side of cell in N area None 14 Padding @ NW side of cell in N area None 15 Padding @ S side of cell in N area None VII. Laboratory analysis: Laboratory results are summarized in section VI. above. Refer to the attached laboratory report sheets for specifics. Analysis was performed by polarized microscopy (PLNI) utilizing the method described in 40 C.F.R. Chapter 1 (1-8.87 edition) Pan 763, Subpart F, Appendix A pages 293-299. The Environmental Hazard Services, hhc. laboratory is accredited in this method under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program administered by the National Institute of Standards and Technology, United States Department of Commerce (#101882.0), and by the Department of Health Services of the State of California (#23.19). VIII. Conclusions. Laboratory analysis of the bulk samples obtained at the site leads to the following conclusion: NONE. OF THE SAMPLED MATERIALS IS ASBESTOS-CONTAIN)NG MATERIAL. if applicable, the client may incorporate this report or its conclusions into a notice pursuant to the State of California Health and Safety Code Section 25915 et seq. or into notification pursuant to SCAQMD Rule 1403. SCAQMD Rule 1403 mandates that, where a renovation will involve 100 square feet or more of asbestos -containing materials, or in a" demolition activity, the property owner or renovation/demohtion contractor shall provide written notice of said activity to SCAQMD fourteen calendar days prior to the commencement of the renovation/demolition. Date: June 20, 2006AS� > fE 1N Charles Certified Asbestus Consultmt #93 1030 06/21/2006 08:35 7145303756 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Fax:6042754907 LK ARBEBTCQS_SA CLIENT: j Asbestos Detection,loc. 68% Cellulose i 12862 Garden Grove Blvd., Suite 29 10% Non -Fibrous Garden Grove, CA 92848 CLIENT NUMBE 6-1089 A EHS PROJECT d 2008.06.1994 PROJECT: I 0.57 4; NBPD ENO I CLIENT SAMPLE W SAMPLE# LARIORATORX RO-WDISCRIPTION 01 1 L 02 08 04 m 08 07 09 09 10 White PaiaULike, Beige Rib, 2/ Beige Fib. 8/ White Paint -Like; Beip Fib. IV White Paint -Like; Brown Fib. 6/ White Paint -Like; -Brown Fib. i IB✓ White Paint-ldke; Brown Fib. 7/ White Palnt•Lika; Gray Fib. I I& White Paint-Li1ro; Grey Fib, 191 White Paint -Like; Gray Fib. 10/ White Paint -Litre; Gray Fib. - PAGE 0111 ADI PAGE 04 Jun 21 2006 9:05 P.02 L.L.C. DATE OF RECEIPT; 15 Jun 2006 DATE OF ANALYSIS; 20 Jun 2000 DATE OF REPORT: 21 Jun 2006 %ASBESTOS OTHER MATERIALS NAD 68% Cellulose 85% Fibrous Glass 10% Non -Fibrous NAD 55% Cellulose 8bA Flbroue Glass 10% Non -Fibrous NAD 66% cellulose 8646 Fibrous Glass 10% Non -Fibrous NAD 88% Cellulose 2%Fibrous Glass 10% Non•FibroW NAD 88% Oelluloae • 2%Fibrous Glass 10% Non -Fibrous NAD 88% Cellulose 2% Fibrous Glass 10% Non -Fibrous NAD 76% Cellulose 6% Fibrous 018se 20% Non -Fibrous NAD 76% Cellulose 5% Fibrous Glass 20% Non•Fibroue NAD 78% Cellulose 5% Fibrous Glass 20% Non -Fibrous NAD 76% Cellulose 6% Fibrous Glass 20°% Non-Fibroua F08- 06/21/2006 00:35 7145303756 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Fex:6042754907 ENVIRON ENTAL HAZARDS.SERI CLIENT NUMSE 5.1089 A CHIS PROJECT 200&06.1994 PROJECT: 9-5734; NBPD EHS CLIENT SAMPLE l!/ �LA AdORATORYQROSODUCRIPMA! AM LLEU_ 11 1v (White Paint l.ika; Beige.mb. I12! 12 l White Faint -Like; Beige Rb. 18 Iis/ White Paint -Like; Beige Pliable; OPf-White Foam -Me 14 14/ White Paint -Like; Beigp Pliable; Off•Wbits Foam•Liko 15 15/ White Paint -Like; Beige Pliable; I Off -White Foam -Like GCE ac REPI MET] LIMIT: By Authorized ADI Jun 21 2006 9:05 ES, L.L.C. % ASBESTOS s NAD NAD M11992.1 9RM 1888 Fib glee i% Asbestos. Polarized Li Mior Timothy Bs ��y Miahaala Mueller. Mr; PAGE 05 P. 03 OTHER MATERIALS 70% Cellulose 5°% Fibrous Glass 20% Non•Fibroua 75% Cellulase $% Fibrous Glass 20% Non-Fibroua 40% Fibious Glass 60% Non -Fibrous 40% Fibrous Glass 60% Non -Fibrous 4036 Fibrous Glass 60% Non -Fibrous EPA Method OOM93/118 f, zatorowy D;rraor 'Manager Aaeururw Coordinator — PAGE 0of 03 — E 06/21/2006 08:35 7145303756 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Fax:8042754907 ENVIRONI RENTAL HAZARDS SERI CLIENT NUM6 : 0.1088 A ENS PROJECT 1 2008.00.1984 PROJECT: 8.5784; NBPD I The eandOn of thl samplas anatyced was aooepteble upon reoelpt f Results represent t is armysls of rwOm aubmitted by the dldm. I the agent Thts reF prt danru ,be used by Bra d4M'to oWn product This report shau ni t be repproauced except in, fun, vAmout the wdnr CartlBoelbn e2918 tJ`/ EILAP X11714.* All fi*rmstlon ooncpmin Custody. EWmnm int9l Hazards GeMoao, L.L.C. does not perform a EnvlronmettM Hoz irds SoMoee. L.L.C. reccmmmnds reanaysis b1 Etectrot Mtoroseo (TEM); for enhanced datootlon oapablJWm)'fo ab ndards for Hair rdous Air Pollutants) and found to cantatn lase I (PLM), Both sa am available ter an additlonat fee. ° All Calit4rrmla samptae analyzed by PolerhO tight Microscopy, —PAGE os of 03 — E m ADI Jun 21 2606 9:05 P.04 , L.L.C. PAGE 06 laboratory protocol unless otherwlae noted on this report mple locatlon, deaedptimn, area, volume: etc., wee provided by tdorsemmtdNVLAP er any agency oFthe U.B. Oovamment conaont of %vlronmantal Hazards aeMm, LL,C. Caftrrds sampling locellon, dere, and ams can be found on CholrroL aamaie conedlon. Lunt (for more accurate quandflam n) or Tmnsmtaelon tls regulated by the EPA NESHAP (National Emiamlon percent (c10%) asbestos by poledzed light mloroscopy SOOIAfa.eL020. Dem 1982. OP REPORT — PATR3�p IJ 161 -ti9`i-t9U0 � e L, Ge^. i?d '.Ii.0un5 Inr.iU i9?709J ' r;.pa�na:L;6.o.a Februan 6, 2013 orinh:arl'a d°`"°aril"an is T.il Environmental Laboratory services, Inc. Lisa Newman Newport Beach Police Department 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Neoport Beach. CA 91660 Re: Limited Asbestos Inspection Newport Beach Police Department 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 Claim No: N/A Project No: 49378zzz Dear Ms. Newman. On Febntan 6. 3013. California DOSH Certified Site Surveillance Technician. Mr. Mickey Hartsfield (CSST 05-38011 of Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services. Inc. (Patriot) peribmied a limited asbestos inspection at the above subject property located in Newport Beach. Calitbntia. The purpose of the inspection was to determine if asbestos is present in an)' of the building materials recently disturbed by a water loss at the subject property. Sanrnran, ofFindines The following asbestos containing materials were identified: Material Sample Material Material Estimated Approximate Percent & Description Number Location Condition Percent QuantityType of Damaged Asbestos 12" x 12" Polygraph Beige Vin)] 7.9.1 1 Office Storage Good 0% 45 SF 3% �° Floor Dile Room Floor Chrysotile Polygraph Mastic 8.10.11 OfficeStorage Good 0% 45 SF 9% Room Floor Chrysotile *see attached draw ing Property Description ']-he subject property is a commercial building structure. The subject building is a two-story metal Game building set on a cement slab foundation. At the time of this inspection, the identified asbestos -containing materials were in good condition. Scope of WoA On February 6. 2011 Mr. Micke} Hartsfield (CSST 05-3801 ) of Patriot conducted a limited asbestos inspection at the subject property. The interior of the building was visually inspected for the purpose of inventorying any suspect ashestos containing materials disturbed during it recent water loss at the subject property. Once the inventory of'suspect materials was created, physical bulk samples were collected of the materials from representative locations. Samples were collected in airtight containers. Upon collection. sample numbers. descriptions. and collection locations were entered on to a chain ofcustody for transportation to Patriot's NVLAP accredited laboratory. Sampled Suspect Materials Samples ofthe following suspect materials were collected: Santple Protocol/Atralrsis Samples were collected in accordance with the Asbestos School Hazard Emergency Response Act (40 CPR 76; Subpart E) as mandated by Cal/OSHA (Title 8 Section 1529) and South Coast Air Quality Management District (Rule I403). Physical bulk samples were analyzed by Patriot. Patriot is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (200358-0). The method of analysis was Polarized Light Microscopy (EPA 600/04-82-020). Recommendations Ifany of the asbestos containing materials identified in this report is scheduled to be impacted by renovation or demolition activities. an asbestos abatement contractor must remove them prior to disturbance. Asbestos abatement contractors must be registered with the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. Disclaimer Limited destructive sampling was conducted at the subject property. If additional suspect materials are discovered during renovation, all work should cease until a Certilied Asbestos Consultant is contracted to ascertain the possibility of asbestos content. This inspection was performed in accordance with current regulations and state ofthe art practices. The inventory of asbestos containing materials and determination of their condition are based upon conditions observed at the time of inspection. Patriot does not assume responsibility Ibr future regulatory changes or changes in the condition of the building. Ildl i Phrer], AY=nux, lulls lov, 61 91851 1 ie: in @,92909 ha-' 03B 743-0'90 lax: in 499-7944 x:vei. atmlal"mm Page 2 of Drywall R Joint Compound Base Cove Mastic 12" x 12" Beige Vinyl Floor Tile with Mastic I'.x I' Wall Ceiling Tile" ith Mastic Santple Protocol/Atralrsis Samples were collected in accordance with the Asbestos School Hazard Emergency Response Act (40 CPR 76; Subpart E) as mandated by Cal/OSHA (Title 8 Section 1529) and South Coast Air Quality Management District (Rule I403). Physical bulk samples were analyzed by Patriot. Patriot is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (200358-0). The method of analysis was Polarized Light Microscopy (EPA 600/04-82-020). Recommendations Ifany of the asbestos containing materials identified in this report is scheduled to be impacted by renovation or demolition activities. an asbestos abatement contractor must remove them prior to disturbance. Asbestos abatement contractors must be registered with the Division of Occupational Safety and Health. Disclaimer Limited destructive sampling was conducted at the subject property. If additional suspect materials are discovered during renovation, all work should cease until a Certilied Asbestos Consultant is contracted to ascertain the possibility of asbestos content. This inspection was performed in accordance with current regulations and state ofthe art practices. The inventory of asbestos containing materials and determination of their condition are based upon conditions observed at the time of inspection. Patriot does not assume responsibility Ibr future regulatory changes or changes in the condition of the building. Ildl i Phrer], AY=nux, lulls lov, 61 91851 1 ie: in @,92909 ha-' 03B 743-0'90 lax: in 499-7944 x:vei. atmlal"mm Page 2 of Enclosed is the laboratory analysis report. Please contact our office if there are any questions regarding this inspection. Sincerely, Chris Blake Certified Asbestos Consultant No. 01-3027 Enclosure: Laboratory Results Sample Location Drawing 10415. Placentia Avenue, Fullerton, G 92831 1 tet: 714-099-8900 1 [me: 808-743-0998 1 fax: 714.899-7098 1 mm.palriotlabsom Page 3 of 3 Certificate of Analysis PLM Asbestos Identification Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-OOIA tel Drywall White 90% Sulfate 888-743-0998 1 fax T14-899-7098 PATRIMfree- None Detected www.patrioUab.com 485307-OOIB 1041 S. Placentia Avenue. Fullerton. CA 92831 Environmental Laboratory Services Newport Beach Police Department Report Number: 485307 Lisa Newman Project Number: 49378zzz 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Project Name: Newport Beach Police Department Newport Beach, CA 92660 9 485307-002 Project Location: 870 Santa Barbara Drive White 79% Sulfate Newport Beach, CA 92660 Date Collected: 2/6/2013 Collected By: Michael Hartsfield Date Received: 2/6/2013 Claim Number: Date Analyzed: 2/6/2013 PO Number: 7%Cellulose Date Reported: 2/6/2013 Number of Samples: 24 Lab/Client ID/Layer Location Material Description Color Composition (%) 485307-001 In Polygraph Office Room Drywall and Joint White 83% Sulfate 1 I Compound 7% Carbonate 485307-002A On Wall Office Room 2 7%Cellulose White 90% Sulfate 3% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-OOIA In Polygraph Office Room Drywall White 90% Sulfate 1 1 10% Cellulose Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-OOIB In Polygraph Office Room Joint Compound White 88% Carbonate 1 1 12% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-002 On Wall Office Room 2 Drywall and Joint White 79% Sulfate 2 Compound 11% Carbonate 7%Cellulose 3% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-002A On Wall Office Room 2 Drywall White 90% Sulfate 2 10% Cellulose Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-002B On Wall Office Room 2 Joint Compound White 92% Carbonate 2 8% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected Page I of 5 Certificate of Analysis PLM Asbestos Identification tel - 711899-8900 free -888-743-0998 fax - 711899-7098 www.patriotlab.com 1041 S. Placentia Avenue. Fullerton, CA 92831 Newport Beach Police Department Report Number: 485307 Lisa Newman 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Project Number: 49378= Drywall Newport Beach, CA 92660 Project Name: Newport Beach Police Department Project Location: 870 Santa Barbara Drive 10% Cellulose Total Asbestos None Detected Newport Beach, CA 92660 Date Collected: 2/6/2013 Collected By: Michael Hartsfield Joint Compound Date Received: 2/6/2013 Claim Number: 3 Date Analyzed: 2/6/2013 PO Number: 8% Paint Total Asbestos Date Reported: 2/6/2013 Number of Samples: 24 Lab/Client ID/Layer Location Material Description Color Composition (%) 485307-003 On Wall Office Room 3 Drywall and Joint White 82% Sulfate 3 Compound 11% Carbonate None Detected 7% Cellulose Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-003A On Wall Office Room 3 Drywall White 90% Sulfate 3 10% Cellulose Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-0036 On Wall Office Room 3 Joint Compound White 92% Carbonate 3 8% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-004 On Wall Office Room 1 Base Cove Mastic Yellow 100% Binder 4 Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-005 On Wall Office Room 2 Base Cove Mastic Brown Yellow 100% Binder 5 Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-006 On Wall Office Room 3 Base Cove Mastic Brown Yellow 100% Binder 6 Total Asbestos None Detected Page 2 of 5 Certificate of Analysis PLM Asbestos Identification tel - 714-899-8900 free - 888-743-0998 fax - 714-899-7098 www.pattiotlab.com 1041 S. Placentia Avenue. Fullerton. CA 92831 Newport Beach Police Department Report Number: 485307 Lisa Newman 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Project Number: 49378zzz Newport Beach, CA 92660 Project Name: Newport Beach Police Department Project Location: 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Date Collected: 2/6/2013 Collected By: Michael Hartsfield Date Received: 2/6/2013 Claim Number: Date Analyzed: 2/6/2013 PO Number: Date Reported: 2/6/2013 Number of Samples: 24 Lab/Client ID/Layer Location Material Description Color Composition (%) 485307-007 In Polygraph Office 12 inch VFT Beige 70% Vinyl 7 Storage Room on Floor Binder 27% Carbonate Chrysotile 3 % Total Asbestos 3 % 485307-008 In Polygraph Office Mastic Black 91 % Tar 8 Storage Room on Floor Chrysotile 9 % Total Asbestos 9 % 485307-009 In Polygraph Office 12 inch VFT Beige 70% Vinyl 9 Storage Room on Floor Binder 27% Carbonate Chrysotile 3 % Total Asbestos 3 % 485307-010 In Polygraph Office Mastic Black 91%Tar 10 Storage Room on Floor Chrysotile 9 % Total Asbestos 9 % 485307-011 In Polygraph Office 12 inch VFT Beige 70% Vinyl I I Storage Room on Floor Binder 27% Carbonate Chrysotile 3 % Total Asbestos 3 % Page 3 of 5 Certificate of Analysis PLM Asbestos Identification tel -114-899-8900 free - 888-743-0998 fax - 714-899-7098 www.patriotWb.com 1041 S. Placentia Avenue. Fullerton. CA 92831 Newport Beach Police Department Report Number: 485307 Lisa Newman Project Number. 49378zzz 870 Santa Barbara Dc Newport Beach, CA 92660 Project Name: Newport Beach Police Department Project Location: 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Date Collected: 2/6/2013 Collected By: Michael Hartsfield Date Received: 2/6/2013 Claim Number: Date Analyzed: 2/6/2013 PO Number: None Detected Date Reported: 2/6/2013 Number of Samples: 24 Lab/Client ID/Layer Location Material Description Color Composition (%) 485307-012 In Polygraph Office Mastic Black 91% Tar 12 Storage Room on Floor 2 on Wall Chrysotile 9 % 3% Wollastonite Total Asbestos Total Asbestos 9 % 485307-013 In Polygraph Office Room Ixl Wall Ceiling Tile White Beige 67% Sulfate 13 2 on Wall 18% Mineral Wool 12% Perlite 3% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-013M In Polygraph Office Room Mastic Brown 97% Binder 13 2 on Wall 3% Wollastonite Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-014 In Polygraph Office Room I x I Wall Ceiling Tile White Beige 67% Sulfate 14 2 on Wall 18% Mineral Wool 12% Perlite 3% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-014M In Polygraph Office Room Mastic Brown 97% Binder 14 2 on Wall 3% Wollastonite Total Asbestos None Detected Page 4 of 5 Certificate of Analysis PLM Asbestos Identification tel- 714-899-8900 free - 888-743-0998 fax - 714.899-7098 www.paUiotlab.coni 1041 S. Placentia Avenue. Fullerton. CA 92831 Newport Beach Police Department Report Number: 485307 Lisa Newman Project Number: 49378zzz 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 Project Name: Newport Beach Police Department Project Location: 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Date Collected: 2/6/2013 Collected By: Michael Hartsfield Date Received: 2/6/2013 Claim Number: Date Analyzed: 2/6/2013 PO Number: Date Reported: 2/6/2013 Number of Samples: 24 Lab/Client ID/Layer Location Material Description Color Composition (%) 485307-015 In Polygraph Office Room IxI Wall Ceiling Tile White Beige 67% Sulfate 15 2 on Wall 18% Mineral Wool 12% Perlite 3% Paint Total Asbestos None Detected 485307-015M In Polygraph Office Room Mastic Brown 97% Binder 15 2 on Wall 3% Wollastonite Total Asbestos None Detected Elaine Wai - Analyst [an Reyes - Approved By Bulk sample(s) submitted was (were) analyzed in accordance with the procedure outlined in the US Federal Register 40 CFR 763, Subpart F, Appendix A; EPA -600/R-93/116 (Method for Determination of Asbestos in Building Materials), and EPA -600/M4-82-020 (US EPA Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples). Samples were analyzed using Calibrated Visual Estimations (C V ES); therefore, results may not be reliable for samples of low asbestos concentration levels. Samples of wall systems containing discrete and separable layers are analyzed separately and reported as composite unless specifically requested by the customer to report analytical results for individual layers. This report applies only to the items tested. Results are representative of the samples submitted and may not represent the entire material from which the samples were collected. "None Detected' means that no asbestos was observed in the sample. "<I%" (less than one percent) means that asbestos was observed in the sample but the concentration is below the quantifiable level of I% This report was issued by a NIST/NVLAP (lab Cade 200358-0) and CADOHS- FLAP (Cert. No. 2540) accredited laboratory and may not be reproduced, except in full without the expressed wrinen consent of Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services, Inc. This report may not be used to claim product certification, approval or endorsement by NIST, NVLAP, FLAP or any government agency. Page 5 of 5 Requested Lab TAT: „a:� j�Sg I ��� e ( ►ERS () 24 HOUR a''('�109B imwffwk( 9ml laoS.Mtten(iaAvwe,fullttma(Avesl EnWronmental laboratory Services, Inc. ASBESTOS FIELD BULK SAMPLE COC q$53UT Project Name: Project #: g437Bz-z Office Use Only: 1:1 MH Project Address: City: Zip: Sample ID Sample Location Material Type- F NF Condition Notes I i E i'L— o 'I�• DJC YGPJA-J.c, /©o D K 16 ST^ RIO3 a�N G RIM (3 E v IIU3el—� S R 2 rY� I rr 7 IfrAkA FirSTia* IJP' Bof •e. T `eSsF ill=s' `Y C7 (�pvwt oa F 1 po r tai h3TI c �/ASTr e ix, 1 o z 1 3 Ur Pa YbeaPti F1 cG W 0 lJ ILI 4-5Tr (2- P G B 06 2013 Bulk Sample COC Rev 6.12.2012 Newport Beach Police Department 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach.. CA 92660 Project No: 49378zzz Polygraph Room 13-15 6 Room #3 Room #2 5 3 2 4 1 Storage Room #1 7-12 at Irl - 71id99-8900 - Irse-SBBiLAv8 PAIR bx - 714-899 1998 rl�:�n.�rinuitul)drm is r i. el"'1-113 Fift ):1, <A 9M Environmental Laboratory Services, Inc. February 13, 2013 Lisa Newman Nem port Beach Police Department 870 Santa Barbara Dr. New port Beach. CA 92660 Re: Asbestos Clearance Air Sampling (PCM analysis) Ne%oport Beach Police Department 870 Sarna Barbara Dr. Newport Beach. CA 92660 Claim No: N/A Project No: 493788 On Febraan 12.2013. Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services. Inc. performed clearance air sarmpling ror the site listed above. Three (3) air samples were collected from inside the contained work area in an attempt to detemtine if airborne fiberconcentrations fell below the EPA recommended clearance criteria of 0.01 fiber per cubic centimeter of air. Air clearance sample numbers and locations are listed below. along with their respective results: Lab No. Sample Location Result 485747-001 Polygraph Storage Center 0.0041 Fiber per CC 485747-002 Polygraph Storage E End 0.0033 Fiber per CC 485747-003 Polygraph Storage W End 0.0049 Fiber per CC Each sample was analyzed in accordance with the NIOSH 7400 method. Sample results indicate that airborne fiber concentrations inside the contained work area, at time of collection. met the EPA recommended clearance criteria of less than or equal to 0.01 fiber per cubic centimeter of air. This contained work area can be considered cleared ofthe previous asbestos abatement work. Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services, Inc. would be pleased to answer any questions that you may have regarding this report. Sincerely, Patriot Environmental Laboratory Services, Inc. C" -(----- Chris Blake Certified Asbestos Consultant 01-3027 Attachment: Laboratory Results 1041 S. Placentia Avenue, Fullerton,(A 97831 I lei: 714.899-8900 I free: 888-743-0998 1 law: 714-899-7098 1 w W.0atiiolla0.cann Page 2 of 2 Certificate of Analysis Phase Contrast Microscopy NIOSH 7400A tel - 714-899-8900 tree - 888.743-0998 fax -714.899-7098 www.patrlotiab.com 1041 S. Placentia Avenue. Fullerton. CA 97831 Newport Beach Police Department Lisa Newman 870 Santa Barbara Dr. Newport Beach, CA 92660 Date Collected: 2/12/2013 Date Received: 2/13/2013 Date Analyzed: 2/12/2013 Date Reported: 2/13/2013 I F Environmental Laboratory Services, Report Number: 485747 Project Number: 49378B Project Name: Newport Beach Police Depart Project Location: 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 Collected By: Elmer Castro Claim Number: PO Number: Number of Samples: 6 Job Type: Clearance Gross Removal Inc. Lab/ Client ID Sample Activity Flow Rate Volume Fiber Count Field Count Blank Count Result f/ec Result f/mm' 485747-001 1 Polygraph Storage Ctr 10.000 1200.0 10.0 100.0 0 0.0041 12.74 485747-002 2 Polygraph Storage E End 10.000 1200.0 8.0 100.0 0 0.0033 10.19 485747-003 3 Polygraph Storage W End 10.000 1200.0 12.0 100.0 0 0.0049 15.29 485747-004 4 Outside Blank 0.0 100 485747-005 5 Inside Blank 0.0 100 485747-006 6 Sealed Blank 0.0 100 Elmer Castro - Analyst Ian Reyes - Approved By Units of Measurement: Flow rate = Liters/min; Volume = Liters; OLD = Overloaded NotePatriot is not responsible for fiber and debris dislodging from fillers due to excessive jostling or exposure to electrostatic forces from packaging containers. Unless noted otherwise, samples are received in fair condition. Field blanks having greater than 7 fibers per 100 graticule fields, and/or box blanks having greater than 5 fibers per 100 gmucule fields may indicate contamination bias of samples drawn within/from the same batch. When blanks are not provided the laboratory assumes a blank count of sero to complete necessary calculations. The laboratory uses volume related calculations when provided by the customer and is not responsible for the accuracy of those calculations The base calculation for the limit of detection in a duNdebris-frce environment is: FibersNmm2 = [(Sample fibers counted/Sample FOV Counts) — (field blank fibers/Field Blank FOV Comb)] /Afov; where Afnv-- 000785 mm2. Fibers/cc = [(fibers/mm2 x Ac) / (Sample volume x 1000)1; where Ac= collectable area of the filter. Patnot Environmental laboratory Services, Inc. u a participant in the AVIA-IHPAT program for airbome asbestos. This report may not be reproduced, except m full, without the expressed written consent of Patrim Environmental Laboratory Services, Inc. This report must not be used to claim product certification, approval, or erdorsemcm by any government agency. Page I of I Turnaround Time: (check one) (t) Read On Site -,aas4rroa ( ) 24 HOUR �-ea>worse Iw-nta9laastIPA ( )End of Day mai Ra ®aaA moan ane (oRG918P EnWronnrental Laboratory Services, Inc, AIR SAMPLES CHAIN OF CUSTODY 'roject Name: NaW Qo f ecwcti vb%kcc 1Oct4. Project Number: 443tsB Wdress s,o %4MA Ow\bwtw Or. I Cih. 7i..• ._ _ 40 LO.# oem Cc eCted Tbne on Time Flow Total Total Job SamP� Sample AgWlltea/ Rhine/ 61111111111111110 ResultsMelyetl Data Off Rate Meares Volume Type Type Location Flelds RCC I ZI01r13 144o 44,lb.o Ise tseo 0.s Post Pou wfv Io =te<a < ct p. 100 <. xln'' 3 1 Z 0441 0641 oelr3<sYa 91e<a'c 8 e• ..a tan 3 1441: lali Rq�<on. W"I e: W. ..a 700 0 Sce M.nM 100 w,aw 700 biney 100 100 100 100 too Job Type Code: GR: Gross Removal GB: Glove Bag VAC: Vacuum E: Encapsulate D: Demolition AB: Area Before AD: Area During Removal EX: Excursion P: Personal Post: Clearance P: PAPR AP: Air Purifying C: Type C D: Type D Air Samples COC Rev 6.12.2012 EW S7'PYENS ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. ASBESTOS • LEAD • MOLD REMEDIATION �--- �— RESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL —s Lana Suite B ton Bea Hunlin9lon Beach. Huntington 92649 28rn C� Avw.gw2-2028 vax to.•. Fetl Tax 10.^. 26-290&551 26- 90 INVOICE INVOICE #: JOB #: JOB NAME: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMEN SALESMAN: 870 SANTA BARBARA DRIVE NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92660 CUSTOMER: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT 870 SANTA BARBARA DRIVE / NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92660 CLAIM #: DATE :8/19/2014 44-94741 44-83237 TYPE: A JOB SCOPE: STAIRWELL - REMOVE 4 FT HIGH BY 4 WIDE DRYWALLAS MAKRED IN STAIRWELL BY STEVEN BERKUS . WET WIPE AND HEPA VACUUM THE CONTAINMENT, ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT ASBESTOS 750.00 I TOTAL $750.00 Interest at the rate of.83%per month will be charged on all past due accounts. In the event of failure to pay any of the amount due on this invoice, all collection costs and/or attorney's fees in the collection of any such amount will be paid by the customer. P. W.S.E.I. INVOICE # 44-94741 JOB # 44-83237 JOB NAME: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMEN DATE TOTAL $ BALANCE DUE F 8/19/2014 $ 750.00 $ 750.00 PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT $750.00 OR MIC SHOWN ON CREDIT IT CARD BILLING ST, ZIP DETACHANDRETURN THIS STUB WITH YOUR REMITTANCE MAIL PAYMENT TO: P.W. STEPHENS ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. 15201 PIPELINE LANE, UNIT B HUNTINGTON BEACH. CA 92649 ENVIRO`.2211 Wes! 4mrtyewood AvenuP- ' ::: ' •" Orange.. CA 92868 r n i lel F1114193.1-0750 •14 I Fax (77.11 937.0755 7 �� www.envlr uc-hecl..com NVLAP Lab Code: 200518 0 Asbestos Laboratory Test Report I8nn1 665-7586 Sample Recephon Date: 08 10,2011 :'1 ,!anter Sunny NJL. RCSIOQNOIt Jul- Lucallun: Ne•.vpuit Bauch Police Depe:haent l lAnlwn Nathan Carey 5685 Sreua Clete Road 1999 Ritchey Street Irvine. CA 93603 Santa Ana, CA 92705 Sample; I Asbestos Yes Amount .1% T me Ch sol-le +niter 4n'cun15 7Yl'N i Larali }n nMlruy Malendl "rxall a 61ur. G�.ngrv:; non Nn:5s volar h131e pals: Pdmerals Calcite LLw 'rine Plashr: Pani fat Cellulose .1"• ��hr37ass ' iatr,r I P•ulk• r Lhet 9 011ier 3 P.lathcd Repareles N.nu Analyst: f%.G/ !.. -/L•7� Dale. 08 0 r Jolt Conkel OC b JC : JC :inmpa wase anBlyLr;(1Iry the -(ntW nn NxlhWl Iw Ihn tkl-vnhrabar M 0.4vr::n,n lydt ns.Aduuu •:a.•iW'z.- EPA-W n�IM-e%AFI :ur0 F.PA6W'N•rl1'r IG. tlw 4uul M oaleClrm Il'.l'J(t'NGa rS•.1°.,, by aClghl. dnO my LlniINQUOLIr1iW4W1 i5109aw 1pY.11r!LY annpin rlu•}Lfrr nl �'/dilm n,e d✓hrlr.S Jn JFIa!SIIM'r'11111.nI:Y1(f fAnSlNrlwr plll0rr$I :u ipr0) •": ? In�r 1I"° a51.051en oy w•119h1. All sampan are JRWlsoe of rolrun 30�lar::,rnlr•:.. bur r.,.�:nrrru• n.'a,.1Ns Me..... i In" no JW" nW bo 'Ionn: a.om..cola or MI •mp.wl c au:n w:n••rvdl or out Ubaatwy Tbis'.lion nmm nnl be mw04y Ihu iiwn 1. .1., 1.1'h rl wn.lulIvIx,al. ul wu:nmoInv, e by NVLAP. NIST a amt 34nncy el the ..If ] )Ve......em T951 res-As 1elMe only to lI"I "no"I loons- S1111Mei I%IV'rlrl l.0 [LJII.aIwi nel(L'VII try i'lAl nr,ry (11, W,wL-., TEM analys.c. -"vol (74nal nat cave'ed Iq NVLAP W:wead.npon. E Lli j 2i a 2LL f E.[ � . / /k 00 ( (E \` m LU �U) 7= \ ƒk � za �E E § 2 z � ( \ k _ ( \ � \=ecr 7 �,@ 4 S z 0 < LU a<7 LU L) \ ' §\/ ) \\Lu G � \ - .co z EA (z ® mz \ m ƒ[ R- j . (( �} \ \ ! ( LU 7 2 / > t ƒ/ Lu Z U) e , \_ E 2i \ 2LL f E.[ � \ /k 00 (E \` m �U) 7= \ ƒk � 2 � Lac 4eco^ P4ge t of I (2961 JL 125 20' I 2211 West Orangewood Avenue ENVIRO,." Orange. CA 92868 jr j \ n��/1� 1r1� Tel: i714) 937.0750 Fr Fax Far (714) 937-0755 f www.enviracheck.com NVLAP Lao Code: 200548-0 Asbestos Laboratory Test Report (800) 665-7586 Sample Reception Date: 08 10/2014 Customer: Sunny Hills Restoration Job Location: Newport Beach Police Department Attention: Nathan Carey 5685 Sierra Cielo Road 1999 Ritchey Street Irvine, CA 92603 Santa Ana. CA 92705 Sample # I Asbestos Yes Amount 41% Type Chrysotile Other Amc-ants. Types Location Hallway Material Drywall z nl„a DOlbpoe.liml Notes Calor wind, Romnganeous No Materials: Minerals Calcite Gypsum Mica Petite Plastic Paint Tar Cellulase 3'. Fiberglass Syn:h.: c rip Other 1 Paper Other 2 011ier 3 Method nepartures No", Anal sL Date: 08/11,2014 Jeff Conkel OC b : JC Samples were enalyted by the 'Inlenm Reamd Ici me Dede mm thm- of Asbeslos m 2ulk his.lalmn Sa•oples'. EPA -600104.112-020 and EPA600;R-93 116 The bm4 of aetechan In ascosins IS, I°. by weight. and the dim I Of gpanldicahop is 1 0'n m greeds• by weight. Tpe Staia of Ga1110•nia dellnes an asheslbs-conlaimng consliuchon malenal "having nme Of 0 1', asbo5105 by weigh;. All samples are dispose r W enlhin 30 days topless the eusiomei requests owd,yma. rhes.epod shall nal be reomducad eacmi m tWl. y thou; No widen auproval Ores labo'aloiy. Thi. iopur must not 0i: ased Uy lire Wmul lu iaann ymdud V'ilitl[a;wn app,.. of eimoisenienl by NVLAP. NIST or any agency of the lona if ycyr, nni Te9l .es011s relate only to Ihu items tested. Samples havmg no asbestos delec1L41 by PIM may les; poeltrve by TEM analysis. "000-Peml Doone nod caveed by NVLAP acc•em131ion. . .y. _ .. i� C .� �:� '1 _ .. 3.. , .. �� �� ' ' � i. _ �� _ .: M1� �� _ _. ��.. ,.. ,. ,. ... �: .. ,� ... .. _�. l . � '.. �i� �... .. .... :. r. A• N� .i,: ..n l: Y,n .. ..: .. � �� � „3RD .�... ` ;.3:. .. 1 .. n. EYY STEPHENS ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. ASBESTOS • LEAD • MOLD REMEDIATION RESIDENTIAL/ COMMERCIAL 15201 Pipeline Lane Suite 6 Huntington Beach, CA. 92649 (714)892-2028 M" pvsei.cam Fed Tax IDR 26-2908551 INVOICE DATE:8/19/2014 INVOICE #: JOB #: JOB NAME: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMEN SALESMAN: 870 SANTA BARBARA DRIVE NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92660 CUSTOMER: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT 870 SANTA BARBARA DRIVE NEWPORT BEACH, CA 92660 44-94741 44-83237 RP YPE: A CLAIM #: JOB SCOPE: STAIRWELL - REMOVE 4 FT HIGH BY 4 WIDE DRYWALLAS MAKRED IN STAIRWELL BY STEVEN BERKUS . WET WIPEAND HEPA VACUUM THE CONTAINMENT. ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT ASBESTOS 750.00 TOTAL $750.00 Interest at the rate of .83% per month will be charged on all past due accounts. In the event of failure to pay any of the amount due on this invoice, all collection costs and/or attorney's fees in the collection of any such amount will be paid by the customer. P.W.S.E.I. JOB NAME: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMEN INVOICE # DATE TOTAL $ BALANCE DUE 44-94741 8/19/2014 $ 750.00 $ 750.00 PLEASE PAY THIS AMOUNT $750.00 PAYMENT OPTIONS VISA OR MIC DETACH AND RETURN EXP DATE CCV THIS STUB WITH YOUR REMITTANCE NAME AS SHOWN ON CREDIT CARD MAIL PAYMENT TO : JOB # P.W. STEPHENS ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. 44-83237 CREDIT CARD BILLING ADDRESS 15201 PIPELINE LANE, UNIT B CITY, ST.. ZIP HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA 92649 CERTIFICATE of COMPLETION This is to certify that the asbestos abatement project has been completed at: 870 SANTA BARBARA DRIVE NEWPORT BEACH. CA 92660 Scope of Work STAIRWELL - REMOVE 4 FT HIGH BY 4 WIDE DRYWALL AS MAKRED IN STAIRWELL BY STEVEN BERKUS. WET WIPE AND HEPA VACUUM THE CONTAINMENT. Daea4 (' Date: August 19, 2014 Company Representative Job Number. 44-83237 Job Name: NEWPORT BEACH POLICE DEPARTMEN P. W. Stephens Environmental, Inc. Huntington Beach - San Diego - Fremont - Sacramento 800-750-7733 Appendix B E s Healthy Buildings October 21. 2015 Cheryl Anderson Senior Human Resources Analyst City of Newport Beach 300 Newport Beach Boulevard Newport Beach. CA 92663 Dear Ms. Anderson. Healthy Buildings Lai:.: Forc;r. C. -- o: 949.450.1111 ,.,a t, info@healthybuildings.com Attached is the Limited Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report (1-lealthy Buildings Job Number 1510045SC) for the commercial building located at 870 Santa Barbara Lane in Newport Beach. CA. Specific bulk samples for asbestos analvsis were collected on October 3. 2015 from the City of Newport Beach Police Department Manager's Office and Dispatch Room after a recent intrusion of water. The results of the bulk samples indicate that detectable concentrations of asbestos are present in the drywall/joint compound system. The collection of the samples was perforated in accordance with all local. state and federal laws governing the collection of asbestos containing building materials. Disclaimer: This survey of asbestos containing building materials was carried out in a professional manner by experienced. certified and licensed personnel. However, the extent of the survey was bound by the limits of sampling in a limited area dictated by the proposed renovation/impacted areas. Areas that were not designated for renovation/impacted areas or that could not be accessed during the inspection must be presumed to be asbestos containing until sampled. The presence of asbestos containin. materials will therefore, be reported to the best of our ability within the constraints of these limitations. The quantified amounts of building materials recorded in the results table are estimates only. These amounts should not be used for determining budgets or proposals For asbestos abatement. Certification State of California Asbestos Inspector Name: Danielle Summer Neumann State of California Certified Asbestos Consultant 9: CA 10-4670 Expiration Date: 03/16/2016 •\yaern�'• � \�Py:......,• Com'. ko'`y�E 4. '+FEZ;,JZC w= 'S Y: 1�� .0 Danielle Summer Neumann Senior IAQ Project Manager. CAC (10-4670) Healthy Buildings TeAing & Diagnostics Group Western Region healthybuildings.com business minded sustainability Ilclober 19.201i Ms. Summer Seummm. C 4t:. LRCI:\ Senior I kQ Projeci Alanavrr Ilralhc Iluildims 'Pe=lin;;8 I)iazuoslivsGraup I \\estrrn lirpion =.iaIIl Cummercenlre Drivm. Suilr_ 150 Lake Pon•s1. C \ 926:10 'I•: 919.150.1 1 1 1 Email:;ncu man nCw heal i Il y b.Iii(l RE: Limited Asbestus Survey Newport Beach P(dice Department (Limited Areas, \\ ate•r Intrusinu Areas) 870 Santa Barbara Drive Newport Beach, Calili:rnia 92660 Vista Project No. 150506030 flealthy Buildings Project \o. 1510015SC I)ear IIs. Neumann: :\I till- request of till' llc:llhv Buildiu"s.. \ isla Ln<imuuu•utal Cousulliu_�. lar. (1-lS'CA) performed a Limilyd ,lsbestus Survee al Ihr Newport Brach Pulirr Deparinlcnl building Iml-lUrd Rill Santa Barbara Drier in Il,e CHN 01' Newport Beach. Orange C.ouuly. California (Project Sill'). The sunr) was performed al limilcd arras front :ralrr intrusion. OBJECTIVE Thr limilcd asbestus surn•y lea, perfnrmcd to idewifv and sample acressiblr. suspect ashrdtos-ron(ainin;; materials (,1C\Is) and astir ln"runlaiuinz (onstrurliun materials \":\I,) Illat nrt\ be present within Ihr I'acilil% (limilcd ancon) and impaclvd he water inln,simi erli%itics. The reruns of the limited some and IesliIll" indicate Ilial hazardous or rrto]it r+l nunrrials are prvsenl :u the Projrv•1 Silt.. Thr follit,�,table lists Ilse idenlilird nrurrials. Ihr location of till- materials and Ihr eslimated rluaulil\ of materials which mai by imparted I'mm the wsler inlrusinn it, tip ilir.+: Limited Asbestos Survey Newport Beach Police Department Newport Beach Police Department Building !t➢...:. -A A.. --- Page 2 Vista Project No. 150506030 Notes: SF = square feel LF = linear feet EA = each NA = not applicable ACM = Asbestos -Containing Material, greater than I % of asbestos by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM), as defined by USEPA ACCM (<I%1 = Asbestos -Containing Construction Material, found to contain trace asbestos are subject to regulation by CA VOSHA as ACCMs. I Order of Magnitude FCTIMATFD Quantities and Locations. It is the sole responsibility of the contractor to verify quantities and locations of hazardous materials in the path of construction through site visits and contractual bid set documents, including, but not limited to all specifications, drawings, and addenda. Any discrepancies between the contractual bid set documents and site visits must he submitted in writing to the Owner or the Owner's representative, FRIDR to bidding. METHODOLOGY The limited asbestos survey was performed on October 3, 2015 by Mr. Michael Cordons. Report preparation and project management was performed by Mr. Stephen Reese. Mr. Cardone and Mr. Reese are State of California Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/DOSH) Certified Asbestos Consultants (CACs). Asbestos The limited asbestos survey was performed generally in accordance with the AHERA protocol (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E) but modified for the limited areas. Review of prior analytical data was performed at the office of the building for materials already known to contain asbestos. Visual identification was performed by assessing visible and accessible structural, architectural, and mechanical components that may be impacted as part of this specific project, for the presence of suspect ACM at the Project Site. Each identified suspect asbestos -containing material (ACAt) was sampled in accordance with procedures established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). The limited asbestos survey was not intrusive and did not include access and sampling of areas which required reasonable demolition to access as required by SCAQMD Rule un CA DGS tart iGrd Small Iansiuee? OSDS Iirf 9 11"^921 VISTA ENVIRONMENTAL .A CONSULTING DESCRIP770N I.fICATlON CONTAMINANT ESTIMATED LKATER1,41 QUANTITY1 alVJoint White Asbestosund System ( behind )tan er's Office e' Throughout g wallpaper) (<1% ACCM) I Notes: SF = square feel LF = linear feet EA = each NA = not applicable ACM = Asbestos -Containing Material, greater than I % of asbestos by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM), as defined by USEPA ACCM (<I%1 = Asbestos -Containing Construction Material, found to contain trace asbestos are subject to regulation by CA VOSHA as ACCMs. I Order of Magnitude FCTIMATFD Quantities and Locations. It is the sole responsibility of the contractor to verify quantities and locations of hazardous materials in the path of construction through site visits and contractual bid set documents, including, but not limited to all specifications, drawings, and addenda. Any discrepancies between the contractual bid set documents and site visits must he submitted in writing to the Owner or the Owner's representative, FRIDR to bidding. METHODOLOGY The limited asbestos survey was performed on October 3, 2015 by Mr. Michael Cordons. Report preparation and project management was performed by Mr. Stephen Reese. Mr. Cardone and Mr. Reese are State of California Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/DOSH) Certified Asbestos Consultants (CACs). Asbestos The limited asbestos survey was performed generally in accordance with the AHERA protocol (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E) but modified for the limited areas. Review of prior analytical data was performed at the office of the building for materials already known to contain asbestos. Visual identification was performed by assessing visible and accessible structural, architectural, and mechanical components that may be impacted as part of this specific project, for the presence of suspect ACM at the Project Site. Each identified suspect asbestos -containing material (ACAt) was sampled in accordance with procedures established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). The limited asbestos survey was not intrusive and did not include access and sampling of areas which required reasonable demolition to access as required by SCAQMD Rule un CA DGS tart iGrd Small Iansiuee? OSDS Iirf 9 11"^921 VISTA ENVIRONMENTAL .A CONSULTING hnliled Aehaslus Sun r% lt:r �,, 3 \e%vporl Ketene Police Dolsarlmrm \ isln It rojrr;l No. Li 0.506031) Not all gull will=. plennnis. and crauI spave., %erre acreSSed during Illi; sun eN, Quail ilies and locations arc based upon areas I. hal %erre accessed. 11aterials similar Ihose in I.hi. report may be preSrnl in arras %chirh tier• nol acressed. Sobsurl'are arras %cern not earl of this SUM ev. Sus1wel Will bull: samples mere deli%vred miller proper chain-of-ruslodv protocol. to ,AmeriSri Los Aurelrs I.1nu•riSci) is located al '_1116 S. \Iain Sl reel. Smile 3011. Carson. California (I'hone: 310.831.1868). Anu:riSci is aecre•difed under the \alional \-olontan Laboratory Act, rrdiIaIill a Program (\\ 1,A P) it Ilit- California Erj\ iroit own IaI Lal omtorN \rcrrdi t it l ion Prograto (Cul-1':I,A13). Samples %erre anahzed b% Polarized Liths Microsropc (P1.11) utili•z,ill" dispersion staining techniques ill accordance with file EPVs "Method for the Delermin:u ion of :1sbeS10S ill Bulk Building \lateriit " L.S. ISP:1/6110/8-93/116. \isual \rea Est intulr. dslyd .luh199:3 and adopted be Elie \\ L VP its Test Method Code lit/:1111. Select samples Ihal %n•re considered I.rave asbesloS (<]%) by PL\I. %sere addiiiunall\ anal\zed b% Ihr PIA I-000 Point Comll melhod ill accordance wil.h El"I/600/11-93/116 %cith it detection limit of0.P't, for asbestos. RESULTS - I sbeslos Bulk A Iola] of i Sosperl :AM) bull: samples %sere rollerled on October :3. 201.5 frons the limited uveas of the Project Sile for Ibe dcterminal ion of he presence ofasbeslos. The results ol' Ihr bulk Samples collected for asbcatos. anakzed b% 111.11 and L000 Point Count. indicate Ilett delectable conevolralioos of asbestos are pre'col in Ibr follo%rimr r malerials coosidercd to be ACC.11s: 1 10 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION LOCATION CALIOSIIA SCAQ31D CLASS CLASSIFICATION% Alit,- Drce all/.mini f:mupnund >ca ern Ibel iod \Ixuap•r'. Oflwc Cerin 11 \ol \P%Ccll %c;dlp:qu•rl (<I'% 1 f.C3I)) I til: 1fIlIU I:Ixssiliralinn b:rsrd ulmn the maleri:d . rouJitinn at 011-0111,111 the surer, ..r as r,ndor,•d :u a result nl' standard manual n•nmc:d/drnmlilion Im•hniq.... Thr use nl' 'mrrlautirnl nn•au: -. aou-Slandard or mh,•r aggr,.,sicc rruu,val/Jruudilion n•rhnig urs mar re.i It iu a dil lbnvit rlassilie:u ion. Limiavl \shrriu-�ur�r� pa", I. \c,p m B,,i, h Polive Department \ iiia Prnjecl \n. 1.50. of)030 The results of the bulk s:uuples collected lir asbestos. and auahzed by PIM. indicate that (Imec(able conceal rat ions tit ;usbestua reere riot present. in Ihr follow in,g materials: ID MATERIAL DESCRIPTION NUMBER OF SAMPLES Spr:n-Applied 6,eprouliu, \ \laraial aunt Uehris Tan f?I:unurr'= Offirr) 3 6 :\rnu=lir Ceitin,• _,F Pi"urr (\Imne•crr I) flire) t t Unwall/.Imnl Cmnpnuml Sa,lun Smooth Finish (Uin ih I'nc) _ lnaINI.ieaI laboranry data, chain oI'rusIodc docluuenl; are included in the it I.achnr•nts of Ihis report. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS dsheslos The results of the limited a4estos survey indicate that ACCMs nee present in the limited arca.s of the project sit(,. All disturbance and/or rrnmcal operations of A(.als/:\CC\Is moss be perfarnued by a Cal/f 1511A n•gisterrd :uul 51ar lirrnsed asbrslns renmval routrtctur in ;u•ennlance with "I'itic Ii of Ihr California Code of Regalalions. Section 1529 (if CCR 1529). Aotil'icahmi trust be lune ided to Cal/OSll V 2-1 hours prior to coauncneiag such wliritirs in accordance wi(II It C(,R-i203.:\11 disturbance andlor abatement operations should be under the direction of a California Certified _\sbrslos Consultant. Should the removal ol' the ideolified asbestos-conlainin• materials ( \CIL) iuvohe at (cast IOU square feet. then it written notification to Ih(- Sonth Coast \ir Qualav Management District (SCAQ111)) muss he provided I I calendar dais prior to anN activity. including site preparation. that would break up. dislodge or similarly disturb Ihr lClls in accordance with Rule 1103. Notifiraliou to rnydnvrrs and contractors working within the boddine should be made it] accordance with Ihr Califbrrtia Health and Sall -1.\ Code. tinction 25915 el.s•q.. and Proposition 65. ,W6..1 -.,.,III ��. _,�li, I;.i IL•_�'t ""V Limited Asbestos Survey Page 5 Newport Beach Police Department Vista Project No. 150506030 LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS The survey performed was limited to accessible, hazardous materials and the testing of representative areas. Subsurface investigations were not included as part of this investigation, nor were areas outside of the specific areas identified in this scope of work. Findings, conclusions, recommendations and analytical data offered in this report have been derived from visual survey of the accessible building materials and systems, and the outcome of sampling and analysis of suspected hazardous materials. If materials having characteristics in common with those identified in this report or if other forms of suspect hazardous materials are discovered during work activities, maintenance personnel and/or contractors should be instructed to immediately cease work activities which may initiate an exposure episode, and notify the appropriate management personnel. If you have any questions concerning the information contained in this report, please contact Stephen Reese at 858.761.8188/email (steve.reesena vista-env.com). Respectfully Submitted, Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc. Stephen S. Reese Senior Project Manager Certified Asbestos Consultant #05-3853 (expires 9/22/2016) Attachments: 1) Asbestos Laboratory Analytical Results 2) Sample Location Field Drawing 3) Consultant Certificates CA UI:S G-rtified Surdl Bu.mess OSDS Ref # 11',12^9^_1VISTA ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTING ATTACHMENT I ASBESTOS LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS (^� VISTA ENVIRONiNIENTAI. \� CONSULTING Please AMERI SCI AmeriSci Los Angeles 24416 S. Main Street, Ste 308 Carson, California 90745 TEL: (310)834-4868• FAX: (310) 834-4772 FACSIMILE TELECOPY TRANSMISSION To: Michael Cardone From: Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc AmeriSci Job N: Fax N: Subject: Client Project: Email: mikccardonc@visla•env.com,mike n vista-env.com,a ndrew.schmidt r@vista-env.com,socafadmin@vista-en v.com Date: Saturday, October 03, 2015 Number of Pages: Time: 12:39:23 Comments: Glenn F. Massey 915101111 PLM lush Results 150506030; FlcalthyBldgs; Newport PD s (including cover sheet) CONFIDENTIALRY NO77CE: Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this ci n inuniwtion is confidential information intended for use of the individual named above. If the reader of this communication is not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution or copying or this communication is prohibited. If you have received This communication in error, phstse immediately notify the smdtrby telephone and return the original message to the above address via the US Postal Service at our expense. Preliminary data reported Iurc will be verified before linal repo is issued. Samples are disposed of in 60 days or unless otherwise instructed by the protocol or special instructions in writing. Thank you. CertifreJ Arraiysis Service 14 flours A Day • 7 Days A Week Competitive Prices list( our %tb site - www.amrrhd.tom Boston • Los Angeles • New York • Richmond AmeriSci Los Angeles 24416 S. Main Street, Ste 308 AMERI So Carson, California 90745 TEL: (310)834-4868• FAX: (310) 834-4772 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc Date Received 10/03/15 AmeriSci Job # 915101111 Attn: Michael Cardone Date Examined 10/03/15 P.O. # Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material 1630 S. Sunkist Street Asbestos Types: Page 1 of 3 Suite C RE: 150506030; Healthy Bldgs; Newport PD A Location: SAFP/ Tan Debris On Beam / Call Mgr Office Anaheim, CA 92806 by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos PD -A-1 915101111-01 No PD -B-1 915101111-04 No NAD A Location: SAFP/ Tan Debris / Call Mgr Office (by CVES) (by CVES) Analyst Description: Grey/While, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 25 %, Fibrous glass 10 %, Non-fibrous 65 % PD -A-2 915101111-02 No NAD A Location: SAFP/ Tan Debris / Call Mgr Office (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material an 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 25 %, Fibrous glass 10 %, Non-fibrous 65 % PD -A-3 915101111-03 No NAD A Location: SAFP/ Tan Debris On Beam / Call Mgr Office (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 25 %, Fibrous glass 10 %, Non-fibrous 65 % PD -B-1 915101111-04 No NAD B Location: Lay -In CP/2X4 Fissure / Call Mgr Office (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: Grey/While, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 40 %, Fibrous glass 30 %, Non-fibrous 30 % PD -C-1 915101111-05.1 Yes Trace (<1 %) C Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper/ Call Mgr Ofc NW Column (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Nan -Fibrous, Joint Compound an 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Chrysotile <1. % Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 915101111 Client Name: Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 150506030; Healthy Bldgs; Newport PD Page 2 of 3 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos PD -C-1 915101111-05.2 No NAD C Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper/ Call Mgr Ofc NW Column (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey on 10/03/15 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Drywall Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 10 %, Non-fibrous 90 % PD -D-1 915101111-06.1 No NAD D Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper Smooth / Dispatch NE Column (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey on 10/03/15 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Joint Compound Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % PD -D-1 915101111-06.2 No NAD D Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper Smooth / Dispatch NE Column (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: White. Homogeneous, Fibrous, Drywall on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 15 %, Non-fibrous 85 % PD -D-2 915101111-07.1 No NAD D Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper Smooth / Dispatch NE Column (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Joint Compound on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % PD -D-2 915101111-07.2 No NAD D Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper Smooth / Dispatch NE Column (by CVES) by Glenn F. Massey Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Drywall on 10/03/15 Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous glass 5 %, Non-fibrous 95 % See Reponing notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 915101111 Client Name: Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 150506030; Healthy Bldgs; Newport PD Page 3 of 3 Reporting Notes: Analyzed By: Glenn F. MasseyDale Analyzed: 10/3/2015 /hil�LZ.� 03' yl - 'NAD = no asbestos detected; coon Lien <1%; Re orting Limits: CVES = 1%, 400 Pt Ct = 0.25%, 1000 Pt Ct = 0.1%; NA =not analyzed; NAPS = not analyzed / positive slop; NVA = No Visible Asbestos; PLM (polarized light microscopy) Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/R-93/116, including requirements for EPA 600/M"2-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab #200346-0, CA ELAP tab #2322); Note: PLM is not consistently reliable In detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar NOB materials. TEM Is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non -asbestos -containing in New York Stale (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile. FR 59,146. 38970, 8/1/94). NIST Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must riot be reproduced except in full with the approval of the laboratory. This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. _ Reviewed By: llq�o�I�0 -- ---- ---_—� — - - Asbestos Bulk Sample Log 4901 Morena Blvd Z San Diego, Ca 92117 1630 S. Sunkist St., Suite C 'rel 858.412.4715 Anaheim, CA 92806 Fax 858.412.4818 Tel 714.289.2600 �Srf3n Fax 714.289.2603 Client: /t-/fL'J-f-� \� 1�) Z-.1': ��.� 9 ,r, Date: /V Location:_ 41 Jyw P f 1z�-j-- Pp Project Numher: t � j Sampled By: M. Cardone CAC or SST No: CAC O1-3025 Building Homo Sample Material Description Quantity Area [d Number p � Location Isrrre�enl 1 - Analytical Method: PLM Turnaround Time:mne fla�y 24hr 48 HR 3 day Data Sent To: Via E -Mail: mil<ecartlone�vista-env cont & In jkett7r vista-encT1e Questions call! 213.440.3128 Special Instructions: L) CH7 OF CU/STOOD : CAC D Stgndnire Title nelu ive ates 2. —J `� 3 � `� � S"='nntrtr�— title v Inclusive �tes L 3. Signature "fine Inclusive Dates Page I_ot4— L _ Z U� �Srf3n Lev -I fy =��vz uyt9dlL2 c�tu M61C ZU W�rc pP _ N 1-0 ` fulz LO�II Ix, A , a 1 - Analytical Method: PLM Turnaround Time:mne fla�y 24hr 48 HR 3 day Data Sent To: Via E -Mail: mil<ecartlone�vista-env cont & In jkett7r vista-encT1e Questions call! 213.440.3128 Special Instructions: L) CH7 OF CU/STOOD : CAC D Stgndnire Title nelu ive ates 2. —J `� 3 � `� � S"='nntrtr�— title v Inclusive �tes L 3. Signature "fine Inclusive Dates Page I_ot4— Please Reply To: AMERI SCl AmeriSci Los Angeles 24416 S. Main Street, Ste 308 Carson, California 90745 TEL: (310)834-4868• FAX: (310) 834-4772 FACSIMILE TELECOPY TRANSMISSION To: Michael Cardone From: Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc AmeriSci Job N: Fox N: Subject: Client Project: Email: mikecardoneavista-env.com,mike@vista-env.com,a ndrew.sc hmidt@vista-env.com,socaladmin@vista-en v.com Date: Monday, October 05, 2015 Number of Pages: Time: 13:15:40 Comments: Glenn F. Massey 915101125 PLM 1000 point count rush Results 150506030; Healthy Bldgs; Newport PD (including covesshe") CONrIDENTIALfrY NOTICE: Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this communication is confidential information intended for use of the individual named above. If the wader of this communication is not the intended recipicmi, you arc hereby notified that any dissaninalion, distribution orcopying ofthis communication is prohibited. If you have received this communicalion in error, please immedintely notify the saula'by Iclephone and a[mm the original message to dm above address via the US Postal Service at our eapcnsc. Preliminary data reported here will be verified before final report is issued. Samples am disposed of in 60 days or unless otherwise imimeted by the promeol orspecial instructions in writing Thank you. Certified Analysis Service 24 Hours A Day e 7 Days A Week Competitive Prices visit our a'eb site - rma.amerbci.cum Boston • Los Angeles • New York • Richmond AMERI SCI AmeriSci Los Angeles 24416 S. Main Street, Ste 308 Carson, California 90745 TEL: (310) 834-4868 • FAX: (310) 834-4772 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc Date Received 10/05/15 AmeriSci Job # 915101125 Attn: Michael Cardone Date Examined 10/05/15 P.O. # 1630 S. Sunkist Street Page 1 of 1 Suite C RE: 150506030; Healthy Bldgs; Newport PD Anaheim, CA 92806 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present PD -C-1 915101125-01 Yes C Location: WBJC / Under Wallpaper / Call Mgr Ofc NW Column Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Chrysotile 0.1 % Other Material: Non-Asbestos/Inert 10 % Total % Asbestos 0.1 % pc 1 (by 1000 pt ct) by Glenn F. Massey on 10/05/15 Comment: Heat Sensitive (organic): 44.1%; Acid Soluble (inorganic): 45.8%; Inert (Non -asbestos): 10.0% Reporting Notes: (1) 1000 Point Caum Analysis perfbnned on Incri csiduc remaining after 480C heat and VCI a yid treatments Analyzed By: Glenn F. Massey ; Dale Analyzed: 10/5/2015 r0 cr it 'NAD =no asbestos detected; Detection Limit <1%; eporling Limits: CVES = 1%, 400 PtEt = 0.25%, 1000 Pt Ct = 0.1%; NA =not analyzed; NAPS =not analyzed /positive stop; NVA =No Visible Asbestos; PLM (polarized light microscopy) Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/R-93/116, including requirements for EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab #200346-0, CA ELAP lab #2322); Note: PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar NOB materials. TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non -asbestos -containing in New York Slate (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146, 38970, 811/94). NIST Accreditation requirements mandate that this repon must not be reproduced except in full mth the approval of the laboratory. This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. Reviewed By: RE: 9151011 I 1 150506030; Healthy Bldgs ; Newport PD q I&NOW Subject: RE: 915101111 150506030; Healthy Bldgs ; Newport PD From: Mike Cardone <mikecardone@vista-env.com> Date: 10/3/2015 3:30 PM To: Mary David <mdavid@amerisci.com>, Glenn Massey <gmassey@amcrisci.com> CC: Steve Reese <steve.rcese@vista-env.com> Please analyze by 1000 point count. Rush TAT. Thanks & Fight On! Mike Cardona Vista Environmental Consulting, Inc. 213.440.3128 Sent via the Samsung Galaxy S® 6 --- Original message ------- From: AmeriSci LA <ameriscila@amerisci.com> Date: 10/03/2015 12:48 PM (GMT -08:00) To: mikecardone@vista-env.com, mike@vista-env.com, andrew.schmidt@vista-env.com, socaladmin@vista-env.com Subject: 915101111 150506030; Healthy Bldgs ; Newport PD CCA QD�kD vHIGL Y. V— C om-- " �W I or I 10/5/2015 7:12 AM ATTACHMENT 2 SAMPLE LOCATION FIELD DRAWING VISTA ENVIRONMENTAL 41 CONSULTING O � I - r P Z - - J J ATTACHMENT 3 CONSULTANT CERTIFICATES VISIA ENVIRONMENTAL COPISULTING State of California Division of Occupational Safety and Health Certified Asbestos Consultant Danielle L NeuRiann., Ceiification N //f 6 467o lI1B6—J .0 ms This cerIrt,.(iipn, vas suetl ylhgfinision of Occupaliolval °K,d���'1d Hglnias mnhoirznd <-----y by Sadaorf �ihf )voipfu 6usnmes and Professions Ca do. Certified Asbestos Consultant Stephen S Reese -emfica0on ,No. 05-3853 tri.-,fires ui09122/76 State of California Division of Occupational Safety and Health Certified Asbestos Consultant Michael D Cardone Name Certification No. 01-3025 Expires on 11/07/15 cis certification .,.as ;ssueo off; Tie Division o Occupations! Safenr and Health as authorized by Sections 7180 el see. of the Susiness and r' Professio^s Code. Appendix C Form 1. A sample form for recording information during asbestos -containing materials (ACM) reassessment. Reinspection of Asbestos -Containing Materials Location of asbestos -containing material (address, building, room, or general description): Type of asbestos -containing material(s): 1. Sprayed- or troweled -on ceilings or walls 2. Sprayed- or troweled -on structural members 3. Insulation on pipes, tanks, or boiler 4. Other (describe): Abatement Status: 1. The material has been encapsulated_, enclosed_, neither_ _, removed Assessment: I. Evidence of physical 2. Evidence of water damage: 3. Evidence of delamination or other damage: 4. Degree of accessibility of the material: 5. Degree of activity near the material: 6. Location in an air plenum, air shaft, or airstream: 7. Other observations (including the condition of the encapsulan t or enclosure, if any): Recommended Action: Signed: Date: (evaluator) A Form 2. A sample application form for maintenance work approval. Job Request Form for Maintenance Work Name: — Telephone No.: Requested starting date: Date: Job Request No.: Anticipated finish date: Address, building, and room number(s) (or description of area) where work is to be performed: Description of work: Description of any asbestos -containing material that might be affected, if known (include location and type): Name and telephone number of requestor: Name and telephone number of supervisor: Submit this application to: (Asbevm Ro�em Na�ager) NOTE: An application should be submitted for all maintenance work whether or not asbestos -containing material might be affected. An authorization should be received before any work can proceed- Granted roceedGranted (Job Request _ With conditions - Denied ' Conditions: Form 3. A sample maintenance work authorization form Maintenance Work Authorization Form Authorimtion Authorization is given to proceed with the following maintenance work: Presence of Asbestos -Containing Materials (ACM) — Asbestos -containing materials (ACM) are not present in the vicinity of th a maintenance work \o. ACM is present, but its disturbance is not anticipated; however, if conditions change, the Asbestos Program Manager will re-evaluate the work request prior to proceeding. — ACM is present, and may be disturbed. Work Practices if Asbestos -Containing Materials are Present The following work Practices shall be employed to avoid or minimize disturbing asbestos: Personal Protection if Asbestos -Containing Materials are Present The following equipment/clothes shall be used/wom during the work to protect workers: (manuals on personal protection can be referenced) Special Practices and/or Equipment Required: Signed: (Asbestos Program Manager) Form 4. A sample work evaluation form Evaluation of Work Affecting Asbestos -Containing Materials This evaluation covers the following maintenance work: Location of work (address, building, room number(s), or general Date(s) of work: Description of work: Work approval form number: Evaluation of work practices employed to minimize disturbance of asbestos: Evaluation of work practices employed to contain released fibers and to clean up the work area: Evaluation of equipment and procedures used to protect workers: personal air monitoring results (in-house worker or contract?): Worker Name Results Worker Name Results Handling or storage of ACM waste Signed: (Asbestos program Manager) Re: Dear California law, specifically California Health & Safety Code Sections 25915 et seq., as amended (the "Connelly Act"), requires that certain information be made available to tenants, employees, contractors and others regarding public and commercial buildings in which an 'owner" (as defined) knows of the presence of asbestos - containing construction materials ("ACM") or any presumed asbestos containing materials (PACM) that could be potentially impacted. We are providing you with this notice on behalf of the owner of the building located at to inform you of certain asbestos -containing materials present in the building Asbestos is the common name for a group of naturally occurring mineral fibers. Due to its strength and insulating properties, asbestos has been used in a wide rand of construction products and materials. Most, but not all, manufacture of such products and materials was banned during the 1970s. ACM poses a health hazard when small asbestos fibers become airborne because they can be inhaled and deposited into the lungs. Asbestos fibers can become airborne due to ACM deterioration or damage. ACM does not pose a health hazard when it is in good condition and left undisturbed. ACM is in good condition when it is intact, bonded or encapsulated and is not damaged or deteriorated and fibers are not being released. To avoid exposure, it is important to: (i) know what types of materials may contain asbestos in the area that you have leased, the common areas and any other area of the building that you may access; (ii) avoid damaging ACM; (iii) contact the building management at the Office of the Building when damaged areas are found so any problem can be remedied; (iv) inform your employees and contractors about the presence, location, and quantity of ACM; (v) report to the building management at the Office of the Building any renovation or routine office activities that are in the vicinity of, or may cause people to come in contact with, ACM; and (vi) report any suspect material to the building management at the Office of the Building. To help make sure ACM stays in good condition, employees are prohibited from removing, handling, or otherwise disturbing ACM in any building. This includes drilling holes, hanging plants or other objects from walls or ceilings containing ACM, or touching ACM ceilings, pipes and duct insulation unless expressly authorized to do so. It is also a good practice to remove asbestos when it presents a health risk to employees and whenever it is feasible to incorporate this work into renovation, remodeling, or construction projects. Only trained and licensed persons can perform asbestos related work and only fully licensed asbestos abatement contractors and industrial hygiene consultants will be hired to perform and monitor all asbestos related work. We have recently engaged qualified asbestos consultants to conduct a limited asbestos survey of the building for asbestos and prepare an Asbestos Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Program. The survey included visual observation of accessible areas, bulk sampling and analysis of suspect ACM. The survey was conducted using procedures which meet or exceed applicable state and federal agency regulations. All known locations of ACM is located at; The asbestos survey and O&M Program are available for review during normal office hours in the Office of the Building located at We have no reason to believe, based upon the O&M Program, that the ACM/PACM in the building is currently in a condition to release asbestos fibers that would pose a significant health hazard to the building's occupants. This should remain so if such ACM/PACM is properly handled and remains undisturbed. Because of tenant alterations or other work at the property could disturb ACM/PACM and possibly release asbestos fibers into the air, we must require that you notify us prior to any renovation activities performed without the prior consent of the Building Management. You are also required by the Connelly Act to provide notice of ACM located at the building to all of your employees, subtenants, assigns, contractors and other parties. We appreciate your cooperation in this matter and should you have any questions regarding ACM in your particular work area, please contact